Performance Summary Report - Natural Resources Wales · The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify...

12
Performance Summary Report NRW B B 26.15 Annex 1 Delivery against the Corporate Plan Delivery against the Business Plan Delivery against the Business Case [A3 portrait document] This summary provides a strategic overview of NRW’s performance. It brings together the progress against Corporate Plan Outcomes, Business Plan targets, and delivery of Business Case benefits. Report dated: 7th May 2015 (Reporting period 3: 1st April 2014 - 31st March 2015) Good Environment - In summary: - We have re-engineered processes, taking new, leaner and more efficient approaches. For example, the collection and analysis of water samples is now integrated into one system Good for People - In summary: - Our Customer Care Centre has been established and gives a single point of contact for natural resource matters in Wales and is focussed exclusively on issues of importance to customers in Wales. - Our Communication Strategy has been agreed and published - We have delivered a new flood map service allowing live accessing of flood warnings - Our new Website has been constructed, and new Intranet launched, both with improved functionality - New branding for visitor centres and other sites is in progress Good for Business - In summary: - Our simpler and more consistent approach to hydropower is giving greater clarity to developers, helping us issue permits more quickly and making it easier for us to minimise risks of significant environmental impacts. - The development of our single Town and country planning and development control system is progressing and is due by May 2015 - We have a new Waste and Water exemptions system along with a new Carrier and Brokers system which deliver improved processing - The permit review under the Industrial Emissions Directive for the integrated steel works in Port Talbot was an example of the advantages we have delivered in terms of complex projects, providing advice and guidance more speedily and allowing Tata to optimise their investment to achieve the greatest environmental benefit. Good Organisation - In summary: - We have exited from 29 out of the 40 transitional services, with the rest scheduled to end within 2 years. - In line with our ICT strategy, all offices (2000 users) have access to our new networks and all staff now have NRW computers and telephones - A new ICT service desk established - In partnership with the trade unions, we unified terms and conditions in a new reward package for staff. - We restructured to integrate our functions, create place based teams and complete the process of creating single corporate service teams. - Our new Enterprise Resource Planning system was also a major step in bringing the key organisational finance and human resource information into one place - We made good progress rationalising our accommodation and depots with a programme of quick wins that have reduced the number of operational sites to 65, driven down costs and helped bring staff together. Good Knowledge - In summary: - We have reviewed our Natural Resource Management Programme to ensure clarity around vision, objectives, projects and resourcing. The programme is dependent on Welsh Government and the provisions included in the draft Environment Bill and Wellbeing and Future Generations Bill. - The Wales Environmental Information Hub for open data is now live with our sample datasets uploaded. We continue to work towards moving all legacy publiching to our service. - We continue to support requests to develop our professional skill base. - We have achieved our target to make data available through Access to Information requests Good Knowledge - In summary: - The NRM Transformation Programme has been refreshed with a new board and a clearer vision, strategic objectives - The interim State of Natural Resrouces Report has been developed with Welsh Government and we are developing a package of products to support Environment Bill scrutiny - Task and finish group have now been established as part of our monitoring review. - Our Communications Strategy has been published and we are now working to deliver this. Good Knowledge - In summary: - We have continued to embed Natural Resource Management within our ways of working, and this forms a key element of our new transformation portfolio. - Our new GIS system has enabled us to bring together previously disparate data and information into one place for managing and analysing the spatial information. - We have a new Document Management System in place and accessible across our network. - The new Forester GIS application migrated onto our systems in November allowing access from any of our offices Good Environment - In Summary: - Our UKWAS accreditation has been maintained. We have resolved the target numbers of actions on the Welsh Government Woodland Estate and National Nature Reserves - To support the improvement of habitat connectivity we have completed a Level 2 mapping first draft for all habitats - In delivering our part in halting biodiversity loss, we have gone from Green to Red (target was 80% action underway/complete, at Period 2 we had 60%, at year-end we had 63%). - We have promoted the MoU with the Welsh Bee Keeper’s Association and have a new agreement for bee keeping at the Darwonno Centre in Llanwonno. We have developed an action plan for pollinators on the public forest estate - As part of our work to manage plant health pests and diseases we have issued notices on 417ha follwing helicopter surveys. - Our Flood Risk Management Wales Capital programme has been published on our website Good for People - In Summary: - Recreation and Access, Communities and Regeneration, plus Education Strategies have been approved and are ready for implementation in 2015/16 - Launched our Tree Cover in Wales’ Towns and Cities study at the Climate Change Commission for Wales and started the production of county specific reports - We have developed our new approach to partnership funding - Flood and Coastal Risk Management Asset condition continues to improve and we met our target of 99% - We have increased the level of protection against flooding for 467 properties - We achieved a 16.5% reduction in serious incidents over the previous year. - We have exceeded our target to raise people's awareness of their flood risk (18,884 at March 2015, against a 10,000 target) Good for Business - In Summary: - We published our 2015/16 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April following a public consulation, and obtaining Board and Ministerial approvals - We have determined 90% of permits, licences and consent to timescale (statutory or voluntary determination period) - We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 2015/16 onwards - We are facilitating commercial opportunities for: renewables, mobile infrastructure, holidays, gas and timber - We are supporting six wind and five hydropower energy developments - We have put to market 869,166m3 over bark standing of timber (including 267,000m3 larch) Good Organisation - In Summary: - We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single system. - Our forecast for Business Case benefits is £145m which is 9% below target, however we are still developing further efficiencies. - There were two lost time incidents to our employees ithis year. We have developed a 3 year Wellbeing, Health & Safety (WHS) programme to improve our performance from 2015 onwards. - We have reduced the number of properties we use with nine disposed of, and five mothballed. We now have 65 operational sites - We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits. Based on our 9 month carbon footprint position, we expect to meet our 5% reduction target for this year. Good Environment - In summary: -41% of Wales’ water bodies achieved good overall status in 2014, up from 37% in 2013. Most of the improvement is likely to be due to improvements in data/monitoring. The consultation on River Basin Management Plans is underway and we are engaging with partners on improvements -Welsh woodland known to be under sustainable management has again increased for 2014, however around 40% is under/un-managed. We are working with Welsh Government to develop the Glastir woodland element -Since 1994 the UK bird population "all species" index has changed little. Within this the "woodland" index has increased, whilst the two "farmland" indicies have decreased. Through our work with partners we continue to develop the ability to report -The condition of habitats and species on the Welsh Special Area of Conservation series remains low at 26%. The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions NRW (and other key stakeholders) could take to improve the situation. Our SAC monitoring programme reflects the most recent reported condition assessment for each feature. Terrestrial (74%) and freshwater (70%) feature assessments were undertaken in the last six years. Monitoring has been undertaken on most of the marine features more recently and work is underway update assessment for 2015/16. - Since 1990 Welsh emissions of Greenhouse Gasses have fallen by 18% (to 2012), but there has been a slight increase in 2012 as a result of increased coal use due to global fuel prices. The delivery actions in the Climate Change Strategy action plan will be revised to enable the Welsh Government targets to be achieved in future years. Good for People - In summary: - Construction of flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale, Rhymney Tidal Embankment, Mawldan Weir and Penclawdd have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties - The 2011 Wales Outdoor Recreation Survey shows an increase to 32% in the percentage of adults who have met the required level of physical activity through participation in outdoor recreation in Wales. - A new contract has been let to undertake face to face surveys and an assessment of the economic impact of the Wales Coast Path - We are running a regional pilot in south Wales to bring currently unmanaged woodlands into management by working with social and small local enterprises - We have delivered 789 educational settings supported. Our education enambling plan has been approved and we continue to develop the Cyfoeth (Cyfle) Placement scheme. Good for Business - In summary: - We have improved our position in responding to planning applications during the year achieving the required 90% within time during the final four months of the reporting year. Our overall performance for the year was 81% - We met our target to issue 90% of permit applications within the determination period - We are aware of 59 illegal waste sites in Wales. We have introduced a focused Waste and Industry Team and the ‘once in Wales' Enforcement department from April 2015. - We met our gross income target of £16m for the year, achieving £17.7m Good Organisation - In summary: -Customer and Stakeholder satisfaction will be developed as part of our Customer Focus Programme in 2015/16 -We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015, achieving a 58% response rate and a staff engagement indexof 48%. We are looking at how we can improve and set a target for next year. -We have reviewed our position against benchmarks and will now be setting targets for future years. -We remain on target to achieve the 10 year cash realisable savings through NRW's creation. Further progress will be made with the Change Programme. -We have used ~64% of our annual carbon budget in the first nine months of the year. We are currently bringing together our final 2014/15 position.

Transcript of Performance Summary Report - Natural Resources Wales · The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify...

Page 1: Performance Summary Report - Natural Resources Wales · The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions NRW (and other key stakeholders) could take to improve the situation.

Performance Summary Report

NRW B B 2615 Annex 1

Delivery against the Corporate Plan

Delivery against the Business Plan

Delivery against the Business Case

Delivery against the Business Case

[A3 portrait document]

This summary provides a strategic overview of NRWrsquos performance

It brings together the progress against Corporate Plan Outcomes Business Plan targets and delivery of Business Case benefits

Report dated 7th May 2015

(Reporting period 3 1st April 2014 - 31st March 2015)

Good Environment - In summary

- We have re-engineered processes taking new leaner and more efficient approaches For example the collection and analysis of water samples is now integrated into one system

Good for People - In summary

- Our Customer Care Centre has been established and gives a single point of contact for natural resource matters in Wales and is focussed exclusively on issues of importance to customers in Wales

- Our Communication Strategy has been agreed and published

- We have delivered a new flood map service allowing live accessing of flood warnings

- Our new Website has been constructed and new Intranet launched both with improved functionality

- New branding for visitor centres and other sites is in progress

Good for Business - In summary

- Our simpler and more consistent approach to hydropower is giving greater clarity to developers helping us issue permits more quickly and making it easier for us to minimise risks of significant environmental impacts

- The development of our single Town and country planning and development control system is progressing and is due by May 2015

- We have a new Waste and Water exemptions system along with a new Carrier and Brokers system which deliver improved processing

- The permit review under the Industrial Emissions Directive for the integrated steel works in Port Talbot was an example of the advantages we have delivered in terms of complex projects providing advice and guidance

more speedily and allowing Tata to optimise their investment to achieve the greatest environmental benefit

Good Organisation - In summary

- We have exited from 29 out of the 40 transitional services with the rest scheduled to end within 2 years

- In line with our ICT strategy all offices (2000 users) have access to our new networks and all staff now have NRW computers and telephones

- A new ICT service desk established

- In partnership with the trade unions we unified terms and conditions in a new reward package for staff

- We restructured to integrate our functions create place based teams and complete the process of creating single corporate service teams

- Our new Enterprise Resource Planning system was also a major step in bringing the key organisational finance and human resource information into one place

- We made good progress rationalising our accommodation and depots with a programme of quick wins that have reduced the number of operational sites to 65 driven down costs and helped bring staff together

Good Knowledge - In summary

- We have reviewed our Natural Resource Management Programme to ensure clarity around vision objectives projects and resourcing The programme is dependent on Welsh Government and the provisions included

in the draft Environment Bill and Wellbeing and Future Generations Bill

- The Wales Environmental Information Hub for open data is now live with our sample datasets uploaded We continue to work towards moving all legacy publiching to our service

- We continue to support requests to develop our professional skill base

- We have achieved our target to make data available through Access to Information requests

Good Knowledge - In summary

- The NRM Transformation Programme has been refreshed with a new board and a clearer vision strategic objectives

- The interim State of Natural Resrouces Report has been developed with Welsh Government and we are developing a package of products to support Environment Bill scrutiny

- Task and finish group have now been established as part of our monitoring review

- Our Communications Strategy has been published and we are now working to deliver this

Good Knowledge - In summary

- We have continued to embed Natural Resource Management within our ways of working and this forms a key element of our new transformation portfolio

- Our new GIS system has enabled us to bring together previously disparate data and information into one place for managing and analysing the spatial information

- We have a new Document Management System in place and accessible across our network

- The new Forester GIS application migrated onto our systems in November allowing access from any of our offices

Good Environment - In Summary

- Our UKWAS accreditation has been maintained We have resolved the target numbers of actions on the Welsh Government Woodland Estate and National Nature Reserves

- To support the improvement of habitat connectivity we have completed a Level 2 mapping first draft for all habitats

- In delivering our part in halting biodiversity loss we have gone from Green to Red (target was 80 action underwaycomplete at Period 2 we had 60 at year-end we had 63)

- We have promoted the MoU with the Welsh Bee Keeperrsquos Association and have a new agreement for bee keeping at the Darwonno Centre in Llanwonno We have developed an action plan for pollinators on the public

forest estate

- As part of our work to manage plant health pests and diseases we have issued notices on 417ha follwing helicopter surveys

- Our Flood Risk Management Wales Capital programme has been published on our website

Good for People - In Summary

- Recreation and Access Communities and Regeneration plus Education Strategies have been approved and are ready for implementation in 201516

- Launched our Tree Cover in Walesrsquo Towns and Cities study at the Climate Change Commission for Wales and started the production of county specific reports

- We have developed our new approach to partnership funding

- Flood and Coastal Risk Management Asset condition continues to improve and we met our target of 99

- We have increased the level of protection against flooding for 467 properties

- We achieved a 165 reduction in serious incidents over the previous year

- We have exceeded our target to raise peoples awareness of their flood risk (18884 at March 2015 against a 10000 target)

Good for Business - In Summary

- We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April following a public consulation and obtaining Board and Ministerial approvals

- We have determined 90 of permits licences and consent to timescale (statutory or voluntary determination period)

- We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards

- We are facilitating commercial opportunities for renewables mobile infrastructure holidays gas and timber

- We are supporting six wind and five hydropower energy developments

- We have put to market 869166m3 over bark standing of timber (including 267000m3 larch)

Good Organisation - In Summary

- We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single system

- Our forecast for Business Case benefits is pound145m which is 9 below target however we are still developing further efficiencies

- There were two lost time incidents to our employees ithis year We have developed a 3 year Wellbeing Health amp Safety (WHS) programme to improve our performance from 2015 onwards

- We have reduced the number of properties we use with nine disposed of and five mothballed We now have 65 operational sites

- We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits Based on our 9 month carbon footprint position we expect to meet our 5 reduction target for this year

Good Environment - In summary

-41 of Walesrsquo water bodies achieved good overall status in 2014 up from 37 in 2013 Most of the improvement is likely to be due to improvements in datamonitoring The consultation on River Basin Management

Plans is underway and we are engaging with partners on improvements

-Welsh woodland known to be under sustainable management has again increased for 2014 however around 40 is underun-managed We are working with Welsh Government to develop the Glastir woodland element

-Since 1994 the UK bird population all species index has changed little Within this the woodland index has increased whilst the two farmland indicies have decreased Through our work with partners we continue to

develop the ability to report

-The condition of habitats and species on the Welsh Special Area of Conservation series remains low at 26 The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions NRW (and other key stakeholders) could take to

improve the situation

Our SAC monitoring programme reflects the most recent reported condition assessment for each feature Terrestrial (74) and freshwater (70) feature assessments were undertaken in the last six years Monitoring

has been undertaken on most of the marine features more recently and work is underway update assessment for 201516

- Since 1990 Welsh emissions of Greenhouse Gasses have fallen by 18 (to 2012) but there has been a slight increase in 2012 as a result of increased coal use due to global fuel prices The delivery actions in the

Climate Change Strategy action plan will be revised to enable the Welsh Government targets to be achieved in future years

Good for People - In summary

- Construction of flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Rhymney Tidal Embankment Mawldan Weir and Penclawdd have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties

- The 2011 Wales Outdoor Recreation Survey shows an increase to 32 in the percentage of adults who have met the required level of physical activity through participation in outdoor recreation in Wales

- A new contract has been let to undertake face to face surveys and an assessment of the economic impact of the Wales Coast Path

- We are running a regional pilot in south Wales to bring currently unmanaged woodlands into management by working with social and small local enterprises

- We have delivered 789 educational settings supported Our education enambling plan has been approved and we continue to develop the Cyfoeth (Cyfle) Placement scheme

Good for Business - In summary

- We have improved our position in responding to planning applications during the year achieving the required 90 within time during the final four months of the reporting year Our overall performance for the year was

81

- We met our target to issue 90 of permit applications within the determination period

- We are aware of 59 illegal waste sites in Wales We have introduced a focused Waste and Industry Team and the lsquoonce in Wales Enforcement department from April 2015

- We met our gross income target of pound16m for the year achieving pound177m

Good Organisation - In summary

-Customer and Stakeholder satisfaction will be developed as part of our Customer Focus Programme in 201516

-We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate and a staff engagement indexof 48 We are looking at how we can improve and set a target for next year

-We have reviewed our position against benchmarks and will now be setting targets for future years

-We remain on target to achieve the 10 year cash realisable savings through NRWs creation Further progress will be made with the Change Programme

-We have used ~64 of our annual carbon budget in the first nine months of the year We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

Progress towards Good Knowledge

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Programme Director Ceri Davies Programme Budget pound13m (including 185FTEs) for 2014

What has been done so far to improve

We have already supported a number requests to undertake professional studies from across the business

What will be done next to improve

Ongoing work across Natural Resources Wales to establish Heads of Profession develop a mechanism to identify

high-level learning and development solutions to address cross-cutting skills and capability gaps as identified

Whatrsquos the picture

There is a need to actively promote and encourage staff to become members of recognised professional associations

and increase our professional skill base through supporting requests for financial assistance

What will be done next to improve

We have been working very closely with Welsh Government officials to understand the provisions in the proposed

Environment Bill and what will be required of us We have used this intelligence to inform the development of the

programme and the next phase of the Area trials

Whatrsquos the picture

External data publishing services have been maintained

What does good look like gaining wisdom and understanding of our natural resources and how we affect them - using evidence and applying learning from

experience so that we make good decisions

In summary

- We have reviewed our Natural Resource Management Programme to ensure clarity around vision objectives projects and resourcing The programme is dependent on Welsh Government and the provisions included in

the draft Environment Bill and Wellbeing and Future Generations Bill

- The Wales Environmental Information Hub for open data is now live with our sample datasets uploaded We continue to work towards moving all legacy publiching to our service

- We continue to support requests to develop our professional skill base

- We have achieved our target to make data available through Access to Information requests

Whatrsquos the picture

Stock take undertaken of the Natural Resource Management programme to ensure that the work was focussed on

the right things with the appropriate levels of Governance In parallel discussions on the new corporate Road Map

identified natural resource management as one of the vision critical programmes There will be a closer focus on

business change and ensuring that the programme is delivering the products to meet the needs of changing the

business The programme is dependent on Welsh Government and the provisions included in the Environment Bill

and Wellbeing and Future Generations Bill The three trials are an important part of the programme We have drawn

on the learning from the trials to inform the areas identified for change and the projects This approach ensures we

are using evidence from the trials on the lessons learnt to inform our broader organisational embedding

What has been done so far to improve

Over the last 2 months we have completed a refresh of the programme defining A vision for the programme

Strategic Objectives Areas for change improvement Projects Resource estimate and business owners The

Governance arrangements have also been revised with a new programme board terms of reference and

membership agreed There will be a closer focus on business change and ensuring that the programme is delivering

the products to meet the needs of changing the business In the New Year the Programme Board will meet for the

first time to endorse the work completed so far

What has been done so far to improve

Existing data publishing services have been maintained through legacy data downloads and web sites for 2 years

Proof of concept for automated upload to Welsh Government portal Sample data sets uploaded to the Hub and

products prepared from publishing in April Mechanism for supplying licenced data to customers has also been

implemented and tested and is ready to take up these services from April

What will be done next to improve

Remaining Open data datasets will be uploaded to the Hub in April 2015 to fully replicate the service Legacy

publishing services will be terminated and all publishing will be through our new services Improved communications

informing staff and customers of the new data publishing services Further review of datasets to identify more products

that can be re-categorised as open and added to the Portal and increase the number of open datasets available We

will work with Information Asset Owners to gain further understanding of their data assets and identify other products

appropriate for publishing Pilot and implement more frequent updates for live and Non GIS datasets using automated

timed uploadsrefresheschange only updates so that we can move from manual extraction to automated publishing

Whatrsquos the picture

Targets achieved at end of year

What has been done so far to improve

New processes have been introduced to improve our timeliness in responding to requests

What will be done next to improve

Continue to work with the business in implementing the new processes

(This shows the status of the Good Knowledge indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

What partners share accountability for achieving Good Knowledge

Each of us in Wales including Local communities Key partners in the trial areas

Private sector including None identified for this grouping

Public Sector including

Welsh Government Local FE college Universities

Third Sector including Non Governmental

Organisations (eg Wildlife Trusts RSPB as well as social charities)

What other data do we need to see if ldquoGood Knowledgerdquo is being delivered

Nothing currently identified

Progress towards Good Knowledge

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Knowledge mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good Knowledge Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Amber Amber uarr Green

Report learning from three integrated natural resource

management trials (Dyfi Rhondda Tawe) to Welsh Government

by March 2015

We will now report learning from the trials to

support scrutiny of the Environment Bill

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenFunding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr GreenDevelop interim report by November 2014

(first full report September 2016) Interim report has now been developed

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenReview and implement our monitoring analysis and reporting

programmeProject governance has been finalised

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenCommunications strategy signed off October 2014 Operate

rolling customer insight programme

Communications strategy signed off October

2014 Rolling reports on technical advice

provided

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenCommunications strategy signed off and Rolling customer insight

programme providing reports

Communications strategy signed off October

2014 Rolling reports on technical advice

provided

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Ceri Davies Programme Budget pound13m (including 185FTEs) for 2014

Development and roll out of phase 1 Roadmap

Intranet revamped and internal communications channels streamlined

Early development of NRM narrative

New Content Management System installed and new website launched

Improved Cyfoeth launched including improved stakeholder feedback

Completed communications change programme and established integrated communications delivery model

Increased media network across the UK with particular focus online and broadcast media

Phase 2 communications evaluation to include customer satisfaction complaints consultation response amp service usage data (inc

website)

Finalise proposals for public awareness survey

Establish website user group

Develop customer feedback tool on every page of the website

Implement subscriber based online newsletters with customer feedback mechanism

The NRM Programme Refresh has identified two specific projects to optimise the use of external funds and partnership funding to secure

outcomes These projects will run through 2015 and will explicitly consider how external funds will be able to support delivery of the

priorities and opportunities identified in the Area Statements

Welsh Government has just announced the new round of funding for eNGOs the third sector and local authorities

What we are going to do next Monitor progress on the two projects within the Programme

The interim report has now been developed in agreement with Welsh Government

We are scoping out a package of products to submit to Welsh Government by early May to feed into the scrutiny on the Environment Bill

This will include

i) a vision for SoNaRR setting out our direction of travel for capturing and reporting on evidence on state of natural resources over the

next 2-3 reporting cycles

ii) a statement on the types of evidence data sets that we currently hold in NRW and what this evidence is saying about the state of our

NR

iii) an engagement plan setting out how we intend to engage with stakeholders on co-production and to inform on SoNaRR

We now have greater clarity over the final SoNaRR product following scoping work undertaken internally

New communications evaluation process established phase 1 focus on media and social media (linked to Insight Project)

Established communications project planning approach with mandatory evaluation to provide insight and continuous improvement

Established Customer Care programme

Established the Monitoring and Reporting Board and associated thematic sub-groups (task and finish groups)

Initiated the monitoring review with governance arrangements in place and the initial work packages started

By December 2015 we will undertake an initial review of our monitoring programme to ensure that we have a clear understanding of our

drivers and priorities and the relative cost and effectiveness of different delivery methods including delivery by third parties We will

define costed options for the 2016-17 monitoring programme with the aim of achieving a 10 saving in monitoring costs

By March 2016 we will prepare a monitoring strategy to set out how we expect our monitoring service to evolve over the next 5-10 years

to meet the needs of NRW making best use of technological advances and new approaches in monitoring and with the aim of achieving

a 25 saving over current baseline costs by 2020

Phase 2 communications evaluation to include customer satisfaction complaints consultation response amp service usage data (inc

website)

Finalise proposals for awareness survey

Establish website user group

Develop customer feedback tool on every page of the website

What does good look like gaining wisdom and understanding of our natural resources and how we affect them - using evidence and applying learning from

experience so that we make good decisions

In summary

- The NRM Transformation Programme has been refreshed with a new board and a clearer vision strategic objectives

- The interim State of Natural Resrouces Report has been developed with Welsh Government and we are developing a package of products to support Environment Bill scrutiny

- Task and finish group have now been established as part of our monitoring review

- Our Communications Strategy has been published and we are now working to deliver this

The Natural Resources Management Transformation Programme has been refreshed with a new board and a clearer vision strategic

objectives The first tranche of the programme has been defined and a total of 26 project charters have been developed The programme

team is in the process of finalising these with the identified project executives and managers for final signndashoff by the Programme Board in

early May 2015

Finalise the project and programme milestones and monitoring and reporting requirements

We develop our ability to better explain and

communicate complex issues to a wide range of

stakeholders

[P] [I] We work with Welsh Government to develop

funding mechanisms to support integrated natural

resource management

[P] [I] We develop Walesrsquo approach to integrated

natural resource management

[P] We work with Welsh Government to develop

natural resources policy including delivery of a State

of Natural Resources report

We review our monitoring strategy and apply

recommendations to our operational work

We assess our abilities so that we are able to

effectively engage with the public and share our

technical advice and expertise with others or seek

support where required

Progress towards A Good Environment

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Ea - Water Environment

Eb - Sustainable Forest Management

Programme Director Graham Hillier Programme Budget pound46m (including 571FTEs) for 2014

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like

Ecosystems are resilient and secured for the future wildlife and landscapes are enhanced and the use of our natural resources is carefully managed

In summary

-41 of Walesrsquo water bodies achieved good overall status in 2014 up from 37 in 2013 Most of the improvement is likely to be due to improvements in datamonitoring The consultation on River Basin Management Plans is

underway and we are engaging with partners on improvements

-Welsh woodland known to be under sustainable management has again increased for 2014 however around 40 is underun-managed We are working with Welsh Government to develop the Glastir woodland element

-Since 1994 the UK bird population all species index has changed little Within this the woodland index has increased whilst the two farmland indicies have decreased Through our work with partners we continue to

develop the ability to report

-The condition of habitats and species on the Welsh Special Area of Conservation series remains low at 26 The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions NRW (and other key stakeholders) could take to improve the

situation

Our SAC monitoring programme reflects the most recent reported condition assessment for each feature Terrestrial (74) and freshwater (70) feature assessments were undertaken in the last six years Monitoring has been

undertaken on most of the marine features more recently and work is underway update assessment for 201516

- Since 1990 Welsh emissions of Greenhouse Gasses have fallen by 18 (to 2012) but there has been a slight increase in 2012 as a result of increased coal use due to global fuel prices The delivery actions in the Climate

Change Strategy action plan will be revised to enable the Welsh Government targets to be achieved in future years

What has been done so far to improve

Work with Welsh Government on development of Glastir Woodland Element - Work with Welsh Government forest

policy branch and across Land nature Marine and Forestry Division

What will be done next to improve

There is no current woodland grant scheme open to applications for either management or creation We are working

hard with Welsh Government and the forest sector to help the relevant departments in Welsh Government to make

this happen as quickly as possible

Whatrsquos the picture

41 of Walesrsquo water bodies achieved good overall status in 2014 The biggest issues causing impacts are poor land

management practices resulting in pollution and habitat degradation pollution from redundant metal and coal mines

physical modifications and barriers to fish migration including flood risk assets continuous and intermittent sewage

discharges and impacts of acidification and forestry

What has been done so far to improve During the first cycle we have worked with the third sector to deliver WFD

improvements in partnership This has allowed us to ldquounlockrdquo significant match-funding opportunities Between 2011

and 2013 we have had involvement in pound44 million worth of projects with over a third of funds contributed by partners

and external funders This has delivered 400ha of habitat created or restored and 370km of river enhanced or

protected 152 individual WFD water bodies identified as benefitting from projects

What will be done next to improve

The consultation on the updated River Basin Management Plans closed on 10 April We will review responses and

develop a prioritised programme of measures to achieve Water Framework Directive objectives for 2015-21 The

updated River Basin Management Plans will be submitted to Welsh Government in September 2015

(This shows the status of the Good Environment indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

Whatrsquos the picture indicator already completed for this year Upward trend from 179000ha (2013) known minimum

to 203000ha (2014) Upward trend from 201000ha (2013) maximum estimate 227000ha (2014) Actual figure likely to be

higher

Whatrsquos the picture

Wild bird populations are considered to be a good indicator of the broad state of wildlife and the countrysideBird

populations vary from year to year The lsquoall speciesrsquo index is at a similar level in 2012 as in 1994 but this masks

different trends in species associated with particular habitats The two farmland bird indices have shown largely

consistent downward trends throughout the period with the lsquobirds of farmed habitatsrsquo index at a level in 2012 c 15

below that in 1994 The woodland bird index by contrast has increased over this same period

What has been done so far to improve

Practical delivery of actions on the ground is dependent on farmers and land managers In addition practical delivery

projects including some funded through a Joint Working Partnership with RSPB as well as section15 management

agreements on SSSIs have contributed to positive management by landowners Such action along with advice and

guidance in relation to Glastir may contribute to improvements

What will be done next to improve

An index based on birds alone is not fully representative of biodiversity Our intention is to supplement this indicator

of bird populations with similar information for other taxonomic groups as and when it becomes available in sufficient

quantity to generate reliable indices Through our work with partners we continue to develop the ability to report

indices for other taxa notably bats and butterflies

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What will be done next to improve

The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions we (and other key stakeholders) could take the relative

priorities and the resource requirements Committing to taking action will be dependent on NRW budget and other

resource (staff) capacity

Whatrsquos the picture

- Total greengouse gas emissions from Wales have reduced between 1990 and 2012 by 18 whilst carbon dioxide

emissions have fallen by 14

- These emission reductions are a result of a decline in manufacturing emissions (eg in iron and steel bulk chemical

production) efficiencies in energy generation and heating the use of natural gas to replace some coal and other fuels

as well as abatement in some chemical industries

- The 2011 to 2012 increase of emissions is predominantly driven by a slight shift from natural gas back to coal due to

global fuel prices

What has been done so far to improve

A wide range of actions outlined in the Mitigation Delivery Plan of the Climate Change Strategy for Wales have been

undertaken to reduce emissions across all sectors There are many individual projects across Wales that are explicitly

seeking to reduce emissions either through reducing the carbon intensity of energy by delivering more renewable

capacity reducing resource use andor increasing recycling rates as well as energy efficiency measures Encouraging

behavioural change through communication campaigns and the reduction of other barriers to change are recognised

as key to delivering emission reductions too The annual reporting of the Climate change Strategy seeks to summarise

progress across Wales in delivery of emission reduction targets set out in the strategy ndash the latest Annual report was

published in December 2013

What will be done next to improve

A refresh of the Climate Change Strategy and the associated actions is in progress NRW has provided input in terms

of a Ministerial briefing input to the Climate Change Commission for Wales response and additional discussions with

Welsh Government The delivery actions will be revised to increase emission reductions that enable the Welsh

Government targets to be achieved in future years Within the land use sector which has made least progress a

review of the Land Use and Climate Change group report published in 2010 is underway This work undertaken by

ADAS Bangor and Aberystwyth Universities has focussed on reviewing progress with its recommendations Through

our membership of the Land Use Sub-group of the Commission NRW has input to this review

Whatrsquos the picture

Data is derived from our SAC monitoring programme and reflect the most recent reported condition assessment for

each feature as of 31st March 2015 The bulk of the terrestrial (74) and freshwater (70) feature assessments were

undertaken in the six years to 31st March 2015 The proportion of marine features with a recently updated assessment

is much lower (13 in the same 6 year period) and hence the picture presented by this data should be treated with

some caution and may be subject to change as the assessments are updated Monitoring has been undertaken on

most of these marine features more recently and work is currently underway to analyse the results with updated

assessments scheduled to be produced in 201516

What has been done so far to improve

Our LIFE N2K programme is working to compile actions required to address existing issues and future risks to

features on the SAC series which are currently acting as barriers to achieving favourable condition In addition the

project is looking to plan and cost these actions identifying the various organisations which would be required to

deliver these actions In the 201415 financial year 220 actions have either been completed or instigated (logged as

underway) by our officers to address conservation management issues on SSSIs (many of which underpin SACs)

Priority amongst these actions has been given to sites of European importance and measures identified in Water

Framework Directive Management Plans

What partners share accountability for achieving a ldquoGood Environmentrdquo

Each of us in Wales including Householders

Third sector including Non GovernmentalOrganisations Woodland Trust the National Trust Wildlife Trusts UK Woodland Assurance

Scheme (FSC and PEFC)

Private sector including Planners Developers Land managers Land users Farmers Businesses UK Forest Products Association

(UKFPA) Fishermen Confederation of Forest

Industries (ConFor) Wales Forest Business

Partnership Utility companies

Public sector including Local authorities Public authorities Developers Land managers Land users Forestry Commission (UK

Forestry Standard) WG policy and Glastir delivery

What other data do we need to see if a ldquoGood Environmentrdquo is being delivered

A fair measure of woodland condition

Progress towards A Good Environment

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Environment mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

A Good Environment Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Amber Amber uarr GreenActions resolved arising from NNR and WGWE audit Maintain

UKWAS accreditation

Actions resolved and UKWAS accreditation

maintained

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Complete Level 2 Connectivity mapping by December 2014Level 2 mapping first draft completed for all

habitats

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenApply parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance to our organisation by March 2015

Parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance applied

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green darr Red 80 of our actions underway or complete63 actions underwaycomplete from July work

plan

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ NA Green darr AmberImplement a programme of measures on NRW sites by 31 March

2015

We continue to manage NNRs for a range of wild

pollinating species improve the habitat value of the

Public Forest Estate

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenImplement control plans on the Welsh Government Woodland

Estate

Helicopter surveillance for P ramorum completed

60 sites found to be positive and notices have

been served on 417ha

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ [I] We consider streamlined innovative

approachesAmber Green - Green

Develop and support approaches that demonstrate innovation

collaboration and best practice

Approaches being supported including Greener

Grangetown

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenPublish flood maps (in quarter one) capital and maintenance

programmes (in quarter two)

Published flood maps (in quarter one) capital and

maintenance programmes (in quarter two)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Graham Hillier Programme Budget pound46m (including 571FTEs) for 2014

Greener Grangetown Technical input to scheme designs (specifically on water quality water efficiency green infrastructure amenity and

biodiversity) and continued project involvement

What we have done so far The 201415 Routine and Intermittent Flood Risk Maintenance programmes amp The 201415 Flood Risk

Management Wales Capital Programme have been published on our website The 201415 Flood Risk Management Wales Capital

Programme was updated on our website following approval at Januaryrsquos FRMW committee meeting

What we are going to do next The end of year 201415 Flood Risk Management Wales Capital Programme report will be published on our

website following approval at Junersquos FRMW committee meeting The 201516 Flood Risk Management Wales Capital Programme report will

be published on our website following approval at Junersquos FRMW committee meeting

WGWE ndash we have developed an action plan to close out actions from 2014 audit (these are not part of 1415 target but will be delivered

during 1516 for the 2015 audit) assigned owners and made the action plan available to the Executive Team 15 NNR audits will be planned

for 201516 actions will be carried over from 201415 and will be included within the plan for the coming year

We manage outbreaks of plant health pests and

diseases

We ensure accurate information on flood risk is

available to the public and stakeholders

[P] We work with others to improve connectivity

and restoration of priority habitats and their

linkages as part of integrated natural resource

management plans

We ensure climate change adaptation is embedded

in all areas of our work

[P] We will play our part and work with others to halt

biodiversity loss in order to help ensure that by 2020

ecosystems are more resilient

- Completion of Level 2 mapping for selection of main habitats and significant and exciting progress towards developing prioritised peatland

restoration maps

- Provision of data and guidance on applying connectivity to NRW trial areas FRPs and related landscape-scale projects with partners

- Application of connectivity mapping layers to the ongoing revision of the Upland Framework

- Continued engagement with wider research and development into connectivity and its application including involvement with Liverpool

Universityrsquos development of the connectivity mapping tool lsquoCondatisrsquo

We will continue development and refinement of connectivity mapping including i) application to the prioritisation of restoration of peatland

habitats to benefit biodiversity and a range of ecosystem services and ii) exploring the revision of woodland connectivity mapping to include

remote-sensed hedgerow data and habitat information from within the WG Forest Estate

We have completed the analysis of the 250 NRW activities and identified 5 priority areas for trialling of our approach to embedding

consideration of climate change in our work during 1516 We have engaged the support of the Board through a presentation and 2 Board

papers that has resulted in approval of our approach

We will begin the implementation of the approach within the 5 trial work areas

Surveillance for a range of pests and diseases has been undertaken and significant coupe planning and management (civil engineering

felling and other clearance) has been undertaken on the WGWE A number of events have been undertaken to ensure knowledge exchange

with the wider sector We are working to ensure the latest pest and disease issues are up to date We have started work on 4 long Term

Contracts harvesting infected larch We have also harvested 40 ha of uninfected larch as part of a strategy to reduce the risk posed by P

ramorum

Carry out annual surveillance programme and issue notices where required Continue to develop knowledge of pests and diseases Continue

the management of P ramorum on the WGWE aiming to fell 240 000m3 in 201516 Work to develop a Wales specific risk register Complete

the compliance checks required for P ramorum notices We will continue to undertake an update survey for ash dieback following the latest

understanding of the disease A further 2 Long Term Contracts will start in 201516 and we will continue to harvest infected and uninfected

material as planned

Greener Grangetown Ongoing involvement in the public consultation process Support to project management technical scheme design

strategic direction and quality assurance We undertake this alongside Cardiff Council and Dŵr Cymru Cardiff Council has extended the

consultation timescale until June 2015 Construction is expected in Autumn 2015

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like

Ecosystems are resilient and secured for the future wildlife and landscapes are enhanced and the use of our natural resources is carefully managed

In Summary

- Our UKWAS accreditation has been maintained We have resolved the target numbers of actions on the Welsh Government Woodland Estate and National Nature Reserves

- To support the improvement of habitat connectivity we have completed a Level 2 mapping first draft for all habitats

- In delivering our part in halting biodiversity loss we have gone from Green to Red (target was 80 action underwaycomplete at Period 2 we had 60 at year-end we had 63)

- We have promoted the MoU with the Welsh Bee Keeperrsquos Association and have a new agreement for bee keeping at the Darwonno Centre in Llanwonno We have developed an action plan for pollinators on the public forest

estate

- As part of our work to manage plant health pests and diseases we have issued notices on 417ha follwing helicopter surveys

- Our Flood Risk Management Wales Capital programme has been published on our website

We ensure the sustainable management of land

and water we manage

Welsh Government Woodland Estate (WGWE) - Closed out actions from 2013 audit report as outlined in previous report so no further action

required for 201415 target

NNR - 10 NNR audits have been completed and reports issued one more is to be completed pending a site visit one further planned visit

was postponed due to the responsible member of staff leaving the post Of 70 actions identified 38 have been completed (over the 50

target) 28 are in progress and 14 are yet to be actioned

We will develop our approach to pollinators

Promoted the MoU with the Welsh Bee Keeperrsquos Association within NRW by circulating posters of the MoU

We have a new agreement for bee keeping at the Darwonno Centre in Llanwonno which involved the transportation and re-hiving of a colony

of bees from a derelict building that was being torn down

We will publicise this agreement and continue to promote the MoUWe have developed a work plan andfurther work will be needed to fully

cost the plan in 201516 Opportunities are being explored to improve expand habitats for pollinators within existing resources

A work plan for 201516 is being developed considering the most pressing actions and available resourcing

The reason for performance are competing work demands including a significant Glastir casework loads LIFE Natura 2000 Prioritised

Improvement Plans Special Area of Conservation management plans and difficult SSSI confirmations The 63 actions underwaycomplete

reflects those updated on the reporting database at the year end There is a time lag between actions and updating the reporting database

Progress towards Good for People

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

`

Programme Director Tim Jones Programme Budget pound50m (including 428FTEs) for 2014

(This shows the status of the Good for People indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

Whatrsquos the picture

Using the World Health Organisationrsquos Health Economic Assessment Tool an Economic Assessment of the Health

Benefits of Walking on the Wales Coast Path was carried out in 201314 The report was issued in November 2014 In

summary the findings were The economic value of the health benefits of walking on the path is pound183m per year with

pound35m of benefit per year directly attributed to the existence of the Wales Coast Path

What has been done so far to improve

We are currently developing a spatial prioritisation tool to help inform our decisions about where best to focus our

resources for maximum benefits including improving health and well-being

What will be done next to improve

The Recreation and Access Enabling Plan will inform and steer our future work on this area

Whatrsquos the picture

Most local authorities have insufficient green space within walking distance of the homes of most of their citizens Due

to the densely built up nature of many urban areas it will be impossible to achieve 100 compliance with this

indicator however it will be possible to increase the percentage compliance and to take action to ameliorate any

remaining deficiency by creating green walls roadside rain gardens (as part of sustainable urban drainage systems

like the one proposed for the Greener Grangetown project) planting street trees etc

What has been done so far to improve

All local authorities were offered grant aid by a legacy body to assess their accessible natural green space The Welsh

Government has adopted the Green Flag Awards as an indicator for their programme for government Local

authorities have developed supplementary planning guidance for green space and have included policies on access

to green space in their local development plans

What will be done next to improve

We have created a dataset of all green space in Wales and has made that available to all local authorities so they can

use it as a modern base-map of their own accessible natural green space We are working with Torfaen CBC to

update it We will use this as a case study to encourage all other local authorities to update their own data We wrote

to all local authorities which participated in the original accessible greenspace mapping work to offer to host a seminar

on how to ldquoground truthrdquo their data All local authority Local Development Plans (both adopted and in preparation)

were assessed for references to Accessible Natural Green Space and the summary of their provisions has been made

available to our staff Similarly a briefing on accessible natural green space for staff involved with Local Service

Boards has been prepared These actions will help us to encourage local authorities to either improve their policy

provision on green space provision or to implement that provision effectively

Whatrsquos the picture

We now have a draft lsquoVolunteering with NRW Policy Statementrsquo and staff guide in development

What has been done so far to improve

We now have a much better picture of directly managed volunteer numbers and staff involved and we are working to

improve data collection We now have a draft lsquoVolunteering with NRW Policy Statementrsquo and staff guide in

development

What will be done next to improve

We will be developing the Cyfoeth volunteering scheme having agreed the principles of the Cyfoeth umbrella scheme

last year The woodlands and you scheme will be taken forward by operations on a Wales wide basis supported by

Knowledge Strategy and Planning along with National Services This will include addressing the recommendations

from Internal Audit Audit Risk and Assurance Committee will retain oversight of the internal audit report response

Whatrsquos the picture

The current figure that can be reported stands at 789 educational settings supported This activity is predominantly

deliveredfacilitated by the Education Learning and Sector Skills Team It includes single visits Work Experience

Placements Teacher Training recorded self-led visits and Fishing with Schools Initiative

What has been done so far to improve

Education and Skills Enabling Plan completed Education Learning and Sector Skills webpage and intranet page

(webpages have been temporaily taken down) Leadership support for the development of the Cyfoeth Placement

scheme elements Inclusion of MSc and PhD records within this report

What will be done next to improve

Implementation of the Enabling Plan Implementation of the Cyfoeth Placement scheme elements Central booking

system for all direct delivery highlighted via Managers Monthly Guide and intranet Investiage the development of a

common NRW coding system for recording of our social programmes (if supported by the business)

What has been done so far to improve

A new contract has been let to undertake face to face surveys and an assessment of the economic impact to be

completed by November 2015 As part of the above work a Wales Coast Path User Survey is being carried out during

2014-15 These are due to be completed by November 2015

What will be done next to improve

The evaluation of the 2014-15 data and a comparative evaluation of data from the same type of survey carried out in

2011-13 will then be undertaken The final report is due by end of March 2016

Whatrsquos the picture

We are not yet in a position to establish the current position The data to support reporting against this indicator

potentially comes from a number of sources Value of our contracts awarded to provide services deliver goods on

land we own or manage (eg franchises mountain bike trail providers cafeacute and catering providers) and numbers of

jobs created and supported and traineesapprentices recruited Advice is needed on the development of a standard

jobs created calculation (eg one Full Time Equivalent is equivalent to poundX GVA numbers of and revenue generated

by commercial and social enterprises through Woodlands and You events activities and projects numbers of social

enterprises supported by Woodlands and You However data collection process are not yet developed sufficiently to

provide clear numbers and figures We are working with operational teams to support improved recording and

reporting

What has been done so far to improve

We are running a regional pilot in south Wales to bring currently unmanaged woodlands into management by working

with social and small local enterprises using the Woodlands and You scheme as the application and assessment

mechanism building and extending on the Wisewoods Wales work in Ceredigion

What will be done next to improve

We are working on our sustainable procurement strategy and will be able to report on the social and economic

outcomes of contracts awarded We are working to improve data collected through Mynediad We are now

commencing the GIS module roll-out across Wales that will enable us to set a baseline

Whatrsquos the picture

Comparing the results from the 2008 and the 2011 survey shows that there has been a significant increase in the

percentage of adults who have met the required level of physical activity through participation in outdoor recreation in

Wales In 2008 29 met the required target of 150 minutes of moderate to intensive physical activity per week This

increased significantly by 2011 to 32 of adults The results show that participation in outdoor recreation is helping

people to lsquoturn the curversquo and increase their physical activity levels and therefore improve their health Increased

physical activity has been proven to reduce obesity diabetes coronary heart disease and certain types of cancer

New NRW research has used the World Health Organisationrsquos Health Economic Assessment Tool to value the health

benefits of outdoor recreation Using the Wales Coast Path as a case study this innovative research found that health

benefits of walking on the path was pound183m per year

What Good looks like people are safe and enjoy and benefit from our natural resources and understand their relevance in our day to day lives

In summary

- Construction of flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Rhymney Tidal Embankment Mawldan Weir and Penclawdd have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties

- The 2011 Wales Outdoor Recreation Survey shows an increase to 32 in the percentage of adults who have met the required level of physical activity through participation in outdoor recreation in Wales

- A new contract has been let to undertake face to face surveys and an assessment of the economic impact of the Wales Coast Path

- We are running a regional pilot in south Wales to bring currently unmanaged woodlands into management by working with social and small local enterprises

- We have delivered 789 educational settings supported Our education enambling plan has been approved and we continue to develop the Cyfoeth (Cyfle) Placement scheme

Whatrsquos the picture

Construction on the flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Penclawdd Rhymney Tidal Embankment and

Mawldan Weir have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties Our Flood Risk Capital budget

was pound182 million this year We have over 200 projects in the capital programme

What has been done so far to improve

Construction of flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Rhymney Tidal Embankment Mawldan Weir and

Penclawdd have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties

What will be done next to improve

Work will continue on schemes to be delivered in 201516 Those include Risca Dolgellau Isca Road Newton and

ffordd Isa

What partners share accountability for achieving Good for Peoplerdquo

Each of us in Wales including Local Communities

(particularly residents in areas at risk of flooding)

Greenspace volunteers

Third Sector including NGOrsquos (particularly Sustrans

and The Ramblers) Agored Cymru

Private Sector including None identified for this grouping

Public Sector including Welsh Government (Health

Improvement Division) Public Health Wales Sport Wales Local Authorities Visit Wales National Park Authorities

What other data do we need to see if Good for Peoplerdquo is being delivered

Two greenspace datasets combined

Updated Welsh OutdoorRecreation Survey

Improved volunteer data More complete educational

Progress towards Good for People

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good for People mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good for People Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Amber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Amber - AmberDevelop and launch programme working with others linking with

priorities of other stakeholders

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities

amp Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Green Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan publishedRecreation and Access Strategy and Action

Plan published

+ Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implementedFour green one amber (amber waste data

systems programme)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

+ Amber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green 10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood risk18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenReduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector year

on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Tim Jones Programme Budget pound50m (including 428FTEs) for 2014

We have increased the level of protection for 467 properties as well as providing over 150 properties with property level protection

Schemes have been completed at Swansea Vale Penclawdd Rhymney Tidal Embankment and Mwldan Weir

Next year we will be delivering schemes at Risca Dolgellau Isca Road Newton and Ffordd Isa with over 600 properties benefitting from a

reduced risk of flooding We will also be continuing with the development of future schemes at Roath Crindau Portland Grounds and

Tabbs Gout

Total substantiated (following attendance) Category12 incidents for year 201314 was 115

Total substantiated (following attendance) Category 12 incidents for year 201415 was 96 a reduction of 165

Work to establish the baseline patterns for premises type pollutant and cause for all significant and major incidents across Wales has

been completed for the year 201314 Incident data for the year 201415 is now being analysed against this baseline data

The baseline data and that for incidents to November in 201415 has been shared with Strategic and Operations Incident Management

Groups This data for the year 201415 is now being compared to the baseline data and again will be used to highlight any trends and

inform risk registers policies campaigns and where necessary to identify if further effort needs to be targeted at specific sectors

There was steady improvement through the year when compared with the baseline figure at the start of the reporting year A combination

of reviewing the asset data and asset repairs brought a fall in the number of failing assets from 105 at the start of the year to 44 at the end

of March 2015 a reduction of 58 South East Area followed South West in reaching the target of 99 passing while North Area made

good progress towards the 99 target in recent months When combining all three areas together the overall the target of 99 was

achieved

Teams will continue to get regular updates in the coming months on failing assets that require repair The systems and policies that we

have in place will be evaluated in the coming year This will include addressing the legacy strategies policies and procedures we currently

use in managing our assets This will ensure that they are suitable and appropriate in Wales and will help us to focus our efforts on those

assets that are of highest flood risk importance

Engagement within identified high risk areas continues and two community flood plans have been completed and three communities have

been signed off

We led an article in the British Horse Society magazine to give practical advice tailored to horse livery and stable (business) owners on

how to protect their horses and livelihoodsrsquo in the event of a flood

We have discussed producing materials for Older People around flooding with Older People Co-ordinators

Wales Young Farmers have also shared our webpages and messages within their monthly newsletter encouraging members to check

their flood risk We continue to work with Dangerpoint safety centre and support the work they do to educate children and transient

populations

We formally launched our Flood Awareness Wales Lead Facebook page

We will work within 24 high risk communities across Wales to increase awareness and preparedness for flooding and will continue to work

with 14 communities until they can be signed off as completed

We plan to strengthen our Flood Plan Lead (FPL) Volunteer network across Wales

We will look into emotional and psychological health support available in Wales for those who have experienced flooding

- Contributed to the development of the Cyfoeth scheme which will include our volunteering programme

- Volunteering Programme drafted Developed our Communities and Regeneration Enabling Plan ndash approved by the Board in March 2015

- Undertaken a baseline survey of numbers and roles of volunteers directly managed by our staff

- Secured resources for and completed the development of the Good for People GIS Toolkit - a spatial targeting methodology to inform the

focus and delivery of NRWrsquos social programmes

- Launched our worldrsquos first Tree Cover in Walesrsquo Towns and Cities study at the Climate Change Commission for Wales meeting in

September and started the production of county specific reports

- Secured resources for established a partnership and undertaken an i-Tree survey of the urban forest in the Tawe catchment to assess

the ecosystem services of urban trees in the NRM Trial Area The findings will contribute to the overall NRM trial catchment datasets and

inform future decision making and will demonstrate the significant ecosystem services that trees provide

- Established a similar network and carried out an i-Tree Eco study in Bridgend County Boroughrsquos urban areas

- Disseminate and support delivery of the Communities and Regeneration Enabling Plan

- Support development of the Cyfoeth scheme and NRWrsquos volunteering policy and programme within it

- Support development and delivery of the NRW-wide extension of the Woodlands and You scheme - Mynediad

- Deliver training and briefing sessions on the Good for People GIS Toolkit and support its use by the business

- Work with the partnerships and Forest research to produce and disseminate i-Tree Eco reports for both the Tawe Catchment and

Bridgend County Borough ensuring that the results inform the NRM pilots and developing Area Plans

- Develop county specific canopy cover reports using data from the all-Wales survey

- Continue to explore options for completing the all-Wales Access to Natural Green space data set

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per

sector using a prioritised risk based approach

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk

Management Capital Programme

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk

management assets prioritising our efforts on

those which counter the highest risks

[P] We develop and deliver our Recreation and Access

Strategy

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government

(Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights of Way

Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste

data systems)

We have published the findings of the Health Economic Assessment Tool for the Wales Coast Path

Rights of Way Improvement Plan Funding Programme offer letters for 201415 were issued to local authorities output reports data from

201314 collated and reports finalised and shared with stakeholders

Local Authorities within the Flymapper trial have recorded over five thousand fly tipping incidents during 201415 giving a spatial

representation of the hotspots

Twncarmel Merthyr multi-agency approach to clear persistent Fly Tipping problem has resulted in clearance preventative measures

installed and the land has been donated to the community to be developed as a community resource

We have developed ITdata systems to ensure waste data and quality meets Welsh Government requirements

In developing waste flow evidence for problematic waste a significant amount of crosschecking of data has been undertaken to assess

where issues lie The waste flow tool was developed and trialled and the tool finalised

Judges training has been undertaken for the Green Flag Awards and judges have been allocated to sites which have applied for Awards

We have established a new contract for face to face surveys and economic assessment of the Wales Coast Path Transition

arrangements for the management for the path will start in April with longer term developments implemented during 201516

We have agreed with Welsh Government to continue delivery of the waste data project in 201516

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership

Funding

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk

and what actions they need to take

What Good looks like people are safe and enjoy and benefit from our natural resources and understand their relevance in our day to day lives

In Summary

- Recreation and Access Communities and Regeneration plus Education Strategies have been approved and are ready for implementation in 201516

- Launched our Tree Cover in Walesrsquo Towns and Cities study at the Climate Change Commission for Wales and started the production of county specific reports

- We have developed our new approach to partnership funding

- Flood and Coastal Risk Management Asset condition continues to improve and we met our target of 99

- We have increased the level of protection against flooding for 467 properties

- We achieved a 165 reduction in serious incidents over the previous year

- We have exceeded our target to raise peoples awareness of their flood risk (18884 at March 2015 against a 10000 target)

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve

learning in and about the natural environment plus

linking to the curriculum and wider learning

opportunities

The draft Strategy Paper Results Based Accounting document and Action Plan table were approved at the February Board meeting

There were delays to their final production as a result of gathering additional information that it was felt would enhance the full suite of

papers and be able to evidence and monitor this work going forward

The target is amber due to the delay in bringing the strategy to the Board whilst additional information was gathered We will commence

implementation in 201516

[P] We work with others to improve local

environmental quality including for disadvantaged

communities

Progress towards Good for Business

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Be - Generating Income

Programme Director Trefor Owen Programme Budget pound34m (including 388FTEs) for 2014

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like a location of choice for business and enterpriseand a place where best practice environmentalmanagement is adpoted and

encouraged

Good for Business - In summary

- We have improved our position in responding to planning applications during the year achieving the required 90 within time during the final four months of the reporting year Our overall performance for the year was 81

- We met our target to issue 90 of permit applications within the determination period

- We are aware of 59 illegal waste sites in Wales We have introduced a focused Waste and Industry Team and the lsquoonce in Wales Enforcement department from April 2015

- We met our gross income target of pound16m for the year achieving pound177m

Whatrsquos the picture

Target has been met

What has been done so far to improve

Continue to submit cases for staff replacements Identify where teams are under resourced and need additional staff

Identify where internal consultation is not responding within set timescales Introduced new way of working for

hydropower applications to streamline the determination process

What will be done next to improve

Use process evaluation to streamline permitting regimes with specific focus on internal consultation

(This shows the status of the Good for Business indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

Whatrsquos the picture

There has been an increase in the number of waste sites Waste sites are put in compliance bands A-F with F being

the poorest performing Wales has 46 permitted waste sites in compliance bands D E or F (poor performers) for 2013

The bulk of the poor performing sites (36) are within the waste treatment sector with 21 of these in the non-hazardous

waste sub-sector

What has been done so far to improve

An improving compliance group has been set up as a sub-group of Regulatory Business Board The group has

delivered two detailed reports on Permitted Waste Site Compliance and review of waste fires to look at the reasons

behind the poor performing D E and F sites and root causes of waste fires at permitted sites

Training has been delivered to regulatory officers to improve knowledge and confidence of assessing compliance at

permitted waste sitesA joint workshop with Welsh Government has been help to agree challenges and identify

solutions (Policy legislative operational)

What will be done next to improve

Actions have been identified and will be implemented

Whatrsquos the picture

At the end of 14-15 NRW was aware of 59 illegal waste sites in Wales

What has been done so far to improve

The introduction of the focused Waste and Industry reg teams in Operations across Wales

What will be done next to improve

The lsquoonce in Wales Enforcement department from April 2015

Whatrsquos the picture

We achieved the target in the final reporting period largely by giving particular attention to response times The

improvements to our approach guidance and processes that we implement during 2015 will help us turn this into a

sustainable improvement and start to focus on the effectiveness of our advice in 201516 Please note that casework

data for Mid Wales are included in the data for South Operations Region and that the difference between consultations

received and responses submitted reflects in part (i) those applications which have been sent by the LPAs but do not

meet our agreed criteria for comment and (ii) work in progress

What will be done next to improve

Now the new finance system is in place we will review the breakdown of the overall figure to ensure all commercial

income is included in 201516

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What has been done so far to improve

Timeliness The lsquobuildrsquo phase in developing the new ICT system is underway and due to complete in the Summer We

published our Service Statement on our website and shared it with key customers The Statement clarifies what our

customers can expect from us and what we expect from them to enable us provide a timely and evidence-based

response We revised our instruction to staff on what to comment on when we are consulted This fine tunes our risk

based approach and will help us to target our advice in a consistent way We have shared this with Planning Officers

Society Wales (POSW) Welsh Government and Local Planning Authorities We have improved our timeliness by

improving focus on response times and will be able to make this a sustainable improvement as we complete the full

suite of improvements to our processes and approaches The transition to medium longer term sustainable ways of

working We brought all the staff working in the NRW planning service across Wales together for a 2 day event to set

the context for the new NRW service communicate our strategic objectives for our planning advice embed culture

change hear from external customers and raise awareness of new internal instruction and guidance that is being rolled-

out to support the delivery of this service We held trainings sessions for 60 staff on the Development Consent Order

process for Nationally Significant Infrastructure Projects (NSIP) and our role within this Nationally Significant

Infrastructure regime We have rolled-out new internal guidance to support the planning service eg NSIP Quick Guide

Call-in guidance and a guide on NRWrsquos approach on how climate change implications should be considered for

development proposals within areas of high flood risk

What will be done next to improve

We will Work with WG to inform the implementation of the provisions of the Planning (Wales) Bill which relate to the

role of statutory consultees Progress operational guidance for identified priority subject-areas including standard

advice for developments of lower risk to bats and landscape considerations for small and single wind turbines and

Implement the new ICT system and test Develop a training programme to further embed culture change in our

planning service Continue to meet with national and local stakeholders to seek feedback on our planning service and

inform our future measures for further improvement Develop options for charging for non-statutory advice to support

the resources required to provide this service Put in place a mid-Wales planning advice team

Whatrsquos the picture

The income figure is pound177m

What has been done so far to improve

NA

What partners share accountability for achieving Good for Businessrdquo

Each of us in Wales including None identified for this grouping

Third Sector including None identified for this grouping

Private Sector including Companies Operators Permit Applicants

Public Sector including Local Authorities PINS MMO (Marine Management

What other data do we need to see if Good for Businessrdquo is being delivered

Nothing currently identified

Progress towards Good for Business

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good for Business measures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good for Business Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green - Green Review charging schemes201516 Charging Scheme published on our

website (2nd April)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or service

level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or

voluntary determination period)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

We have drafted an action plan for the

development of the Permitting Service for

delivery in 201516 onwards

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenReport new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place

on our managed estate

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenWind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3 larch)Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing

(including 267000m3 larch)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Trefor Owen Programme Budget pound34m (including 388FTEs) for 2014

We have held all our open market sales and offered the volumes of timber that we advertised to our customers in Feb 2014 The balance

of our volume has been offered through our suite of long term contracts

Our commitment has been fully met although we have not as yet signed the last long term contract for larch and have fallen short by

65000 on this measure However the larch volume has been brought forward in other species and the overall sales plan commitment has

been met Continue to market at the same sort of levels to achieve our 201516 budgeted targets

We will continue to try to conclude the final long term contract if we are unsuccessful in the next 23 months then the volume will be

reoffered to the market

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to

streamline the service we provide for customers

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like a location of choice for business and enterpriseand a place where best practice environmentalmanagement is adpoted and

encouraged

In Summary

- We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April following a public consulation and obtaining Board and Ministerial approvals

- We have determined 90 of permits licences and consent to timescale (statutory or voluntary determination period)

- We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards

- We are facilitating commercial opportunities for renewables mobile infrastructure holidays gas and timber

- We are supporting six wind and five hydropower energy developments

- We have put to market 869166m3 over bark standing of timber (including 267000m3 larch)

We market timber from the Welsh Government

woodland estate in accordance with our marketing

strategy

We develop a single permitting licensing and

consenting service based on common standards and

processes

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities

including renewable energy generation as well as

recreation and tourism opportunities

We submitted a paper to Februaryrsquos NRWrsquos Board meeting detailing the consultation responses we received and gained their approval of

our final Charging Scheme proposals

We gained Ministerial approval for our 201516 Charging Scheme in March

We published our Charging Scheme Consultation Response on our website at the end of March

We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April

bull Overall the Wind Energy Programme is progressing in line with Developers plans with three of the six Projects in the Development Phase

and actual Option Fee income for FY1415 was pound57m We met with the Crown Estates and toured Pen y Cymoedd looking at potential

energy project synergies between the two organisations We are also pursuing the Energy Park Concept at Pen y Cymoedd We continue

to deal with Developer requests for access which cover wind solar and unconventional gas energy developments

bull Discussions are taking place to assess the possibilities of establishing a small scale wind turbine programme with the potential to expand

into other renewables where possible

bull The Small Scale Hydro Programme has met its target of five schemes enabled

bull We have identified potential biomass supply from mid Wales and will now work to market this

bull We have provided Welsh Government with a submission setting out the opportunities that the Green Growth Fund might be able to help

realise

bull Negotiation are continuing surrounding the development of Forest Holidays and Camping in the Forest at Beddgelert Garwnant and Coed

y Brenin

bull We are currently in discussion over the potential to repeat the woodland creation and carbon capture project on a second site

bull We continue to work closely with Welsh Government and DCMS to roll out the Mobile Infrastructure Project to provide coverage to lsquonot-

spotrsquo rural areas

bull It has been an extremely buoyant year for Timber sales and this has enabled the published Timber sale open market volumes to be fully

met We have increased our customer base this year and our sales of ldquonicherdquo products including the potential supply of cedar for shed and

garden product manufacture

bull The filming unit promotion has commenced with the establishment of a bespoke email address

bull We have met with Sport Wales and have agreed a plan to work in tandem over the Tryweren Centre

bull The first five Field Sports parcels are being prepared for tender and investigations into the remaining potential for NRW managed land are

ongoing

bull We will review our visitor centres to ensure they realise enterprise and income generating opportunities that are appropriate to site

bull Our Enterprise and Business Transformation Programme has been established and will be tasked with building an enterprise culture

prioritising opportunities and freeing up resources to deliver enterprising projects

[P] We support the wind energy programme and

deliver our hydropower programme on land that

we manage

We determine permits licences and consents

meeting the statutory determination or service

level agreement period timescale

We are now beginning the work programme to deliver our 201618 Charging Scheme

We have continued with monthly reporting and analysis of performance across a range of individual regimes to identify under performance

Where this is identified then measures have been taken to attempt to correct the issue We have agreed a workforce plan for the service as

a way of addressing the current level of turnover replacing vacated posts quickly with people with the right skills This has meant that we

are having to put forward recruitment requirements regularly and on occasion to recruit externally

We continue to work with Operations colleagues to ensure that they understand the impact on this target so that the internal consultations

for permit applications are returned within required timescales

We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards In addition we have

commenced work on a number of areas including -

We have begun developing a single identity as the NRW Permitting Service

We have developed a single set of Priorities Principle and Values

We have commissioned work to examine opportunities for efficiencies streamlining of permitting processes This will form part of the

Transformation Programme - Improving efficiency and service delivery

We have made some organisation changes with the Spp SSSI and Woodland Regulation administration teams reporting to a single Team

Leader

Work to examine opportunities for efficiencies streamlining of permitting processes will form part of the Transformation Programme -

Improving efficiency and service delivery

Wind Wind Energy Programme is progressing in line with Developers plans with three of the six Projects in the Development Phase

Hydro We have enabled five schemes to be constructed by March 15 One is constructed and operational two are under construction and

two are awaiting commencement of construction

Programme continues in 201516

Progress towards Good Organisation

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Oa- Customer and

stakeholder satisfaction

Ob - Staff Engagement Index

Od - Achievement of

revised business case

Oe - Reduced

organisational carbon

footprint

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What has been done so far to improve

Progress to deliver the Change Programme has created savings and includes Exit from Environment Agency head

office non-ICT services on vesting da Exit since vesting day from 19 transitional services provided by the

Environment Agency and Forestry Commission worth pound26M per annum Business process improvements include

significant planned savings from sample collection planning advice and permitting functions Short term rationalisation

of offices and depots Removing almost all staff off the Forestry Commission and Environment Agency ICT

infrastructure

What will be done next to improve

Further progress with the Change Programme that will set up savings including Further rationalisation of offices and

depots to conclude the short term programme Continue work to exit transitional services worth another approx pound5M

in 201516 Complete the second Voluntary Exit Schemewith the aim of realising further annual savings Fully

establish the continuous improvement programme to deliver efficiencies over the next 2 years

Whatrsquos the picture

- Our baseline carbon footprint amounts to 7699 tCO2e

- The main elements of our carbon footprint last year related to the use of vehicles we own electricity use and the

(contracted out) use of construction aggregate Over 5000 tonnes of CO2e related to these three areas

- The nine month figures shown (including estimates for some elements) suggest we have used ~64 of our carbon

budget for the year

- We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

What has been done so far to improve

We have been working to

- Engage our staff through training and delivering workshops to our leaders

- Reduce emissions from travel and transport by minimising UK internal flights increasing our use of biodiesel

reducing our fleet emissions reducing the need for travel through increased audioweb conferencing

- Rationalise our building estate in line with our accommodation strategy

- Roll out of new IT (improving our audioweb conferencing capabilities)

- Regional EMS committees being established For 201415 we targeted a reduction in our travel and building energy

related carbon footprint of 5

What will be done next to improve

- Applying sustainability risk assessments to new contracts (over pound25k)

- Engaging stakeholders and publishing our core EMS documentation

- We will continue to report on our carbon footprint internally on a quarterly basis (using estimates if necessary to do

so)

Whatrsquos the picture

We are on target for the cash-realisable benefit The accumulation of savings over the 10 years remains very

sensitive to relatively small changes in the annual savings in these early years The scenario planning shows that

although we are on target there should be emphasis on the need to maintain a strong focus on making efficiencies

releasing money by exiting transitional services controlling costs and making sure implement plans to deliver the

benefits The analysis that underpins this indicator is based on information available at the end of March 2015 The

lsquoyear endrsquo figures available in June will improve the forecast

What will be done next to improve

The Board has considered the scope of a NRW Customer Care Strategy and provided its feedback on the

development of the strategy NRW needs to finalise its discussions concerning the development and implementation

of the NRW Customer Care Strategy

Whatrsquos the picture

We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate which for our first survey

was really encouraging and showed our staff engagement index to be 48

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

In summary

-Customer and Stakeholder satisfaction will be developed as part of our Customer Focus Programme in 201516

-We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate and a staff engagement indexof 48 We are looking at how we can improve and set a target for next year

-We have reviewed our position against benchmarks and will now be setting targets for future years

-We remain on target to achieve the 10 year cash realisable savings through NRWs creation Further progress will be made with the Change Programme

-We have used ~64 of our annual carbon budget in the first nine months of the year We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

Whatrsquos the picture

The indicator is yet been developed (the baseline will be established by the first customer satisfaction survey for

regulated business that will seek views on the change in service since before NRW)

What has been done so far to improve

We have committed to continuing to work to Customer Care and Service Standards

(This shows the status of the Good Organisation indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

What has been done so far to improve

We should all be focused on how we build on the good work and take action to make improvements There are some

clear messages from the survey which are understandable given that NRW is only two years old and the scale of

change has been huge The results identified a number of positives Staff are interested in their roles and enjoy

challenges the skill levels are very good and most enjoy having the support of their Line Managers and camaraderie

of their colleagues But there were a number of challenges to address the pace and amount of change cross-

organisational working leadership clarity of our organisational objectives and purpose and the learning and

development opportunities on offer

What will be done next to improve

We are looking at how we can increase the staff engagement index to 58 an increase of 10 (target is to be

confirmed)

Whatrsquos the picture

We have presented ourselves against benchmarks for a number of support services including Finance Procurement

Human Resources Information Technology Communications Legal Services and Accommodation using the latest

available (2009) Cabinet Office data and guidance With only one exception we are positioned within the benchmark

range or slightly below it The exception is the area of office space we occupy in relation to the number of staff we

employ

What has been done so far to improve

We have centrally compiled the benchmarks to ensure consistency and have included additional sectors of our

business for a broader picture

What will be done next to improve

We will set targets for each area and programme an annual update of the benchmarks to coincide with our annual

budgeting and planning cycle We will seek to find more recent data to benchmark against and will additionally

consider our performance ambition We will explore why we appear to have more office space than expected

considering how this will be addressed by the plan contained in our Accommodation Strategy or if there is any issue

with how we are compiling our data

What partners share accountability for achieving a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo_

Each of us in Wales including Customers of NRW

Third Sector including Customers of NRW

Private Sector including Customers of NRW

Public Sector including Environment Agency Forestry Commission

What other data do we need to see if a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo is being delivered

We need to construct and run a customer and stakeholder survey

Outcomescore of next staff engagement index

Progress towards Good Organisation

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Organisation mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good OrganisationPeriod 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber - AmberAchieve business case benefits relating to the creation of Natural

Resources Walespound145M (91 complete)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targetsProcurement strategy and quick wins

delivered

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

+ Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report)

indicates 5 reduction is on track

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Sublet Ynysybwl tractor shed Progress to the implementation phase of the Llanelli Laboratory project

Complete the options appraisal for Mid-Wales by August 2015

Complete options appraisals for four regional lsquohubsrsquo (South West South East North West and North East) by September 2015 There a

number of rationalisation projects that had been identified as lsquoquick winsrsquo but are on hold because of local concerns about the degree to

which the project would require changes to legacy ways of working

We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits in September 2014 amp March 2015

In 201415 - 33 nonconformities of legal and other compliance obligations were raised these have now been corrected and actions taken

to prevent reoccurrence

30 of NRW staff have received specific targeted EMS awareness pollution incident and waste training

7 of 8 directorate leadership teams have received EMS training

9 month emissions report indicates we are on track to meet our 5 carbon reduction target

We are going to integrate forestry operations within the scope of the EMS in 201516 Site visits at WSO civils and WHaM sites are

already scheduled

We will ensure all staff receive EMS awareness training

Handover of Transition projects - All Transition areas identified continuing work requirements ICT application transitiontransformation ndash

further 63 projects Service exits ndash further 9 this year business as usual work continued by a Transformation Portfolio

We have sold Three Cocks Depot (Brecon) Frobisher Road Depot (Newport) and Merlinrsquos Bridge Depot (Haverfordwest))

We have vacated and disposed of Beechwood House (Llandeilo) Unit 3 Cantref Court (Abergavenny) Glan Y Nant (Mold) Drake Walk

(Cardiff) Chirk Depot and Granada Park (Llangattock) We have vacated and mothballed Llanion House (Haverfordwest) Plas Penrhos

(Bangor) Mawddach Hatchery (Dolgellau) Maerdy Hatchery (Corwen) and the Ceinws site (Corris) We are working closely with the

Estates Team to secure the disposal of these sites As a result of these actions we have generated capital receipts of pound236K and we are

making annual savings of pound360K on our building running costs

The Business Case for the Llanelli Laboratory project has been completed and will be presented to ET for their approval in mid-April 2015

Significant progress has been made on the Mid-Wales options appraisal The preliminary feasibility study has been completed and the

Project Board is now in place

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our

environmental management and work towards being

an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and

- Developed NRW Procurement Strategy to 2017 (input provided by Executive Team in February 2015)

- We have undertaken a considerable amount of work on the Civil Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) which will be in place later

this year As part of this we are instigating a pilot on the use of community benefits A series of supplier engagement events for this

Framework have already been undertaken in conjunction with Business Wales

- Quick wins continue to be developed within our Welsh Government Procurement Maturity Model Improvement Plan

- We have secured early adopter status with WG for use of the E-procurement maturity model and benefits tracker following us arranging

for WG to present to FCS Leadership Team (who subsequently agreed to proceed) We have in place a technology action plan that will

evolve over FY1516

- Undertaken and completed the Procurement Team Change Programme

- Baselined ldquoNRW procurementrdquo by applying the WG Procurement Maturity Model and are continuing to implement the subsequent

improvement plan as well as developing a number of procurement KPIrsquos Value Wales have agreed to undertake an independent progress

review in 201516 Details of the improvement plan to which we refer are outlined in Section 43 of the Procurement Strategy

- We regularly attend Directorate Leadership Team Meetings to consult on our improvement plan and to better understand Directorate

requirements (for the short medium and long term We have developed a Procurement Pipeline (Contract Forward Plans) to help

Directorates to secure best value for money and to provide greater visibility of opportunities for the supply base (including Welsh SMErsquos)

- We are the Welsh Government Sponsored Bodiesrsquo Sector representative on the National Procurement Service Delivery Group and we

continue to explore potential options with NPS across the range of their categories

- We have established a Governance Plan for procurement detailing the project milestones for the rewrite and implementation of new

thresholds templates rules and procedures for procurement across the whole of NRW

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the

workforce

We deliver our accommodation strategy

We deliver procurement that achieves value for

money sustainability and facilitates opportunities

for Welsh SMEs

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

A second voluntary exit scheme

Completed the short term programme of opportunities to vacate and dispose of offices and depots

Exited 29 of the 40 transitional services as of the end of 201415

Made good progress with continuous improvement programmes that free up staff time including halving the effort required to process

each application for hydropower permits and reaching the development planning advice service targets for responding within agreed

deadlines

We are on target to deliver our ICT services for pound6M in place of the pound8M baseline cost

Exit the remaining transitional services and aim to reduce some of the enduring services as well

Implement the full accommodation strategy to complete the reduction from 80 sites to 40 sites

The portfolio of transformation programmes including a much larger range of LEAN process improvement projects as part of the

continuous improvement programme

Development

- Focusing on the delivery of community benefits through contracting and reporting on the outcomes delivered to include the Civil

Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) pilot

- Develop an e-procurement strategy and technology plan which will scope a project to encompass the Investigation of available options to

maximise the use of e-Procurement capability and to satisfy upcoming legislative requirements (by engaging with the WG e-Procurement

Infrastructure Programme)

Engagement

- Develop plans to increase opportunities for Welsh SMEs to compete for NRW contracts ensuring our procurement practices are

appropriate for SMErsquos and larger scale enterprises and establish and measure contract opportunities made available to SMErsquos

EfficiencyValue for Money

- Identify opportunities for benefits and efficiencies taking a lead role in identifying and measuring opportunities for benefits and

efficiencies

Procurement Governance

- Review the impact of the changes to the procurement process via the 2015 Amendment to EU Procurement Directives implement the

new directives and accommodate any applicable changes or obligations

- Measure and report on the percentage of influenceable spend channelled through a compliant route (target 100)

- Develop a first stage Procurement Assurance Model

In Summary

- We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single system

- Our forecast for Business Case benefits is pound145m which is 9 below target however we are still developing further efficiencies

- There were two lost time incidents to our employees ithis year We have developed a 3 year Wellbeing Health amp Safety (WHS) programme to improve our performance from 2015 onwards

- We have reduced the number of properties we use with nine disposed of and five mothballed We now have 65 operational sites

- We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits Based on our 9 month carbon footprint position we expect to meet our 5 reduction target for this year

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support

and customer care to both staff and customers

What we have done so far As of 1 March the first two phases of MyNRW are live which sees NRW able to raise requisitions and approve

purchase orders through workflow We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single

system We are also producing financial and management reports for internal and external reporting

What we are going to do next Developments include scoping out the Project Costing amp Billing module revisions to Product Codes

increased use of workflow and enhancing our reporting capability

We plan and allocate resources to business

priorities and achieve performance reporting that

drives continuous improvements

24 Workstreams ndash in excess of 104 projects

- All of our key objectives within the projects and programmes to create our standalone capability have been delivered m any of these

represent an outstanding achievement

- Some slippage in more complex areas

- Service exits - 43 EA services down to 17 at end of 201516 year 17 FCGB services down to 5 at end of 201516 year

- 1600 ICT applicationssystems down to 400 at end of March 2015

- Benefits

- Achievedforecast - pound145m [pound129m cash releasing pound16m non cash] so far compared to pound158m business case target

We deliver our transition projects to help establish

our standalone capability

Business Plan Dashboard

201415 report 1st April 2014 - 31st March 2015

Good Knowledge Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] [I] We develop Walesrsquo approach to integrated natural resource management Amber Amber uarr GreenWe will now report learning from the trials to support

scrutiny of the Environment Bill

[P] [I] We work with Welsh Government to develop funding mechanisms to support

integrated natural resource managementGreen Green - Green

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

[P] We work with Welsh Government to develop natural resources policy including delivery

of a State of Natural Resources reportAmber Amber uarr Green

Develop interim report by November 2014

(first full report September 2016) Interim report has now been developed

We review our monitoring strategy and apply recommendations to our operational work Amber Green - GreenReview and implement our monitoring analysis and reporting

programmeProject governance has been finalised

We assess our abilities so that we are able to effectively engage with the public and share

our technical advice and expertise with others or seek support where requiredGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off October 2014 Operate

rolling customer insight programme

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

We develop our ability to better explain and communicate complex issues to a wide range

of stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off and Rolling customer

insight programme providing reports

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

A Good Environment Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

We ensure the sustainable management of land and water we manage Amber Amber uarr GreenActions resolved arising from NNR and WGWE audit

Maintain UKWAS accreditation

Actions resolved and UKWAS accreditation

maintained

[P] We work with others to improve connectivity and restoration of priority habitats

and their linkages as part of integrated natural resource management plansGreen Green - Green Complete Level 2 Connectivity mapping by December 2014 Level 2 mapping first draft completed for all habitats

We ensure climate change adaptation is embedded in all areas of our work Green Green - GreenApply parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance to our organisation by March 2015

Parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance applied

[P] We will play our part and work with others to halt biodiversity loss in order to help ensure

that by 2020 ecosystems are more resilientGreen Green darr Red 80 of our actions underway or complete 63 actions underwaycomplete from July work plan

We will develop our approach to pollinators NA Green darr AmberImplement a programme of measures on NRW sites by 31

March 2015

[P] The condition of features on sites improves

(ie Indicator Ee Marine terrestrial and freshwater environment)Red Red - Red

Condition of features of marine terrestrial and freshwater

Natura 2000 sites

33 of marine 24 of terrestrial and 26 of

freshwater features are in favourable condition

[P] The water environment improves (ie Indicator Ea Water environment) Indicator Indicator - RAG - NAComplance with good status under the Water Framework

Directive

Compliance with good status under the Water

Framework Directive = 37

We manage outbreaks of plant health pests and diseases Green Green - GreenImplement control plans on the Welsh Government Woodland

Estate

Helicopter surveillance for P ramorum completed 60

sites found to be positive and notices have been

served on 417ha

[I] We consider streamlined innovative approaches Amber Green - GreenDevelop and support approaches that demonstrate innovation

collaboration and best practice

We ensure accurate information on flood risk is available to the public and

stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Publish flood maps (in quarter one) capital and maintenance

programmes (in quarter two)

Published flood maps (in quarter one) capital and

maintenance programmes (in quarter two)

Good for People Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve learning in and about the natural

environment plus linking to the curriculum and wider learning opportunitiesAmber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

[P] We work with others to improve local environmental quality including for

disadvantaged communitiesGreen Amber - Amber

Develop and launch programme working with others linking

with priorities of other stakeholders

[P] We develop and deliver our Access and Recreation Strategy along with our Marketing

FrameworkGreen Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan published

Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan

published

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government (Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights

of Way Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste data systems)Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implemented

Four green one amber (amber waste data systems

programme)

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership Funding Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk management assets prioritising our

efforts on those which counter the highest risksAmber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk and what actions they need to take Green Green - Green10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood

risk

18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk Management Capital Programme Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per sector using a prioritised risk based

approachAmber Green - Green

Reduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector

year on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Good for Business Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to streamline the service we provide for

customersGreen Green - Green Review charging schemes

201516 Charging Scheme published on our website

(2nd April)

We fulfil our role as statutory consultee in responding to planning consultations

(ie Indicator Bd Our role as statutory consultee)Red Red uarr Amber Respond to 90 consultations within agreed timescale

We determine permits licences and consents meeting the statutory determination or

service level agreement period timescaleAmber Amber uarr Green

90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or

service level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or voluntary

determination period)

We develop a single permitting licensing and consenting service based on common

standards and processesGreen Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities including renewable energy

generation as well as recreation and tourism opportunitiesGreen Green - Green

Report new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place on

our managed estate

[P] We support the wind energy programme and deliver our hydropower programme

on land that we manageGreen Green - Green

Wind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

We market timber from the Welsh Government woodland estate in accordance with

our marketing strategyGreen Green - Green

Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3

larch)

Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing (including

267000m3 larch)

We generate income from our enterprise activities

(ie Indicator Be Generating income)Green Green - Green pound16m pound177m

Good Organisaton Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support and customer care to both staff and

customersGreen Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

We plan and allocate resources to business priorities and achieve performance

reporting that drives continuous improvementsAmber Amber - Amber pound145M (91 complete)

We deliver our transition projects to help establish our standalone capability Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

We deliver procurement that achieves value for money sustainability and facilitates

opportunities for Welsh SMEsGreen Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targets Procurement strategy and quick wins delivered

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the workforce Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

We deliver our accommodation strategy Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our environmental management and work towards

being an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and waterAmber Green - Green

ISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report) indicates

5 reduction is on track

We all have confidence in our collective success

(ie Indicator Ob Staff engagement index)Indicator Indicator - RAG - NA 7 (out of 10)

Staff survey completed in early 2015 giving a

baseline engagement index of 48 which will

provide scope for improvement in 201516

trend columns uarr An up arrow indicates an improvement since the last assessment

- A flat line indicates no significant change since with the last assessment

darr A down arrow indicates a decline since with the last assessment

status columns Red This indicates we are not where we planned we should be

Amber This indicates we are nearly on target (within 10)

Green This indicates we are on target

font styles

Italic Related to an area of Corporate Risk

tags Reputation related measures

Partnership working related measures

Innovation related measures[I]

Achieve business case benefits relating to the creation of

Natural Resources Wales

Ministerial priority

[R]

Bold

underline

Report learning from three integrated natural resource

management trials (Dyfi Rhondda Tawe) to Welsh

Government by March 2015

This dashboard reflects progress against measures and indicators from our wider performance framework It is used to provide a single page at a glance summary of performance in key areas

We track performance for the items on this dashboard and also review performance three times a year with at open public sessions with our Board (in October February and May)

Key

This dashboard is one part of our Performance Framework 40 items (35 measures and 5 indicators) are included on this dashboard

[Formatted as A3 portrait If printed does not need to be printed in colour]

[P]

Approaches being supported including Greener

Grangetown

We have drafted an action plan for the development

of the Permitting Service for delivery in 201516

onwards

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities amp

Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Responded to 81 consultations (annual average)

within agreed timescale

We continue to manage NNRs for a range of wild

pollinating species improve the habitat value of the

Public Forest Estate

Page 2: Performance Summary Report - Natural Resources Wales · The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions NRW (and other key stakeholders) could take to improve the situation.

Progress towards Good Knowledge

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Programme Director Ceri Davies Programme Budget pound13m (including 185FTEs) for 2014

What has been done so far to improve

We have already supported a number requests to undertake professional studies from across the business

What will be done next to improve

Ongoing work across Natural Resources Wales to establish Heads of Profession develop a mechanism to identify

high-level learning and development solutions to address cross-cutting skills and capability gaps as identified

Whatrsquos the picture

There is a need to actively promote and encourage staff to become members of recognised professional associations

and increase our professional skill base through supporting requests for financial assistance

What will be done next to improve

We have been working very closely with Welsh Government officials to understand the provisions in the proposed

Environment Bill and what will be required of us We have used this intelligence to inform the development of the

programme and the next phase of the Area trials

Whatrsquos the picture

External data publishing services have been maintained

What does good look like gaining wisdom and understanding of our natural resources and how we affect them - using evidence and applying learning from

experience so that we make good decisions

In summary

- We have reviewed our Natural Resource Management Programme to ensure clarity around vision objectives projects and resourcing The programme is dependent on Welsh Government and the provisions included in

the draft Environment Bill and Wellbeing and Future Generations Bill

- The Wales Environmental Information Hub for open data is now live with our sample datasets uploaded We continue to work towards moving all legacy publiching to our service

- We continue to support requests to develop our professional skill base

- We have achieved our target to make data available through Access to Information requests

Whatrsquos the picture

Stock take undertaken of the Natural Resource Management programme to ensure that the work was focussed on

the right things with the appropriate levels of Governance In parallel discussions on the new corporate Road Map

identified natural resource management as one of the vision critical programmes There will be a closer focus on

business change and ensuring that the programme is delivering the products to meet the needs of changing the

business The programme is dependent on Welsh Government and the provisions included in the Environment Bill

and Wellbeing and Future Generations Bill The three trials are an important part of the programme We have drawn

on the learning from the trials to inform the areas identified for change and the projects This approach ensures we

are using evidence from the trials on the lessons learnt to inform our broader organisational embedding

What has been done so far to improve

Over the last 2 months we have completed a refresh of the programme defining A vision for the programme

Strategic Objectives Areas for change improvement Projects Resource estimate and business owners The

Governance arrangements have also been revised with a new programme board terms of reference and

membership agreed There will be a closer focus on business change and ensuring that the programme is delivering

the products to meet the needs of changing the business In the New Year the Programme Board will meet for the

first time to endorse the work completed so far

What has been done so far to improve

Existing data publishing services have been maintained through legacy data downloads and web sites for 2 years

Proof of concept for automated upload to Welsh Government portal Sample data sets uploaded to the Hub and

products prepared from publishing in April Mechanism for supplying licenced data to customers has also been

implemented and tested and is ready to take up these services from April

What will be done next to improve

Remaining Open data datasets will be uploaded to the Hub in April 2015 to fully replicate the service Legacy

publishing services will be terminated and all publishing will be through our new services Improved communications

informing staff and customers of the new data publishing services Further review of datasets to identify more products

that can be re-categorised as open and added to the Portal and increase the number of open datasets available We

will work with Information Asset Owners to gain further understanding of their data assets and identify other products

appropriate for publishing Pilot and implement more frequent updates for live and Non GIS datasets using automated

timed uploadsrefresheschange only updates so that we can move from manual extraction to automated publishing

Whatrsquos the picture

Targets achieved at end of year

What has been done so far to improve

New processes have been introduced to improve our timeliness in responding to requests

What will be done next to improve

Continue to work with the business in implementing the new processes

(This shows the status of the Good Knowledge indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

What partners share accountability for achieving Good Knowledge

Each of us in Wales including Local communities Key partners in the trial areas

Private sector including None identified for this grouping

Public Sector including

Welsh Government Local FE college Universities

Third Sector including Non Governmental

Organisations (eg Wildlife Trusts RSPB as well as social charities)

What other data do we need to see if ldquoGood Knowledgerdquo is being delivered

Nothing currently identified

Progress towards Good Knowledge

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Knowledge mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good Knowledge Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Amber Amber uarr Green

Report learning from three integrated natural resource

management trials (Dyfi Rhondda Tawe) to Welsh Government

by March 2015

We will now report learning from the trials to

support scrutiny of the Environment Bill

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenFunding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr GreenDevelop interim report by November 2014

(first full report September 2016) Interim report has now been developed

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenReview and implement our monitoring analysis and reporting

programmeProject governance has been finalised

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenCommunications strategy signed off October 2014 Operate

rolling customer insight programme

Communications strategy signed off October

2014 Rolling reports on technical advice

provided

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenCommunications strategy signed off and Rolling customer insight

programme providing reports

Communications strategy signed off October

2014 Rolling reports on technical advice

provided

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Ceri Davies Programme Budget pound13m (including 185FTEs) for 2014

Development and roll out of phase 1 Roadmap

Intranet revamped and internal communications channels streamlined

Early development of NRM narrative

New Content Management System installed and new website launched

Improved Cyfoeth launched including improved stakeholder feedback

Completed communications change programme and established integrated communications delivery model

Increased media network across the UK with particular focus online and broadcast media

Phase 2 communications evaluation to include customer satisfaction complaints consultation response amp service usage data (inc

website)

Finalise proposals for public awareness survey

Establish website user group

Develop customer feedback tool on every page of the website

Implement subscriber based online newsletters with customer feedback mechanism

The NRM Programme Refresh has identified two specific projects to optimise the use of external funds and partnership funding to secure

outcomes These projects will run through 2015 and will explicitly consider how external funds will be able to support delivery of the

priorities and opportunities identified in the Area Statements

Welsh Government has just announced the new round of funding for eNGOs the third sector and local authorities

What we are going to do next Monitor progress on the two projects within the Programme

The interim report has now been developed in agreement with Welsh Government

We are scoping out a package of products to submit to Welsh Government by early May to feed into the scrutiny on the Environment Bill

This will include

i) a vision for SoNaRR setting out our direction of travel for capturing and reporting on evidence on state of natural resources over the

next 2-3 reporting cycles

ii) a statement on the types of evidence data sets that we currently hold in NRW and what this evidence is saying about the state of our

NR

iii) an engagement plan setting out how we intend to engage with stakeholders on co-production and to inform on SoNaRR

We now have greater clarity over the final SoNaRR product following scoping work undertaken internally

New communications evaluation process established phase 1 focus on media and social media (linked to Insight Project)

Established communications project planning approach with mandatory evaluation to provide insight and continuous improvement

Established Customer Care programme

Established the Monitoring and Reporting Board and associated thematic sub-groups (task and finish groups)

Initiated the monitoring review with governance arrangements in place and the initial work packages started

By December 2015 we will undertake an initial review of our monitoring programme to ensure that we have a clear understanding of our

drivers and priorities and the relative cost and effectiveness of different delivery methods including delivery by third parties We will

define costed options for the 2016-17 monitoring programme with the aim of achieving a 10 saving in monitoring costs

By March 2016 we will prepare a monitoring strategy to set out how we expect our monitoring service to evolve over the next 5-10 years

to meet the needs of NRW making best use of technological advances and new approaches in monitoring and with the aim of achieving

a 25 saving over current baseline costs by 2020

Phase 2 communications evaluation to include customer satisfaction complaints consultation response amp service usage data (inc

website)

Finalise proposals for awareness survey

Establish website user group

Develop customer feedback tool on every page of the website

What does good look like gaining wisdom and understanding of our natural resources and how we affect them - using evidence and applying learning from

experience so that we make good decisions

In summary

- The NRM Transformation Programme has been refreshed with a new board and a clearer vision strategic objectives

- The interim State of Natural Resrouces Report has been developed with Welsh Government and we are developing a package of products to support Environment Bill scrutiny

- Task and finish group have now been established as part of our monitoring review

- Our Communications Strategy has been published and we are now working to deliver this

The Natural Resources Management Transformation Programme has been refreshed with a new board and a clearer vision strategic

objectives The first tranche of the programme has been defined and a total of 26 project charters have been developed The programme

team is in the process of finalising these with the identified project executives and managers for final signndashoff by the Programme Board in

early May 2015

Finalise the project and programme milestones and monitoring and reporting requirements

We develop our ability to better explain and

communicate complex issues to a wide range of

stakeholders

[P] [I] We work with Welsh Government to develop

funding mechanisms to support integrated natural

resource management

[P] [I] We develop Walesrsquo approach to integrated

natural resource management

[P] We work with Welsh Government to develop

natural resources policy including delivery of a State

of Natural Resources report

We review our monitoring strategy and apply

recommendations to our operational work

We assess our abilities so that we are able to

effectively engage with the public and share our

technical advice and expertise with others or seek

support where required

Progress towards A Good Environment

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Ea - Water Environment

Eb - Sustainable Forest Management

Programme Director Graham Hillier Programme Budget pound46m (including 571FTEs) for 2014

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like

Ecosystems are resilient and secured for the future wildlife and landscapes are enhanced and the use of our natural resources is carefully managed

In summary

-41 of Walesrsquo water bodies achieved good overall status in 2014 up from 37 in 2013 Most of the improvement is likely to be due to improvements in datamonitoring The consultation on River Basin Management Plans is

underway and we are engaging with partners on improvements

-Welsh woodland known to be under sustainable management has again increased for 2014 however around 40 is underun-managed We are working with Welsh Government to develop the Glastir woodland element

-Since 1994 the UK bird population all species index has changed little Within this the woodland index has increased whilst the two farmland indicies have decreased Through our work with partners we continue to

develop the ability to report

-The condition of habitats and species on the Welsh Special Area of Conservation series remains low at 26 The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions NRW (and other key stakeholders) could take to improve the

situation

Our SAC monitoring programme reflects the most recent reported condition assessment for each feature Terrestrial (74) and freshwater (70) feature assessments were undertaken in the last six years Monitoring has been

undertaken on most of the marine features more recently and work is underway update assessment for 201516

- Since 1990 Welsh emissions of Greenhouse Gasses have fallen by 18 (to 2012) but there has been a slight increase in 2012 as a result of increased coal use due to global fuel prices The delivery actions in the Climate

Change Strategy action plan will be revised to enable the Welsh Government targets to be achieved in future years

What has been done so far to improve

Work with Welsh Government on development of Glastir Woodland Element - Work with Welsh Government forest

policy branch and across Land nature Marine and Forestry Division

What will be done next to improve

There is no current woodland grant scheme open to applications for either management or creation We are working

hard with Welsh Government and the forest sector to help the relevant departments in Welsh Government to make

this happen as quickly as possible

Whatrsquos the picture

41 of Walesrsquo water bodies achieved good overall status in 2014 The biggest issues causing impacts are poor land

management practices resulting in pollution and habitat degradation pollution from redundant metal and coal mines

physical modifications and barriers to fish migration including flood risk assets continuous and intermittent sewage

discharges and impacts of acidification and forestry

What has been done so far to improve During the first cycle we have worked with the third sector to deliver WFD

improvements in partnership This has allowed us to ldquounlockrdquo significant match-funding opportunities Between 2011

and 2013 we have had involvement in pound44 million worth of projects with over a third of funds contributed by partners

and external funders This has delivered 400ha of habitat created or restored and 370km of river enhanced or

protected 152 individual WFD water bodies identified as benefitting from projects

What will be done next to improve

The consultation on the updated River Basin Management Plans closed on 10 April We will review responses and

develop a prioritised programme of measures to achieve Water Framework Directive objectives for 2015-21 The

updated River Basin Management Plans will be submitted to Welsh Government in September 2015

(This shows the status of the Good Environment indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

Whatrsquos the picture indicator already completed for this year Upward trend from 179000ha (2013) known minimum

to 203000ha (2014) Upward trend from 201000ha (2013) maximum estimate 227000ha (2014) Actual figure likely to be

higher

Whatrsquos the picture

Wild bird populations are considered to be a good indicator of the broad state of wildlife and the countrysideBird

populations vary from year to year The lsquoall speciesrsquo index is at a similar level in 2012 as in 1994 but this masks

different trends in species associated with particular habitats The two farmland bird indices have shown largely

consistent downward trends throughout the period with the lsquobirds of farmed habitatsrsquo index at a level in 2012 c 15

below that in 1994 The woodland bird index by contrast has increased over this same period

What has been done so far to improve

Practical delivery of actions on the ground is dependent on farmers and land managers In addition practical delivery

projects including some funded through a Joint Working Partnership with RSPB as well as section15 management

agreements on SSSIs have contributed to positive management by landowners Such action along with advice and

guidance in relation to Glastir may contribute to improvements

What will be done next to improve

An index based on birds alone is not fully representative of biodiversity Our intention is to supplement this indicator

of bird populations with similar information for other taxonomic groups as and when it becomes available in sufficient

quantity to generate reliable indices Through our work with partners we continue to develop the ability to report

indices for other taxa notably bats and butterflies

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What will be done next to improve

The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions we (and other key stakeholders) could take the relative

priorities and the resource requirements Committing to taking action will be dependent on NRW budget and other

resource (staff) capacity

Whatrsquos the picture

- Total greengouse gas emissions from Wales have reduced between 1990 and 2012 by 18 whilst carbon dioxide

emissions have fallen by 14

- These emission reductions are a result of a decline in manufacturing emissions (eg in iron and steel bulk chemical

production) efficiencies in energy generation and heating the use of natural gas to replace some coal and other fuels

as well as abatement in some chemical industries

- The 2011 to 2012 increase of emissions is predominantly driven by a slight shift from natural gas back to coal due to

global fuel prices

What has been done so far to improve

A wide range of actions outlined in the Mitigation Delivery Plan of the Climate Change Strategy for Wales have been

undertaken to reduce emissions across all sectors There are many individual projects across Wales that are explicitly

seeking to reduce emissions either through reducing the carbon intensity of energy by delivering more renewable

capacity reducing resource use andor increasing recycling rates as well as energy efficiency measures Encouraging

behavioural change through communication campaigns and the reduction of other barriers to change are recognised

as key to delivering emission reductions too The annual reporting of the Climate change Strategy seeks to summarise

progress across Wales in delivery of emission reduction targets set out in the strategy ndash the latest Annual report was

published in December 2013

What will be done next to improve

A refresh of the Climate Change Strategy and the associated actions is in progress NRW has provided input in terms

of a Ministerial briefing input to the Climate Change Commission for Wales response and additional discussions with

Welsh Government The delivery actions will be revised to increase emission reductions that enable the Welsh

Government targets to be achieved in future years Within the land use sector which has made least progress a

review of the Land Use and Climate Change group report published in 2010 is underway This work undertaken by

ADAS Bangor and Aberystwyth Universities has focussed on reviewing progress with its recommendations Through

our membership of the Land Use Sub-group of the Commission NRW has input to this review

Whatrsquos the picture

Data is derived from our SAC monitoring programme and reflect the most recent reported condition assessment for

each feature as of 31st March 2015 The bulk of the terrestrial (74) and freshwater (70) feature assessments were

undertaken in the six years to 31st March 2015 The proportion of marine features with a recently updated assessment

is much lower (13 in the same 6 year period) and hence the picture presented by this data should be treated with

some caution and may be subject to change as the assessments are updated Monitoring has been undertaken on

most of these marine features more recently and work is currently underway to analyse the results with updated

assessments scheduled to be produced in 201516

What has been done so far to improve

Our LIFE N2K programme is working to compile actions required to address existing issues and future risks to

features on the SAC series which are currently acting as barriers to achieving favourable condition In addition the

project is looking to plan and cost these actions identifying the various organisations which would be required to

deliver these actions In the 201415 financial year 220 actions have either been completed or instigated (logged as

underway) by our officers to address conservation management issues on SSSIs (many of which underpin SACs)

Priority amongst these actions has been given to sites of European importance and measures identified in Water

Framework Directive Management Plans

What partners share accountability for achieving a ldquoGood Environmentrdquo

Each of us in Wales including Householders

Third sector including Non GovernmentalOrganisations Woodland Trust the National Trust Wildlife Trusts UK Woodland Assurance

Scheme (FSC and PEFC)

Private sector including Planners Developers Land managers Land users Farmers Businesses UK Forest Products Association

(UKFPA) Fishermen Confederation of Forest

Industries (ConFor) Wales Forest Business

Partnership Utility companies

Public sector including Local authorities Public authorities Developers Land managers Land users Forestry Commission (UK

Forestry Standard) WG policy and Glastir delivery

What other data do we need to see if a ldquoGood Environmentrdquo is being delivered

A fair measure of woodland condition

Progress towards A Good Environment

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Environment mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

A Good Environment Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Amber Amber uarr GreenActions resolved arising from NNR and WGWE audit Maintain

UKWAS accreditation

Actions resolved and UKWAS accreditation

maintained

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Complete Level 2 Connectivity mapping by December 2014Level 2 mapping first draft completed for all

habitats

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenApply parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance to our organisation by March 2015

Parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance applied

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green darr Red 80 of our actions underway or complete63 actions underwaycomplete from July work

plan

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ NA Green darr AmberImplement a programme of measures on NRW sites by 31 March

2015

We continue to manage NNRs for a range of wild

pollinating species improve the habitat value of the

Public Forest Estate

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenImplement control plans on the Welsh Government Woodland

Estate

Helicopter surveillance for P ramorum completed

60 sites found to be positive and notices have

been served on 417ha

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ [I] We consider streamlined innovative

approachesAmber Green - Green

Develop and support approaches that demonstrate innovation

collaboration and best practice

Approaches being supported including Greener

Grangetown

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenPublish flood maps (in quarter one) capital and maintenance

programmes (in quarter two)

Published flood maps (in quarter one) capital and

maintenance programmes (in quarter two)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Graham Hillier Programme Budget pound46m (including 571FTEs) for 2014

Greener Grangetown Technical input to scheme designs (specifically on water quality water efficiency green infrastructure amenity and

biodiversity) and continued project involvement

What we have done so far The 201415 Routine and Intermittent Flood Risk Maintenance programmes amp The 201415 Flood Risk

Management Wales Capital Programme have been published on our website The 201415 Flood Risk Management Wales Capital

Programme was updated on our website following approval at Januaryrsquos FRMW committee meeting

What we are going to do next The end of year 201415 Flood Risk Management Wales Capital Programme report will be published on our

website following approval at Junersquos FRMW committee meeting The 201516 Flood Risk Management Wales Capital Programme report will

be published on our website following approval at Junersquos FRMW committee meeting

WGWE ndash we have developed an action plan to close out actions from 2014 audit (these are not part of 1415 target but will be delivered

during 1516 for the 2015 audit) assigned owners and made the action plan available to the Executive Team 15 NNR audits will be planned

for 201516 actions will be carried over from 201415 and will be included within the plan for the coming year

We manage outbreaks of plant health pests and

diseases

We ensure accurate information on flood risk is

available to the public and stakeholders

[P] We work with others to improve connectivity

and restoration of priority habitats and their

linkages as part of integrated natural resource

management plans

We ensure climate change adaptation is embedded

in all areas of our work

[P] We will play our part and work with others to halt

biodiversity loss in order to help ensure that by 2020

ecosystems are more resilient

- Completion of Level 2 mapping for selection of main habitats and significant and exciting progress towards developing prioritised peatland

restoration maps

- Provision of data and guidance on applying connectivity to NRW trial areas FRPs and related landscape-scale projects with partners

- Application of connectivity mapping layers to the ongoing revision of the Upland Framework

- Continued engagement with wider research and development into connectivity and its application including involvement with Liverpool

Universityrsquos development of the connectivity mapping tool lsquoCondatisrsquo

We will continue development and refinement of connectivity mapping including i) application to the prioritisation of restoration of peatland

habitats to benefit biodiversity and a range of ecosystem services and ii) exploring the revision of woodland connectivity mapping to include

remote-sensed hedgerow data and habitat information from within the WG Forest Estate

We have completed the analysis of the 250 NRW activities and identified 5 priority areas for trialling of our approach to embedding

consideration of climate change in our work during 1516 We have engaged the support of the Board through a presentation and 2 Board

papers that has resulted in approval of our approach

We will begin the implementation of the approach within the 5 trial work areas

Surveillance for a range of pests and diseases has been undertaken and significant coupe planning and management (civil engineering

felling and other clearance) has been undertaken on the WGWE A number of events have been undertaken to ensure knowledge exchange

with the wider sector We are working to ensure the latest pest and disease issues are up to date We have started work on 4 long Term

Contracts harvesting infected larch We have also harvested 40 ha of uninfected larch as part of a strategy to reduce the risk posed by P

ramorum

Carry out annual surveillance programme and issue notices where required Continue to develop knowledge of pests and diseases Continue

the management of P ramorum on the WGWE aiming to fell 240 000m3 in 201516 Work to develop a Wales specific risk register Complete

the compliance checks required for P ramorum notices We will continue to undertake an update survey for ash dieback following the latest

understanding of the disease A further 2 Long Term Contracts will start in 201516 and we will continue to harvest infected and uninfected

material as planned

Greener Grangetown Ongoing involvement in the public consultation process Support to project management technical scheme design

strategic direction and quality assurance We undertake this alongside Cardiff Council and Dŵr Cymru Cardiff Council has extended the

consultation timescale until June 2015 Construction is expected in Autumn 2015

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like

Ecosystems are resilient and secured for the future wildlife and landscapes are enhanced and the use of our natural resources is carefully managed

In Summary

- Our UKWAS accreditation has been maintained We have resolved the target numbers of actions on the Welsh Government Woodland Estate and National Nature Reserves

- To support the improvement of habitat connectivity we have completed a Level 2 mapping first draft for all habitats

- In delivering our part in halting biodiversity loss we have gone from Green to Red (target was 80 action underwaycomplete at Period 2 we had 60 at year-end we had 63)

- We have promoted the MoU with the Welsh Bee Keeperrsquos Association and have a new agreement for bee keeping at the Darwonno Centre in Llanwonno We have developed an action plan for pollinators on the public forest

estate

- As part of our work to manage plant health pests and diseases we have issued notices on 417ha follwing helicopter surveys

- Our Flood Risk Management Wales Capital programme has been published on our website

We ensure the sustainable management of land

and water we manage

Welsh Government Woodland Estate (WGWE) - Closed out actions from 2013 audit report as outlined in previous report so no further action

required for 201415 target

NNR - 10 NNR audits have been completed and reports issued one more is to be completed pending a site visit one further planned visit

was postponed due to the responsible member of staff leaving the post Of 70 actions identified 38 have been completed (over the 50

target) 28 are in progress and 14 are yet to be actioned

We will develop our approach to pollinators

Promoted the MoU with the Welsh Bee Keeperrsquos Association within NRW by circulating posters of the MoU

We have a new agreement for bee keeping at the Darwonno Centre in Llanwonno which involved the transportation and re-hiving of a colony

of bees from a derelict building that was being torn down

We will publicise this agreement and continue to promote the MoUWe have developed a work plan andfurther work will be needed to fully

cost the plan in 201516 Opportunities are being explored to improve expand habitats for pollinators within existing resources

A work plan for 201516 is being developed considering the most pressing actions and available resourcing

The reason for performance are competing work demands including a significant Glastir casework loads LIFE Natura 2000 Prioritised

Improvement Plans Special Area of Conservation management plans and difficult SSSI confirmations The 63 actions underwaycomplete

reflects those updated on the reporting database at the year end There is a time lag between actions and updating the reporting database

Progress towards Good for People

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

`

Programme Director Tim Jones Programme Budget pound50m (including 428FTEs) for 2014

(This shows the status of the Good for People indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

Whatrsquos the picture

Using the World Health Organisationrsquos Health Economic Assessment Tool an Economic Assessment of the Health

Benefits of Walking on the Wales Coast Path was carried out in 201314 The report was issued in November 2014 In

summary the findings were The economic value of the health benefits of walking on the path is pound183m per year with

pound35m of benefit per year directly attributed to the existence of the Wales Coast Path

What has been done so far to improve

We are currently developing a spatial prioritisation tool to help inform our decisions about where best to focus our

resources for maximum benefits including improving health and well-being

What will be done next to improve

The Recreation and Access Enabling Plan will inform and steer our future work on this area

Whatrsquos the picture

Most local authorities have insufficient green space within walking distance of the homes of most of their citizens Due

to the densely built up nature of many urban areas it will be impossible to achieve 100 compliance with this

indicator however it will be possible to increase the percentage compliance and to take action to ameliorate any

remaining deficiency by creating green walls roadside rain gardens (as part of sustainable urban drainage systems

like the one proposed for the Greener Grangetown project) planting street trees etc

What has been done so far to improve

All local authorities were offered grant aid by a legacy body to assess their accessible natural green space The Welsh

Government has adopted the Green Flag Awards as an indicator for their programme for government Local

authorities have developed supplementary planning guidance for green space and have included policies on access

to green space in their local development plans

What will be done next to improve

We have created a dataset of all green space in Wales and has made that available to all local authorities so they can

use it as a modern base-map of their own accessible natural green space We are working with Torfaen CBC to

update it We will use this as a case study to encourage all other local authorities to update their own data We wrote

to all local authorities which participated in the original accessible greenspace mapping work to offer to host a seminar

on how to ldquoground truthrdquo their data All local authority Local Development Plans (both adopted and in preparation)

were assessed for references to Accessible Natural Green Space and the summary of their provisions has been made

available to our staff Similarly a briefing on accessible natural green space for staff involved with Local Service

Boards has been prepared These actions will help us to encourage local authorities to either improve their policy

provision on green space provision or to implement that provision effectively

Whatrsquos the picture

We now have a draft lsquoVolunteering with NRW Policy Statementrsquo and staff guide in development

What has been done so far to improve

We now have a much better picture of directly managed volunteer numbers and staff involved and we are working to

improve data collection We now have a draft lsquoVolunteering with NRW Policy Statementrsquo and staff guide in

development

What will be done next to improve

We will be developing the Cyfoeth volunteering scheme having agreed the principles of the Cyfoeth umbrella scheme

last year The woodlands and you scheme will be taken forward by operations on a Wales wide basis supported by

Knowledge Strategy and Planning along with National Services This will include addressing the recommendations

from Internal Audit Audit Risk and Assurance Committee will retain oversight of the internal audit report response

Whatrsquos the picture

The current figure that can be reported stands at 789 educational settings supported This activity is predominantly

deliveredfacilitated by the Education Learning and Sector Skills Team It includes single visits Work Experience

Placements Teacher Training recorded self-led visits and Fishing with Schools Initiative

What has been done so far to improve

Education and Skills Enabling Plan completed Education Learning and Sector Skills webpage and intranet page

(webpages have been temporaily taken down) Leadership support for the development of the Cyfoeth Placement

scheme elements Inclusion of MSc and PhD records within this report

What will be done next to improve

Implementation of the Enabling Plan Implementation of the Cyfoeth Placement scheme elements Central booking

system for all direct delivery highlighted via Managers Monthly Guide and intranet Investiage the development of a

common NRW coding system for recording of our social programmes (if supported by the business)

What has been done so far to improve

A new contract has been let to undertake face to face surveys and an assessment of the economic impact to be

completed by November 2015 As part of the above work a Wales Coast Path User Survey is being carried out during

2014-15 These are due to be completed by November 2015

What will be done next to improve

The evaluation of the 2014-15 data and a comparative evaluation of data from the same type of survey carried out in

2011-13 will then be undertaken The final report is due by end of March 2016

Whatrsquos the picture

We are not yet in a position to establish the current position The data to support reporting against this indicator

potentially comes from a number of sources Value of our contracts awarded to provide services deliver goods on

land we own or manage (eg franchises mountain bike trail providers cafeacute and catering providers) and numbers of

jobs created and supported and traineesapprentices recruited Advice is needed on the development of a standard

jobs created calculation (eg one Full Time Equivalent is equivalent to poundX GVA numbers of and revenue generated

by commercial and social enterprises through Woodlands and You events activities and projects numbers of social

enterprises supported by Woodlands and You However data collection process are not yet developed sufficiently to

provide clear numbers and figures We are working with operational teams to support improved recording and

reporting

What has been done so far to improve

We are running a regional pilot in south Wales to bring currently unmanaged woodlands into management by working

with social and small local enterprises using the Woodlands and You scheme as the application and assessment

mechanism building and extending on the Wisewoods Wales work in Ceredigion

What will be done next to improve

We are working on our sustainable procurement strategy and will be able to report on the social and economic

outcomes of contracts awarded We are working to improve data collected through Mynediad We are now

commencing the GIS module roll-out across Wales that will enable us to set a baseline

Whatrsquos the picture

Comparing the results from the 2008 and the 2011 survey shows that there has been a significant increase in the

percentage of adults who have met the required level of physical activity through participation in outdoor recreation in

Wales In 2008 29 met the required target of 150 minutes of moderate to intensive physical activity per week This

increased significantly by 2011 to 32 of adults The results show that participation in outdoor recreation is helping

people to lsquoturn the curversquo and increase their physical activity levels and therefore improve their health Increased

physical activity has been proven to reduce obesity diabetes coronary heart disease and certain types of cancer

New NRW research has used the World Health Organisationrsquos Health Economic Assessment Tool to value the health

benefits of outdoor recreation Using the Wales Coast Path as a case study this innovative research found that health

benefits of walking on the path was pound183m per year

What Good looks like people are safe and enjoy and benefit from our natural resources and understand their relevance in our day to day lives

In summary

- Construction of flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Rhymney Tidal Embankment Mawldan Weir and Penclawdd have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties

- The 2011 Wales Outdoor Recreation Survey shows an increase to 32 in the percentage of adults who have met the required level of physical activity through participation in outdoor recreation in Wales

- A new contract has been let to undertake face to face surveys and an assessment of the economic impact of the Wales Coast Path

- We are running a regional pilot in south Wales to bring currently unmanaged woodlands into management by working with social and small local enterprises

- We have delivered 789 educational settings supported Our education enambling plan has been approved and we continue to develop the Cyfoeth (Cyfle) Placement scheme

Whatrsquos the picture

Construction on the flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Penclawdd Rhymney Tidal Embankment and

Mawldan Weir have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties Our Flood Risk Capital budget

was pound182 million this year We have over 200 projects in the capital programme

What has been done so far to improve

Construction of flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Rhymney Tidal Embankment Mawldan Weir and

Penclawdd have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties

What will be done next to improve

Work will continue on schemes to be delivered in 201516 Those include Risca Dolgellau Isca Road Newton and

ffordd Isa

What partners share accountability for achieving Good for Peoplerdquo

Each of us in Wales including Local Communities

(particularly residents in areas at risk of flooding)

Greenspace volunteers

Third Sector including NGOrsquos (particularly Sustrans

and The Ramblers) Agored Cymru

Private Sector including None identified for this grouping

Public Sector including Welsh Government (Health

Improvement Division) Public Health Wales Sport Wales Local Authorities Visit Wales National Park Authorities

What other data do we need to see if Good for Peoplerdquo is being delivered

Two greenspace datasets combined

Updated Welsh OutdoorRecreation Survey

Improved volunteer data More complete educational

Progress towards Good for People

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good for People mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good for People Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Amber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Amber - AmberDevelop and launch programme working with others linking with

priorities of other stakeholders

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities

amp Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Green Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan publishedRecreation and Access Strategy and Action

Plan published

+ Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implementedFour green one amber (amber waste data

systems programme)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

+ Amber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green 10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood risk18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenReduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector year

on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Tim Jones Programme Budget pound50m (including 428FTEs) for 2014

We have increased the level of protection for 467 properties as well as providing over 150 properties with property level protection

Schemes have been completed at Swansea Vale Penclawdd Rhymney Tidal Embankment and Mwldan Weir

Next year we will be delivering schemes at Risca Dolgellau Isca Road Newton and Ffordd Isa with over 600 properties benefitting from a

reduced risk of flooding We will also be continuing with the development of future schemes at Roath Crindau Portland Grounds and

Tabbs Gout

Total substantiated (following attendance) Category12 incidents for year 201314 was 115

Total substantiated (following attendance) Category 12 incidents for year 201415 was 96 a reduction of 165

Work to establish the baseline patterns for premises type pollutant and cause for all significant and major incidents across Wales has

been completed for the year 201314 Incident data for the year 201415 is now being analysed against this baseline data

The baseline data and that for incidents to November in 201415 has been shared with Strategic and Operations Incident Management

Groups This data for the year 201415 is now being compared to the baseline data and again will be used to highlight any trends and

inform risk registers policies campaigns and where necessary to identify if further effort needs to be targeted at specific sectors

There was steady improvement through the year when compared with the baseline figure at the start of the reporting year A combination

of reviewing the asset data and asset repairs brought a fall in the number of failing assets from 105 at the start of the year to 44 at the end

of March 2015 a reduction of 58 South East Area followed South West in reaching the target of 99 passing while North Area made

good progress towards the 99 target in recent months When combining all three areas together the overall the target of 99 was

achieved

Teams will continue to get regular updates in the coming months on failing assets that require repair The systems and policies that we

have in place will be evaluated in the coming year This will include addressing the legacy strategies policies and procedures we currently

use in managing our assets This will ensure that they are suitable and appropriate in Wales and will help us to focus our efforts on those

assets that are of highest flood risk importance

Engagement within identified high risk areas continues and two community flood plans have been completed and three communities have

been signed off

We led an article in the British Horse Society magazine to give practical advice tailored to horse livery and stable (business) owners on

how to protect their horses and livelihoodsrsquo in the event of a flood

We have discussed producing materials for Older People around flooding with Older People Co-ordinators

Wales Young Farmers have also shared our webpages and messages within their monthly newsletter encouraging members to check

their flood risk We continue to work with Dangerpoint safety centre and support the work they do to educate children and transient

populations

We formally launched our Flood Awareness Wales Lead Facebook page

We will work within 24 high risk communities across Wales to increase awareness and preparedness for flooding and will continue to work

with 14 communities until they can be signed off as completed

We plan to strengthen our Flood Plan Lead (FPL) Volunteer network across Wales

We will look into emotional and psychological health support available in Wales for those who have experienced flooding

- Contributed to the development of the Cyfoeth scheme which will include our volunteering programme

- Volunteering Programme drafted Developed our Communities and Regeneration Enabling Plan ndash approved by the Board in March 2015

- Undertaken a baseline survey of numbers and roles of volunteers directly managed by our staff

- Secured resources for and completed the development of the Good for People GIS Toolkit - a spatial targeting methodology to inform the

focus and delivery of NRWrsquos social programmes

- Launched our worldrsquos first Tree Cover in Walesrsquo Towns and Cities study at the Climate Change Commission for Wales meeting in

September and started the production of county specific reports

- Secured resources for established a partnership and undertaken an i-Tree survey of the urban forest in the Tawe catchment to assess

the ecosystem services of urban trees in the NRM Trial Area The findings will contribute to the overall NRM trial catchment datasets and

inform future decision making and will demonstrate the significant ecosystem services that trees provide

- Established a similar network and carried out an i-Tree Eco study in Bridgend County Boroughrsquos urban areas

- Disseminate and support delivery of the Communities and Regeneration Enabling Plan

- Support development of the Cyfoeth scheme and NRWrsquos volunteering policy and programme within it

- Support development and delivery of the NRW-wide extension of the Woodlands and You scheme - Mynediad

- Deliver training and briefing sessions on the Good for People GIS Toolkit and support its use by the business

- Work with the partnerships and Forest research to produce and disseminate i-Tree Eco reports for both the Tawe Catchment and

Bridgend County Borough ensuring that the results inform the NRM pilots and developing Area Plans

- Develop county specific canopy cover reports using data from the all-Wales survey

- Continue to explore options for completing the all-Wales Access to Natural Green space data set

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per

sector using a prioritised risk based approach

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk

Management Capital Programme

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk

management assets prioritising our efforts on

those which counter the highest risks

[P] We develop and deliver our Recreation and Access

Strategy

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government

(Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights of Way

Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste

data systems)

We have published the findings of the Health Economic Assessment Tool for the Wales Coast Path

Rights of Way Improvement Plan Funding Programme offer letters for 201415 were issued to local authorities output reports data from

201314 collated and reports finalised and shared with stakeholders

Local Authorities within the Flymapper trial have recorded over five thousand fly tipping incidents during 201415 giving a spatial

representation of the hotspots

Twncarmel Merthyr multi-agency approach to clear persistent Fly Tipping problem has resulted in clearance preventative measures

installed and the land has been donated to the community to be developed as a community resource

We have developed ITdata systems to ensure waste data and quality meets Welsh Government requirements

In developing waste flow evidence for problematic waste a significant amount of crosschecking of data has been undertaken to assess

where issues lie The waste flow tool was developed and trialled and the tool finalised

Judges training has been undertaken for the Green Flag Awards and judges have been allocated to sites which have applied for Awards

We have established a new contract for face to face surveys and economic assessment of the Wales Coast Path Transition

arrangements for the management for the path will start in April with longer term developments implemented during 201516

We have agreed with Welsh Government to continue delivery of the waste data project in 201516

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership

Funding

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk

and what actions they need to take

What Good looks like people are safe and enjoy and benefit from our natural resources and understand their relevance in our day to day lives

In Summary

- Recreation and Access Communities and Regeneration plus Education Strategies have been approved and are ready for implementation in 201516

- Launched our Tree Cover in Walesrsquo Towns and Cities study at the Climate Change Commission for Wales and started the production of county specific reports

- We have developed our new approach to partnership funding

- Flood and Coastal Risk Management Asset condition continues to improve and we met our target of 99

- We have increased the level of protection against flooding for 467 properties

- We achieved a 165 reduction in serious incidents over the previous year

- We have exceeded our target to raise peoples awareness of their flood risk (18884 at March 2015 against a 10000 target)

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve

learning in and about the natural environment plus

linking to the curriculum and wider learning

opportunities

The draft Strategy Paper Results Based Accounting document and Action Plan table were approved at the February Board meeting

There were delays to their final production as a result of gathering additional information that it was felt would enhance the full suite of

papers and be able to evidence and monitor this work going forward

The target is amber due to the delay in bringing the strategy to the Board whilst additional information was gathered We will commence

implementation in 201516

[P] We work with others to improve local

environmental quality including for disadvantaged

communities

Progress towards Good for Business

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Be - Generating Income

Programme Director Trefor Owen Programme Budget pound34m (including 388FTEs) for 2014

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like a location of choice for business and enterpriseand a place where best practice environmentalmanagement is adpoted and

encouraged

Good for Business - In summary

- We have improved our position in responding to planning applications during the year achieving the required 90 within time during the final four months of the reporting year Our overall performance for the year was 81

- We met our target to issue 90 of permit applications within the determination period

- We are aware of 59 illegal waste sites in Wales We have introduced a focused Waste and Industry Team and the lsquoonce in Wales Enforcement department from April 2015

- We met our gross income target of pound16m for the year achieving pound177m

Whatrsquos the picture

Target has been met

What has been done so far to improve

Continue to submit cases for staff replacements Identify where teams are under resourced and need additional staff

Identify where internal consultation is not responding within set timescales Introduced new way of working for

hydropower applications to streamline the determination process

What will be done next to improve

Use process evaluation to streamline permitting regimes with specific focus on internal consultation

(This shows the status of the Good for Business indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

Whatrsquos the picture

There has been an increase in the number of waste sites Waste sites are put in compliance bands A-F with F being

the poorest performing Wales has 46 permitted waste sites in compliance bands D E or F (poor performers) for 2013

The bulk of the poor performing sites (36) are within the waste treatment sector with 21 of these in the non-hazardous

waste sub-sector

What has been done so far to improve

An improving compliance group has been set up as a sub-group of Regulatory Business Board The group has

delivered two detailed reports on Permitted Waste Site Compliance and review of waste fires to look at the reasons

behind the poor performing D E and F sites and root causes of waste fires at permitted sites

Training has been delivered to regulatory officers to improve knowledge and confidence of assessing compliance at

permitted waste sitesA joint workshop with Welsh Government has been help to agree challenges and identify

solutions (Policy legislative operational)

What will be done next to improve

Actions have been identified and will be implemented

Whatrsquos the picture

At the end of 14-15 NRW was aware of 59 illegal waste sites in Wales

What has been done so far to improve

The introduction of the focused Waste and Industry reg teams in Operations across Wales

What will be done next to improve

The lsquoonce in Wales Enforcement department from April 2015

Whatrsquos the picture

We achieved the target in the final reporting period largely by giving particular attention to response times The

improvements to our approach guidance and processes that we implement during 2015 will help us turn this into a

sustainable improvement and start to focus on the effectiveness of our advice in 201516 Please note that casework

data for Mid Wales are included in the data for South Operations Region and that the difference between consultations

received and responses submitted reflects in part (i) those applications which have been sent by the LPAs but do not

meet our agreed criteria for comment and (ii) work in progress

What will be done next to improve

Now the new finance system is in place we will review the breakdown of the overall figure to ensure all commercial

income is included in 201516

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What has been done so far to improve

Timeliness The lsquobuildrsquo phase in developing the new ICT system is underway and due to complete in the Summer We

published our Service Statement on our website and shared it with key customers The Statement clarifies what our

customers can expect from us and what we expect from them to enable us provide a timely and evidence-based

response We revised our instruction to staff on what to comment on when we are consulted This fine tunes our risk

based approach and will help us to target our advice in a consistent way We have shared this with Planning Officers

Society Wales (POSW) Welsh Government and Local Planning Authorities We have improved our timeliness by

improving focus on response times and will be able to make this a sustainable improvement as we complete the full

suite of improvements to our processes and approaches The transition to medium longer term sustainable ways of

working We brought all the staff working in the NRW planning service across Wales together for a 2 day event to set

the context for the new NRW service communicate our strategic objectives for our planning advice embed culture

change hear from external customers and raise awareness of new internal instruction and guidance that is being rolled-

out to support the delivery of this service We held trainings sessions for 60 staff on the Development Consent Order

process for Nationally Significant Infrastructure Projects (NSIP) and our role within this Nationally Significant

Infrastructure regime We have rolled-out new internal guidance to support the planning service eg NSIP Quick Guide

Call-in guidance and a guide on NRWrsquos approach on how climate change implications should be considered for

development proposals within areas of high flood risk

What will be done next to improve

We will Work with WG to inform the implementation of the provisions of the Planning (Wales) Bill which relate to the

role of statutory consultees Progress operational guidance for identified priority subject-areas including standard

advice for developments of lower risk to bats and landscape considerations for small and single wind turbines and

Implement the new ICT system and test Develop a training programme to further embed culture change in our

planning service Continue to meet with national and local stakeholders to seek feedback on our planning service and

inform our future measures for further improvement Develop options for charging for non-statutory advice to support

the resources required to provide this service Put in place a mid-Wales planning advice team

Whatrsquos the picture

The income figure is pound177m

What has been done so far to improve

NA

What partners share accountability for achieving Good for Businessrdquo

Each of us in Wales including None identified for this grouping

Third Sector including None identified for this grouping

Private Sector including Companies Operators Permit Applicants

Public Sector including Local Authorities PINS MMO (Marine Management

What other data do we need to see if Good for Businessrdquo is being delivered

Nothing currently identified

Progress towards Good for Business

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good for Business measures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good for Business Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green - Green Review charging schemes201516 Charging Scheme published on our

website (2nd April)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or service

level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or

voluntary determination period)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

We have drafted an action plan for the

development of the Permitting Service for

delivery in 201516 onwards

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenReport new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place

on our managed estate

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenWind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3 larch)Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing

(including 267000m3 larch)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Trefor Owen Programme Budget pound34m (including 388FTEs) for 2014

We have held all our open market sales and offered the volumes of timber that we advertised to our customers in Feb 2014 The balance

of our volume has been offered through our suite of long term contracts

Our commitment has been fully met although we have not as yet signed the last long term contract for larch and have fallen short by

65000 on this measure However the larch volume has been brought forward in other species and the overall sales plan commitment has

been met Continue to market at the same sort of levels to achieve our 201516 budgeted targets

We will continue to try to conclude the final long term contract if we are unsuccessful in the next 23 months then the volume will be

reoffered to the market

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to

streamline the service we provide for customers

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like a location of choice for business and enterpriseand a place where best practice environmentalmanagement is adpoted and

encouraged

In Summary

- We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April following a public consulation and obtaining Board and Ministerial approvals

- We have determined 90 of permits licences and consent to timescale (statutory or voluntary determination period)

- We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards

- We are facilitating commercial opportunities for renewables mobile infrastructure holidays gas and timber

- We are supporting six wind and five hydropower energy developments

- We have put to market 869166m3 over bark standing of timber (including 267000m3 larch)

We market timber from the Welsh Government

woodland estate in accordance with our marketing

strategy

We develop a single permitting licensing and

consenting service based on common standards and

processes

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities

including renewable energy generation as well as

recreation and tourism opportunities

We submitted a paper to Februaryrsquos NRWrsquos Board meeting detailing the consultation responses we received and gained their approval of

our final Charging Scheme proposals

We gained Ministerial approval for our 201516 Charging Scheme in March

We published our Charging Scheme Consultation Response on our website at the end of March

We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April

bull Overall the Wind Energy Programme is progressing in line with Developers plans with three of the six Projects in the Development Phase

and actual Option Fee income for FY1415 was pound57m We met with the Crown Estates and toured Pen y Cymoedd looking at potential

energy project synergies between the two organisations We are also pursuing the Energy Park Concept at Pen y Cymoedd We continue

to deal with Developer requests for access which cover wind solar and unconventional gas energy developments

bull Discussions are taking place to assess the possibilities of establishing a small scale wind turbine programme with the potential to expand

into other renewables where possible

bull The Small Scale Hydro Programme has met its target of five schemes enabled

bull We have identified potential biomass supply from mid Wales and will now work to market this

bull We have provided Welsh Government with a submission setting out the opportunities that the Green Growth Fund might be able to help

realise

bull Negotiation are continuing surrounding the development of Forest Holidays and Camping in the Forest at Beddgelert Garwnant and Coed

y Brenin

bull We are currently in discussion over the potential to repeat the woodland creation and carbon capture project on a second site

bull We continue to work closely with Welsh Government and DCMS to roll out the Mobile Infrastructure Project to provide coverage to lsquonot-

spotrsquo rural areas

bull It has been an extremely buoyant year for Timber sales and this has enabled the published Timber sale open market volumes to be fully

met We have increased our customer base this year and our sales of ldquonicherdquo products including the potential supply of cedar for shed and

garden product manufacture

bull The filming unit promotion has commenced with the establishment of a bespoke email address

bull We have met with Sport Wales and have agreed a plan to work in tandem over the Tryweren Centre

bull The first five Field Sports parcels are being prepared for tender and investigations into the remaining potential for NRW managed land are

ongoing

bull We will review our visitor centres to ensure they realise enterprise and income generating opportunities that are appropriate to site

bull Our Enterprise and Business Transformation Programme has been established and will be tasked with building an enterprise culture

prioritising opportunities and freeing up resources to deliver enterprising projects

[P] We support the wind energy programme and

deliver our hydropower programme on land that

we manage

We determine permits licences and consents

meeting the statutory determination or service

level agreement period timescale

We are now beginning the work programme to deliver our 201618 Charging Scheme

We have continued with monthly reporting and analysis of performance across a range of individual regimes to identify under performance

Where this is identified then measures have been taken to attempt to correct the issue We have agreed a workforce plan for the service as

a way of addressing the current level of turnover replacing vacated posts quickly with people with the right skills This has meant that we

are having to put forward recruitment requirements regularly and on occasion to recruit externally

We continue to work with Operations colleagues to ensure that they understand the impact on this target so that the internal consultations

for permit applications are returned within required timescales

We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards In addition we have

commenced work on a number of areas including -

We have begun developing a single identity as the NRW Permitting Service

We have developed a single set of Priorities Principle and Values

We have commissioned work to examine opportunities for efficiencies streamlining of permitting processes This will form part of the

Transformation Programme - Improving efficiency and service delivery

We have made some organisation changes with the Spp SSSI and Woodland Regulation administration teams reporting to a single Team

Leader

Work to examine opportunities for efficiencies streamlining of permitting processes will form part of the Transformation Programme -

Improving efficiency and service delivery

Wind Wind Energy Programme is progressing in line with Developers plans with three of the six Projects in the Development Phase

Hydro We have enabled five schemes to be constructed by March 15 One is constructed and operational two are under construction and

two are awaiting commencement of construction

Programme continues in 201516

Progress towards Good Organisation

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Oa- Customer and

stakeholder satisfaction

Ob - Staff Engagement Index

Od - Achievement of

revised business case

Oe - Reduced

organisational carbon

footprint

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What has been done so far to improve

Progress to deliver the Change Programme has created savings and includes Exit from Environment Agency head

office non-ICT services on vesting da Exit since vesting day from 19 transitional services provided by the

Environment Agency and Forestry Commission worth pound26M per annum Business process improvements include

significant planned savings from sample collection planning advice and permitting functions Short term rationalisation

of offices and depots Removing almost all staff off the Forestry Commission and Environment Agency ICT

infrastructure

What will be done next to improve

Further progress with the Change Programme that will set up savings including Further rationalisation of offices and

depots to conclude the short term programme Continue work to exit transitional services worth another approx pound5M

in 201516 Complete the second Voluntary Exit Schemewith the aim of realising further annual savings Fully

establish the continuous improvement programme to deliver efficiencies over the next 2 years

Whatrsquos the picture

- Our baseline carbon footprint amounts to 7699 tCO2e

- The main elements of our carbon footprint last year related to the use of vehicles we own electricity use and the

(contracted out) use of construction aggregate Over 5000 tonnes of CO2e related to these three areas

- The nine month figures shown (including estimates for some elements) suggest we have used ~64 of our carbon

budget for the year

- We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

What has been done so far to improve

We have been working to

- Engage our staff through training and delivering workshops to our leaders

- Reduce emissions from travel and transport by minimising UK internal flights increasing our use of biodiesel

reducing our fleet emissions reducing the need for travel through increased audioweb conferencing

- Rationalise our building estate in line with our accommodation strategy

- Roll out of new IT (improving our audioweb conferencing capabilities)

- Regional EMS committees being established For 201415 we targeted a reduction in our travel and building energy

related carbon footprint of 5

What will be done next to improve

- Applying sustainability risk assessments to new contracts (over pound25k)

- Engaging stakeholders and publishing our core EMS documentation

- We will continue to report on our carbon footprint internally on a quarterly basis (using estimates if necessary to do

so)

Whatrsquos the picture

We are on target for the cash-realisable benefit The accumulation of savings over the 10 years remains very

sensitive to relatively small changes in the annual savings in these early years The scenario planning shows that

although we are on target there should be emphasis on the need to maintain a strong focus on making efficiencies

releasing money by exiting transitional services controlling costs and making sure implement plans to deliver the

benefits The analysis that underpins this indicator is based on information available at the end of March 2015 The

lsquoyear endrsquo figures available in June will improve the forecast

What will be done next to improve

The Board has considered the scope of a NRW Customer Care Strategy and provided its feedback on the

development of the strategy NRW needs to finalise its discussions concerning the development and implementation

of the NRW Customer Care Strategy

Whatrsquos the picture

We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate which for our first survey

was really encouraging and showed our staff engagement index to be 48

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

In summary

-Customer and Stakeholder satisfaction will be developed as part of our Customer Focus Programme in 201516

-We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate and a staff engagement indexof 48 We are looking at how we can improve and set a target for next year

-We have reviewed our position against benchmarks and will now be setting targets for future years

-We remain on target to achieve the 10 year cash realisable savings through NRWs creation Further progress will be made with the Change Programme

-We have used ~64 of our annual carbon budget in the first nine months of the year We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

Whatrsquos the picture

The indicator is yet been developed (the baseline will be established by the first customer satisfaction survey for

regulated business that will seek views on the change in service since before NRW)

What has been done so far to improve

We have committed to continuing to work to Customer Care and Service Standards

(This shows the status of the Good Organisation indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

What has been done so far to improve

We should all be focused on how we build on the good work and take action to make improvements There are some

clear messages from the survey which are understandable given that NRW is only two years old and the scale of

change has been huge The results identified a number of positives Staff are interested in their roles and enjoy

challenges the skill levels are very good and most enjoy having the support of their Line Managers and camaraderie

of their colleagues But there were a number of challenges to address the pace and amount of change cross-

organisational working leadership clarity of our organisational objectives and purpose and the learning and

development opportunities on offer

What will be done next to improve

We are looking at how we can increase the staff engagement index to 58 an increase of 10 (target is to be

confirmed)

Whatrsquos the picture

We have presented ourselves against benchmarks for a number of support services including Finance Procurement

Human Resources Information Technology Communications Legal Services and Accommodation using the latest

available (2009) Cabinet Office data and guidance With only one exception we are positioned within the benchmark

range or slightly below it The exception is the area of office space we occupy in relation to the number of staff we

employ

What has been done so far to improve

We have centrally compiled the benchmarks to ensure consistency and have included additional sectors of our

business for a broader picture

What will be done next to improve

We will set targets for each area and programme an annual update of the benchmarks to coincide with our annual

budgeting and planning cycle We will seek to find more recent data to benchmark against and will additionally

consider our performance ambition We will explore why we appear to have more office space than expected

considering how this will be addressed by the plan contained in our Accommodation Strategy or if there is any issue

with how we are compiling our data

What partners share accountability for achieving a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo_

Each of us in Wales including Customers of NRW

Third Sector including Customers of NRW

Private Sector including Customers of NRW

Public Sector including Environment Agency Forestry Commission

What other data do we need to see if a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo is being delivered

We need to construct and run a customer and stakeholder survey

Outcomescore of next staff engagement index

Progress towards Good Organisation

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Organisation mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good OrganisationPeriod 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber - AmberAchieve business case benefits relating to the creation of Natural

Resources Walespound145M (91 complete)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targetsProcurement strategy and quick wins

delivered

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

+ Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report)

indicates 5 reduction is on track

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Sublet Ynysybwl tractor shed Progress to the implementation phase of the Llanelli Laboratory project

Complete the options appraisal for Mid-Wales by August 2015

Complete options appraisals for four regional lsquohubsrsquo (South West South East North West and North East) by September 2015 There a

number of rationalisation projects that had been identified as lsquoquick winsrsquo but are on hold because of local concerns about the degree to

which the project would require changes to legacy ways of working

We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits in September 2014 amp March 2015

In 201415 - 33 nonconformities of legal and other compliance obligations were raised these have now been corrected and actions taken

to prevent reoccurrence

30 of NRW staff have received specific targeted EMS awareness pollution incident and waste training

7 of 8 directorate leadership teams have received EMS training

9 month emissions report indicates we are on track to meet our 5 carbon reduction target

We are going to integrate forestry operations within the scope of the EMS in 201516 Site visits at WSO civils and WHaM sites are

already scheduled

We will ensure all staff receive EMS awareness training

Handover of Transition projects - All Transition areas identified continuing work requirements ICT application transitiontransformation ndash

further 63 projects Service exits ndash further 9 this year business as usual work continued by a Transformation Portfolio

We have sold Three Cocks Depot (Brecon) Frobisher Road Depot (Newport) and Merlinrsquos Bridge Depot (Haverfordwest))

We have vacated and disposed of Beechwood House (Llandeilo) Unit 3 Cantref Court (Abergavenny) Glan Y Nant (Mold) Drake Walk

(Cardiff) Chirk Depot and Granada Park (Llangattock) We have vacated and mothballed Llanion House (Haverfordwest) Plas Penrhos

(Bangor) Mawddach Hatchery (Dolgellau) Maerdy Hatchery (Corwen) and the Ceinws site (Corris) We are working closely with the

Estates Team to secure the disposal of these sites As a result of these actions we have generated capital receipts of pound236K and we are

making annual savings of pound360K on our building running costs

The Business Case for the Llanelli Laboratory project has been completed and will be presented to ET for their approval in mid-April 2015

Significant progress has been made on the Mid-Wales options appraisal The preliminary feasibility study has been completed and the

Project Board is now in place

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our

environmental management and work towards being

an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and

- Developed NRW Procurement Strategy to 2017 (input provided by Executive Team in February 2015)

- We have undertaken a considerable amount of work on the Civil Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) which will be in place later

this year As part of this we are instigating a pilot on the use of community benefits A series of supplier engagement events for this

Framework have already been undertaken in conjunction with Business Wales

- Quick wins continue to be developed within our Welsh Government Procurement Maturity Model Improvement Plan

- We have secured early adopter status with WG for use of the E-procurement maturity model and benefits tracker following us arranging

for WG to present to FCS Leadership Team (who subsequently agreed to proceed) We have in place a technology action plan that will

evolve over FY1516

- Undertaken and completed the Procurement Team Change Programme

- Baselined ldquoNRW procurementrdquo by applying the WG Procurement Maturity Model and are continuing to implement the subsequent

improvement plan as well as developing a number of procurement KPIrsquos Value Wales have agreed to undertake an independent progress

review in 201516 Details of the improvement plan to which we refer are outlined in Section 43 of the Procurement Strategy

- We regularly attend Directorate Leadership Team Meetings to consult on our improvement plan and to better understand Directorate

requirements (for the short medium and long term We have developed a Procurement Pipeline (Contract Forward Plans) to help

Directorates to secure best value for money and to provide greater visibility of opportunities for the supply base (including Welsh SMErsquos)

- We are the Welsh Government Sponsored Bodiesrsquo Sector representative on the National Procurement Service Delivery Group and we

continue to explore potential options with NPS across the range of their categories

- We have established a Governance Plan for procurement detailing the project milestones for the rewrite and implementation of new

thresholds templates rules and procedures for procurement across the whole of NRW

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the

workforce

We deliver our accommodation strategy

We deliver procurement that achieves value for

money sustainability and facilitates opportunities

for Welsh SMEs

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

A second voluntary exit scheme

Completed the short term programme of opportunities to vacate and dispose of offices and depots

Exited 29 of the 40 transitional services as of the end of 201415

Made good progress with continuous improvement programmes that free up staff time including halving the effort required to process

each application for hydropower permits and reaching the development planning advice service targets for responding within agreed

deadlines

We are on target to deliver our ICT services for pound6M in place of the pound8M baseline cost

Exit the remaining transitional services and aim to reduce some of the enduring services as well

Implement the full accommodation strategy to complete the reduction from 80 sites to 40 sites

The portfolio of transformation programmes including a much larger range of LEAN process improvement projects as part of the

continuous improvement programme

Development

- Focusing on the delivery of community benefits through contracting and reporting on the outcomes delivered to include the Civil

Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) pilot

- Develop an e-procurement strategy and technology plan which will scope a project to encompass the Investigation of available options to

maximise the use of e-Procurement capability and to satisfy upcoming legislative requirements (by engaging with the WG e-Procurement

Infrastructure Programme)

Engagement

- Develop plans to increase opportunities for Welsh SMEs to compete for NRW contracts ensuring our procurement practices are

appropriate for SMErsquos and larger scale enterprises and establish and measure contract opportunities made available to SMErsquos

EfficiencyValue for Money

- Identify opportunities for benefits and efficiencies taking a lead role in identifying and measuring opportunities for benefits and

efficiencies

Procurement Governance

- Review the impact of the changes to the procurement process via the 2015 Amendment to EU Procurement Directives implement the

new directives and accommodate any applicable changes or obligations

- Measure and report on the percentage of influenceable spend channelled through a compliant route (target 100)

- Develop a first stage Procurement Assurance Model

In Summary

- We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single system

- Our forecast for Business Case benefits is pound145m which is 9 below target however we are still developing further efficiencies

- There were two lost time incidents to our employees ithis year We have developed a 3 year Wellbeing Health amp Safety (WHS) programme to improve our performance from 2015 onwards

- We have reduced the number of properties we use with nine disposed of and five mothballed We now have 65 operational sites

- We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits Based on our 9 month carbon footprint position we expect to meet our 5 reduction target for this year

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support

and customer care to both staff and customers

What we have done so far As of 1 March the first two phases of MyNRW are live which sees NRW able to raise requisitions and approve

purchase orders through workflow We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single

system We are also producing financial and management reports for internal and external reporting

What we are going to do next Developments include scoping out the Project Costing amp Billing module revisions to Product Codes

increased use of workflow and enhancing our reporting capability

We plan and allocate resources to business

priorities and achieve performance reporting that

drives continuous improvements

24 Workstreams ndash in excess of 104 projects

- All of our key objectives within the projects and programmes to create our standalone capability have been delivered m any of these

represent an outstanding achievement

- Some slippage in more complex areas

- Service exits - 43 EA services down to 17 at end of 201516 year 17 FCGB services down to 5 at end of 201516 year

- 1600 ICT applicationssystems down to 400 at end of March 2015

- Benefits

- Achievedforecast - pound145m [pound129m cash releasing pound16m non cash] so far compared to pound158m business case target

We deliver our transition projects to help establish

our standalone capability

Business Plan Dashboard

201415 report 1st April 2014 - 31st March 2015

Good Knowledge Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] [I] We develop Walesrsquo approach to integrated natural resource management Amber Amber uarr GreenWe will now report learning from the trials to support

scrutiny of the Environment Bill

[P] [I] We work with Welsh Government to develop funding mechanisms to support

integrated natural resource managementGreen Green - Green

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

[P] We work with Welsh Government to develop natural resources policy including delivery

of a State of Natural Resources reportAmber Amber uarr Green

Develop interim report by November 2014

(first full report September 2016) Interim report has now been developed

We review our monitoring strategy and apply recommendations to our operational work Amber Green - GreenReview and implement our monitoring analysis and reporting

programmeProject governance has been finalised

We assess our abilities so that we are able to effectively engage with the public and share

our technical advice and expertise with others or seek support where requiredGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off October 2014 Operate

rolling customer insight programme

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

We develop our ability to better explain and communicate complex issues to a wide range

of stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off and Rolling customer

insight programme providing reports

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

A Good Environment Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

We ensure the sustainable management of land and water we manage Amber Amber uarr GreenActions resolved arising from NNR and WGWE audit

Maintain UKWAS accreditation

Actions resolved and UKWAS accreditation

maintained

[P] We work with others to improve connectivity and restoration of priority habitats

and their linkages as part of integrated natural resource management plansGreen Green - Green Complete Level 2 Connectivity mapping by December 2014 Level 2 mapping first draft completed for all habitats

We ensure climate change adaptation is embedded in all areas of our work Green Green - GreenApply parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance to our organisation by March 2015

Parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance applied

[P] We will play our part and work with others to halt biodiversity loss in order to help ensure

that by 2020 ecosystems are more resilientGreen Green darr Red 80 of our actions underway or complete 63 actions underwaycomplete from July work plan

We will develop our approach to pollinators NA Green darr AmberImplement a programme of measures on NRW sites by 31

March 2015

[P] The condition of features on sites improves

(ie Indicator Ee Marine terrestrial and freshwater environment)Red Red - Red

Condition of features of marine terrestrial and freshwater

Natura 2000 sites

33 of marine 24 of terrestrial and 26 of

freshwater features are in favourable condition

[P] The water environment improves (ie Indicator Ea Water environment) Indicator Indicator - RAG - NAComplance with good status under the Water Framework

Directive

Compliance with good status under the Water

Framework Directive = 37

We manage outbreaks of plant health pests and diseases Green Green - GreenImplement control plans on the Welsh Government Woodland

Estate

Helicopter surveillance for P ramorum completed 60

sites found to be positive and notices have been

served on 417ha

[I] We consider streamlined innovative approaches Amber Green - GreenDevelop and support approaches that demonstrate innovation

collaboration and best practice

We ensure accurate information on flood risk is available to the public and

stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Publish flood maps (in quarter one) capital and maintenance

programmes (in quarter two)

Published flood maps (in quarter one) capital and

maintenance programmes (in quarter two)

Good for People Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve learning in and about the natural

environment plus linking to the curriculum and wider learning opportunitiesAmber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

[P] We work with others to improve local environmental quality including for

disadvantaged communitiesGreen Amber - Amber

Develop and launch programme working with others linking

with priorities of other stakeholders

[P] We develop and deliver our Access and Recreation Strategy along with our Marketing

FrameworkGreen Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan published

Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan

published

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government (Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights

of Way Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste data systems)Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implemented

Four green one amber (amber waste data systems

programme)

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership Funding Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk management assets prioritising our

efforts on those which counter the highest risksAmber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk and what actions they need to take Green Green - Green10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood

risk

18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk Management Capital Programme Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per sector using a prioritised risk based

approachAmber Green - Green

Reduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector

year on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Good for Business Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to streamline the service we provide for

customersGreen Green - Green Review charging schemes

201516 Charging Scheme published on our website

(2nd April)

We fulfil our role as statutory consultee in responding to planning consultations

(ie Indicator Bd Our role as statutory consultee)Red Red uarr Amber Respond to 90 consultations within agreed timescale

We determine permits licences and consents meeting the statutory determination or

service level agreement period timescaleAmber Amber uarr Green

90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or

service level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or voluntary

determination period)

We develop a single permitting licensing and consenting service based on common

standards and processesGreen Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities including renewable energy

generation as well as recreation and tourism opportunitiesGreen Green - Green

Report new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place on

our managed estate

[P] We support the wind energy programme and deliver our hydropower programme

on land that we manageGreen Green - Green

Wind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

We market timber from the Welsh Government woodland estate in accordance with

our marketing strategyGreen Green - Green

Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3

larch)

Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing (including

267000m3 larch)

We generate income from our enterprise activities

(ie Indicator Be Generating income)Green Green - Green pound16m pound177m

Good Organisaton Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support and customer care to both staff and

customersGreen Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

We plan and allocate resources to business priorities and achieve performance

reporting that drives continuous improvementsAmber Amber - Amber pound145M (91 complete)

We deliver our transition projects to help establish our standalone capability Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

We deliver procurement that achieves value for money sustainability and facilitates

opportunities for Welsh SMEsGreen Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targets Procurement strategy and quick wins delivered

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the workforce Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

We deliver our accommodation strategy Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our environmental management and work towards

being an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and waterAmber Green - Green

ISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report) indicates

5 reduction is on track

We all have confidence in our collective success

(ie Indicator Ob Staff engagement index)Indicator Indicator - RAG - NA 7 (out of 10)

Staff survey completed in early 2015 giving a

baseline engagement index of 48 which will

provide scope for improvement in 201516

trend columns uarr An up arrow indicates an improvement since the last assessment

- A flat line indicates no significant change since with the last assessment

darr A down arrow indicates a decline since with the last assessment

status columns Red This indicates we are not where we planned we should be

Amber This indicates we are nearly on target (within 10)

Green This indicates we are on target

font styles

Italic Related to an area of Corporate Risk

tags Reputation related measures

Partnership working related measures

Innovation related measures[I]

Achieve business case benefits relating to the creation of

Natural Resources Wales

Ministerial priority

[R]

Bold

underline

Report learning from three integrated natural resource

management trials (Dyfi Rhondda Tawe) to Welsh

Government by March 2015

This dashboard reflects progress against measures and indicators from our wider performance framework It is used to provide a single page at a glance summary of performance in key areas

We track performance for the items on this dashboard and also review performance three times a year with at open public sessions with our Board (in October February and May)

Key

This dashboard is one part of our Performance Framework 40 items (35 measures and 5 indicators) are included on this dashboard

[Formatted as A3 portrait If printed does not need to be printed in colour]

[P]

Approaches being supported including Greener

Grangetown

We have drafted an action plan for the development

of the Permitting Service for delivery in 201516

onwards

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities amp

Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Responded to 81 consultations (annual average)

within agreed timescale

We continue to manage NNRs for a range of wild

pollinating species improve the habitat value of the

Public Forest Estate

Page 3: Performance Summary Report - Natural Resources Wales · The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions NRW (and other key stakeholders) could take to improve the situation.

Progress towards Good Knowledge

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Knowledge mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good Knowledge Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Amber Amber uarr Green

Report learning from three integrated natural resource

management trials (Dyfi Rhondda Tawe) to Welsh Government

by March 2015

We will now report learning from the trials to

support scrutiny of the Environment Bill

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenFunding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr GreenDevelop interim report by November 2014

(first full report September 2016) Interim report has now been developed

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenReview and implement our monitoring analysis and reporting

programmeProject governance has been finalised

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenCommunications strategy signed off October 2014 Operate

rolling customer insight programme

Communications strategy signed off October

2014 Rolling reports on technical advice

provided

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenCommunications strategy signed off and Rolling customer insight

programme providing reports

Communications strategy signed off October

2014 Rolling reports on technical advice

provided

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Ceri Davies Programme Budget pound13m (including 185FTEs) for 2014

Development and roll out of phase 1 Roadmap

Intranet revamped and internal communications channels streamlined

Early development of NRM narrative

New Content Management System installed and new website launched

Improved Cyfoeth launched including improved stakeholder feedback

Completed communications change programme and established integrated communications delivery model

Increased media network across the UK with particular focus online and broadcast media

Phase 2 communications evaluation to include customer satisfaction complaints consultation response amp service usage data (inc

website)

Finalise proposals for public awareness survey

Establish website user group

Develop customer feedback tool on every page of the website

Implement subscriber based online newsletters with customer feedback mechanism

The NRM Programme Refresh has identified two specific projects to optimise the use of external funds and partnership funding to secure

outcomes These projects will run through 2015 and will explicitly consider how external funds will be able to support delivery of the

priorities and opportunities identified in the Area Statements

Welsh Government has just announced the new round of funding for eNGOs the third sector and local authorities

What we are going to do next Monitor progress on the two projects within the Programme

The interim report has now been developed in agreement with Welsh Government

We are scoping out a package of products to submit to Welsh Government by early May to feed into the scrutiny on the Environment Bill

This will include

i) a vision for SoNaRR setting out our direction of travel for capturing and reporting on evidence on state of natural resources over the

next 2-3 reporting cycles

ii) a statement on the types of evidence data sets that we currently hold in NRW and what this evidence is saying about the state of our

NR

iii) an engagement plan setting out how we intend to engage with stakeholders on co-production and to inform on SoNaRR

We now have greater clarity over the final SoNaRR product following scoping work undertaken internally

New communications evaluation process established phase 1 focus on media and social media (linked to Insight Project)

Established communications project planning approach with mandatory evaluation to provide insight and continuous improvement

Established Customer Care programme

Established the Monitoring and Reporting Board and associated thematic sub-groups (task and finish groups)

Initiated the monitoring review with governance arrangements in place and the initial work packages started

By December 2015 we will undertake an initial review of our monitoring programme to ensure that we have a clear understanding of our

drivers and priorities and the relative cost and effectiveness of different delivery methods including delivery by third parties We will

define costed options for the 2016-17 monitoring programme with the aim of achieving a 10 saving in monitoring costs

By March 2016 we will prepare a monitoring strategy to set out how we expect our monitoring service to evolve over the next 5-10 years

to meet the needs of NRW making best use of technological advances and new approaches in monitoring and with the aim of achieving

a 25 saving over current baseline costs by 2020

Phase 2 communications evaluation to include customer satisfaction complaints consultation response amp service usage data (inc

website)

Finalise proposals for awareness survey

Establish website user group

Develop customer feedback tool on every page of the website

What does good look like gaining wisdom and understanding of our natural resources and how we affect them - using evidence and applying learning from

experience so that we make good decisions

In summary

- The NRM Transformation Programme has been refreshed with a new board and a clearer vision strategic objectives

- The interim State of Natural Resrouces Report has been developed with Welsh Government and we are developing a package of products to support Environment Bill scrutiny

- Task and finish group have now been established as part of our monitoring review

- Our Communications Strategy has been published and we are now working to deliver this

The Natural Resources Management Transformation Programme has been refreshed with a new board and a clearer vision strategic

objectives The first tranche of the programme has been defined and a total of 26 project charters have been developed The programme

team is in the process of finalising these with the identified project executives and managers for final signndashoff by the Programme Board in

early May 2015

Finalise the project and programme milestones and monitoring and reporting requirements

We develop our ability to better explain and

communicate complex issues to a wide range of

stakeholders

[P] [I] We work with Welsh Government to develop

funding mechanisms to support integrated natural

resource management

[P] [I] We develop Walesrsquo approach to integrated

natural resource management

[P] We work with Welsh Government to develop

natural resources policy including delivery of a State

of Natural Resources report

We review our monitoring strategy and apply

recommendations to our operational work

We assess our abilities so that we are able to

effectively engage with the public and share our

technical advice and expertise with others or seek

support where required

Progress towards A Good Environment

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Ea - Water Environment

Eb - Sustainable Forest Management

Programme Director Graham Hillier Programme Budget pound46m (including 571FTEs) for 2014

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like

Ecosystems are resilient and secured for the future wildlife and landscapes are enhanced and the use of our natural resources is carefully managed

In summary

-41 of Walesrsquo water bodies achieved good overall status in 2014 up from 37 in 2013 Most of the improvement is likely to be due to improvements in datamonitoring The consultation on River Basin Management Plans is

underway and we are engaging with partners on improvements

-Welsh woodland known to be under sustainable management has again increased for 2014 however around 40 is underun-managed We are working with Welsh Government to develop the Glastir woodland element

-Since 1994 the UK bird population all species index has changed little Within this the woodland index has increased whilst the two farmland indicies have decreased Through our work with partners we continue to

develop the ability to report

-The condition of habitats and species on the Welsh Special Area of Conservation series remains low at 26 The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions NRW (and other key stakeholders) could take to improve the

situation

Our SAC monitoring programme reflects the most recent reported condition assessment for each feature Terrestrial (74) and freshwater (70) feature assessments were undertaken in the last six years Monitoring has been

undertaken on most of the marine features more recently and work is underway update assessment for 201516

- Since 1990 Welsh emissions of Greenhouse Gasses have fallen by 18 (to 2012) but there has been a slight increase in 2012 as a result of increased coal use due to global fuel prices The delivery actions in the Climate

Change Strategy action plan will be revised to enable the Welsh Government targets to be achieved in future years

What has been done so far to improve

Work with Welsh Government on development of Glastir Woodland Element - Work with Welsh Government forest

policy branch and across Land nature Marine and Forestry Division

What will be done next to improve

There is no current woodland grant scheme open to applications for either management or creation We are working

hard with Welsh Government and the forest sector to help the relevant departments in Welsh Government to make

this happen as quickly as possible

Whatrsquos the picture

41 of Walesrsquo water bodies achieved good overall status in 2014 The biggest issues causing impacts are poor land

management practices resulting in pollution and habitat degradation pollution from redundant metal and coal mines

physical modifications and barriers to fish migration including flood risk assets continuous and intermittent sewage

discharges and impacts of acidification and forestry

What has been done so far to improve During the first cycle we have worked with the third sector to deliver WFD

improvements in partnership This has allowed us to ldquounlockrdquo significant match-funding opportunities Between 2011

and 2013 we have had involvement in pound44 million worth of projects with over a third of funds contributed by partners

and external funders This has delivered 400ha of habitat created or restored and 370km of river enhanced or

protected 152 individual WFD water bodies identified as benefitting from projects

What will be done next to improve

The consultation on the updated River Basin Management Plans closed on 10 April We will review responses and

develop a prioritised programme of measures to achieve Water Framework Directive objectives for 2015-21 The

updated River Basin Management Plans will be submitted to Welsh Government in September 2015

(This shows the status of the Good Environment indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

Whatrsquos the picture indicator already completed for this year Upward trend from 179000ha (2013) known minimum

to 203000ha (2014) Upward trend from 201000ha (2013) maximum estimate 227000ha (2014) Actual figure likely to be

higher

Whatrsquos the picture

Wild bird populations are considered to be a good indicator of the broad state of wildlife and the countrysideBird

populations vary from year to year The lsquoall speciesrsquo index is at a similar level in 2012 as in 1994 but this masks

different trends in species associated with particular habitats The two farmland bird indices have shown largely

consistent downward trends throughout the period with the lsquobirds of farmed habitatsrsquo index at a level in 2012 c 15

below that in 1994 The woodland bird index by contrast has increased over this same period

What has been done so far to improve

Practical delivery of actions on the ground is dependent on farmers and land managers In addition practical delivery

projects including some funded through a Joint Working Partnership with RSPB as well as section15 management

agreements on SSSIs have contributed to positive management by landowners Such action along with advice and

guidance in relation to Glastir may contribute to improvements

What will be done next to improve

An index based on birds alone is not fully representative of biodiversity Our intention is to supplement this indicator

of bird populations with similar information for other taxonomic groups as and when it becomes available in sufficient

quantity to generate reliable indices Through our work with partners we continue to develop the ability to report

indices for other taxa notably bats and butterflies

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What will be done next to improve

The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions we (and other key stakeholders) could take the relative

priorities and the resource requirements Committing to taking action will be dependent on NRW budget and other

resource (staff) capacity

Whatrsquos the picture

- Total greengouse gas emissions from Wales have reduced between 1990 and 2012 by 18 whilst carbon dioxide

emissions have fallen by 14

- These emission reductions are a result of a decline in manufacturing emissions (eg in iron and steel bulk chemical

production) efficiencies in energy generation and heating the use of natural gas to replace some coal and other fuels

as well as abatement in some chemical industries

- The 2011 to 2012 increase of emissions is predominantly driven by a slight shift from natural gas back to coal due to

global fuel prices

What has been done so far to improve

A wide range of actions outlined in the Mitigation Delivery Plan of the Climate Change Strategy for Wales have been

undertaken to reduce emissions across all sectors There are many individual projects across Wales that are explicitly

seeking to reduce emissions either through reducing the carbon intensity of energy by delivering more renewable

capacity reducing resource use andor increasing recycling rates as well as energy efficiency measures Encouraging

behavioural change through communication campaigns and the reduction of other barriers to change are recognised

as key to delivering emission reductions too The annual reporting of the Climate change Strategy seeks to summarise

progress across Wales in delivery of emission reduction targets set out in the strategy ndash the latest Annual report was

published in December 2013

What will be done next to improve

A refresh of the Climate Change Strategy and the associated actions is in progress NRW has provided input in terms

of a Ministerial briefing input to the Climate Change Commission for Wales response and additional discussions with

Welsh Government The delivery actions will be revised to increase emission reductions that enable the Welsh

Government targets to be achieved in future years Within the land use sector which has made least progress a

review of the Land Use and Climate Change group report published in 2010 is underway This work undertaken by

ADAS Bangor and Aberystwyth Universities has focussed on reviewing progress with its recommendations Through

our membership of the Land Use Sub-group of the Commission NRW has input to this review

Whatrsquos the picture

Data is derived from our SAC monitoring programme and reflect the most recent reported condition assessment for

each feature as of 31st March 2015 The bulk of the terrestrial (74) and freshwater (70) feature assessments were

undertaken in the six years to 31st March 2015 The proportion of marine features with a recently updated assessment

is much lower (13 in the same 6 year period) and hence the picture presented by this data should be treated with

some caution and may be subject to change as the assessments are updated Monitoring has been undertaken on

most of these marine features more recently and work is currently underway to analyse the results with updated

assessments scheduled to be produced in 201516

What has been done so far to improve

Our LIFE N2K programme is working to compile actions required to address existing issues and future risks to

features on the SAC series which are currently acting as barriers to achieving favourable condition In addition the

project is looking to plan and cost these actions identifying the various organisations which would be required to

deliver these actions In the 201415 financial year 220 actions have either been completed or instigated (logged as

underway) by our officers to address conservation management issues on SSSIs (many of which underpin SACs)

Priority amongst these actions has been given to sites of European importance and measures identified in Water

Framework Directive Management Plans

What partners share accountability for achieving a ldquoGood Environmentrdquo

Each of us in Wales including Householders

Third sector including Non GovernmentalOrganisations Woodland Trust the National Trust Wildlife Trusts UK Woodland Assurance

Scheme (FSC and PEFC)

Private sector including Planners Developers Land managers Land users Farmers Businesses UK Forest Products Association

(UKFPA) Fishermen Confederation of Forest

Industries (ConFor) Wales Forest Business

Partnership Utility companies

Public sector including Local authorities Public authorities Developers Land managers Land users Forestry Commission (UK

Forestry Standard) WG policy and Glastir delivery

What other data do we need to see if a ldquoGood Environmentrdquo is being delivered

A fair measure of woodland condition

Progress towards A Good Environment

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Environment mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

A Good Environment Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Amber Amber uarr GreenActions resolved arising from NNR and WGWE audit Maintain

UKWAS accreditation

Actions resolved and UKWAS accreditation

maintained

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Complete Level 2 Connectivity mapping by December 2014Level 2 mapping first draft completed for all

habitats

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenApply parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance to our organisation by March 2015

Parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance applied

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green darr Red 80 of our actions underway or complete63 actions underwaycomplete from July work

plan

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ NA Green darr AmberImplement a programme of measures on NRW sites by 31 March

2015

We continue to manage NNRs for a range of wild

pollinating species improve the habitat value of the

Public Forest Estate

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenImplement control plans on the Welsh Government Woodland

Estate

Helicopter surveillance for P ramorum completed

60 sites found to be positive and notices have

been served on 417ha

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ [I] We consider streamlined innovative

approachesAmber Green - Green

Develop and support approaches that demonstrate innovation

collaboration and best practice

Approaches being supported including Greener

Grangetown

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenPublish flood maps (in quarter one) capital and maintenance

programmes (in quarter two)

Published flood maps (in quarter one) capital and

maintenance programmes (in quarter two)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Graham Hillier Programme Budget pound46m (including 571FTEs) for 2014

Greener Grangetown Technical input to scheme designs (specifically on water quality water efficiency green infrastructure amenity and

biodiversity) and continued project involvement

What we have done so far The 201415 Routine and Intermittent Flood Risk Maintenance programmes amp The 201415 Flood Risk

Management Wales Capital Programme have been published on our website The 201415 Flood Risk Management Wales Capital

Programme was updated on our website following approval at Januaryrsquos FRMW committee meeting

What we are going to do next The end of year 201415 Flood Risk Management Wales Capital Programme report will be published on our

website following approval at Junersquos FRMW committee meeting The 201516 Flood Risk Management Wales Capital Programme report will

be published on our website following approval at Junersquos FRMW committee meeting

WGWE ndash we have developed an action plan to close out actions from 2014 audit (these are not part of 1415 target but will be delivered

during 1516 for the 2015 audit) assigned owners and made the action plan available to the Executive Team 15 NNR audits will be planned

for 201516 actions will be carried over from 201415 and will be included within the plan for the coming year

We manage outbreaks of plant health pests and

diseases

We ensure accurate information on flood risk is

available to the public and stakeholders

[P] We work with others to improve connectivity

and restoration of priority habitats and their

linkages as part of integrated natural resource

management plans

We ensure climate change adaptation is embedded

in all areas of our work

[P] We will play our part and work with others to halt

biodiversity loss in order to help ensure that by 2020

ecosystems are more resilient

- Completion of Level 2 mapping for selection of main habitats and significant and exciting progress towards developing prioritised peatland

restoration maps

- Provision of data and guidance on applying connectivity to NRW trial areas FRPs and related landscape-scale projects with partners

- Application of connectivity mapping layers to the ongoing revision of the Upland Framework

- Continued engagement with wider research and development into connectivity and its application including involvement with Liverpool

Universityrsquos development of the connectivity mapping tool lsquoCondatisrsquo

We will continue development and refinement of connectivity mapping including i) application to the prioritisation of restoration of peatland

habitats to benefit biodiversity and a range of ecosystem services and ii) exploring the revision of woodland connectivity mapping to include

remote-sensed hedgerow data and habitat information from within the WG Forest Estate

We have completed the analysis of the 250 NRW activities and identified 5 priority areas for trialling of our approach to embedding

consideration of climate change in our work during 1516 We have engaged the support of the Board through a presentation and 2 Board

papers that has resulted in approval of our approach

We will begin the implementation of the approach within the 5 trial work areas

Surveillance for a range of pests and diseases has been undertaken and significant coupe planning and management (civil engineering

felling and other clearance) has been undertaken on the WGWE A number of events have been undertaken to ensure knowledge exchange

with the wider sector We are working to ensure the latest pest and disease issues are up to date We have started work on 4 long Term

Contracts harvesting infected larch We have also harvested 40 ha of uninfected larch as part of a strategy to reduce the risk posed by P

ramorum

Carry out annual surveillance programme and issue notices where required Continue to develop knowledge of pests and diseases Continue

the management of P ramorum on the WGWE aiming to fell 240 000m3 in 201516 Work to develop a Wales specific risk register Complete

the compliance checks required for P ramorum notices We will continue to undertake an update survey for ash dieback following the latest

understanding of the disease A further 2 Long Term Contracts will start in 201516 and we will continue to harvest infected and uninfected

material as planned

Greener Grangetown Ongoing involvement in the public consultation process Support to project management technical scheme design

strategic direction and quality assurance We undertake this alongside Cardiff Council and Dŵr Cymru Cardiff Council has extended the

consultation timescale until June 2015 Construction is expected in Autumn 2015

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like

Ecosystems are resilient and secured for the future wildlife and landscapes are enhanced and the use of our natural resources is carefully managed

In Summary

- Our UKWAS accreditation has been maintained We have resolved the target numbers of actions on the Welsh Government Woodland Estate and National Nature Reserves

- To support the improvement of habitat connectivity we have completed a Level 2 mapping first draft for all habitats

- In delivering our part in halting biodiversity loss we have gone from Green to Red (target was 80 action underwaycomplete at Period 2 we had 60 at year-end we had 63)

- We have promoted the MoU with the Welsh Bee Keeperrsquos Association and have a new agreement for bee keeping at the Darwonno Centre in Llanwonno We have developed an action plan for pollinators on the public forest

estate

- As part of our work to manage plant health pests and diseases we have issued notices on 417ha follwing helicopter surveys

- Our Flood Risk Management Wales Capital programme has been published on our website

We ensure the sustainable management of land

and water we manage

Welsh Government Woodland Estate (WGWE) - Closed out actions from 2013 audit report as outlined in previous report so no further action

required for 201415 target

NNR - 10 NNR audits have been completed and reports issued one more is to be completed pending a site visit one further planned visit

was postponed due to the responsible member of staff leaving the post Of 70 actions identified 38 have been completed (over the 50

target) 28 are in progress and 14 are yet to be actioned

We will develop our approach to pollinators

Promoted the MoU with the Welsh Bee Keeperrsquos Association within NRW by circulating posters of the MoU

We have a new agreement for bee keeping at the Darwonno Centre in Llanwonno which involved the transportation and re-hiving of a colony

of bees from a derelict building that was being torn down

We will publicise this agreement and continue to promote the MoUWe have developed a work plan andfurther work will be needed to fully

cost the plan in 201516 Opportunities are being explored to improve expand habitats for pollinators within existing resources

A work plan for 201516 is being developed considering the most pressing actions and available resourcing

The reason for performance are competing work demands including a significant Glastir casework loads LIFE Natura 2000 Prioritised

Improvement Plans Special Area of Conservation management plans and difficult SSSI confirmations The 63 actions underwaycomplete

reflects those updated on the reporting database at the year end There is a time lag between actions and updating the reporting database

Progress towards Good for People

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

`

Programme Director Tim Jones Programme Budget pound50m (including 428FTEs) for 2014

(This shows the status of the Good for People indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

Whatrsquos the picture

Using the World Health Organisationrsquos Health Economic Assessment Tool an Economic Assessment of the Health

Benefits of Walking on the Wales Coast Path was carried out in 201314 The report was issued in November 2014 In

summary the findings were The economic value of the health benefits of walking on the path is pound183m per year with

pound35m of benefit per year directly attributed to the existence of the Wales Coast Path

What has been done so far to improve

We are currently developing a spatial prioritisation tool to help inform our decisions about where best to focus our

resources for maximum benefits including improving health and well-being

What will be done next to improve

The Recreation and Access Enabling Plan will inform and steer our future work on this area

Whatrsquos the picture

Most local authorities have insufficient green space within walking distance of the homes of most of their citizens Due

to the densely built up nature of many urban areas it will be impossible to achieve 100 compliance with this

indicator however it will be possible to increase the percentage compliance and to take action to ameliorate any

remaining deficiency by creating green walls roadside rain gardens (as part of sustainable urban drainage systems

like the one proposed for the Greener Grangetown project) planting street trees etc

What has been done so far to improve

All local authorities were offered grant aid by a legacy body to assess their accessible natural green space The Welsh

Government has adopted the Green Flag Awards as an indicator for their programme for government Local

authorities have developed supplementary planning guidance for green space and have included policies on access

to green space in their local development plans

What will be done next to improve

We have created a dataset of all green space in Wales and has made that available to all local authorities so they can

use it as a modern base-map of their own accessible natural green space We are working with Torfaen CBC to

update it We will use this as a case study to encourage all other local authorities to update their own data We wrote

to all local authorities which participated in the original accessible greenspace mapping work to offer to host a seminar

on how to ldquoground truthrdquo their data All local authority Local Development Plans (both adopted and in preparation)

were assessed for references to Accessible Natural Green Space and the summary of their provisions has been made

available to our staff Similarly a briefing on accessible natural green space for staff involved with Local Service

Boards has been prepared These actions will help us to encourage local authorities to either improve their policy

provision on green space provision or to implement that provision effectively

Whatrsquos the picture

We now have a draft lsquoVolunteering with NRW Policy Statementrsquo and staff guide in development

What has been done so far to improve

We now have a much better picture of directly managed volunteer numbers and staff involved and we are working to

improve data collection We now have a draft lsquoVolunteering with NRW Policy Statementrsquo and staff guide in

development

What will be done next to improve

We will be developing the Cyfoeth volunteering scheme having agreed the principles of the Cyfoeth umbrella scheme

last year The woodlands and you scheme will be taken forward by operations on a Wales wide basis supported by

Knowledge Strategy and Planning along with National Services This will include addressing the recommendations

from Internal Audit Audit Risk and Assurance Committee will retain oversight of the internal audit report response

Whatrsquos the picture

The current figure that can be reported stands at 789 educational settings supported This activity is predominantly

deliveredfacilitated by the Education Learning and Sector Skills Team It includes single visits Work Experience

Placements Teacher Training recorded self-led visits and Fishing with Schools Initiative

What has been done so far to improve

Education and Skills Enabling Plan completed Education Learning and Sector Skills webpage and intranet page

(webpages have been temporaily taken down) Leadership support for the development of the Cyfoeth Placement

scheme elements Inclusion of MSc and PhD records within this report

What will be done next to improve

Implementation of the Enabling Plan Implementation of the Cyfoeth Placement scheme elements Central booking

system for all direct delivery highlighted via Managers Monthly Guide and intranet Investiage the development of a

common NRW coding system for recording of our social programmes (if supported by the business)

What has been done so far to improve

A new contract has been let to undertake face to face surveys and an assessment of the economic impact to be

completed by November 2015 As part of the above work a Wales Coast Path User Survey is being carried out during

2014-15 These are due to be completed by November 2015

What will be done next to improve

The evaluation of the 2014-15 data and a comparative evaluation of data from the same type of survey carried out in

2011-13 will then be undertaken The final report is due by end of March 2016

Whatrsquos the picture

We are not yet in a position to establish the current position The data to support reporting against this indicator

potentially comes from a number of sources Value of our contracts awarded to provide services deliver goods on

land we own or manage (eg franchises mountain bike trail providers cafeacute and catering providers) and numbers of

jobs created and supported and traineesapprentices recruited Advice is needed on the development of a standard

jobs created calculation (eg one Full Time Equivalent is equivalent to poundX GVA numbers of and revenue generated

by commercial and social enterprises through Woodlands and You events activities and projects numbers of social

enterprises supported by Woodlands and You However data collection process are not yet developed sufficiently to

provide clear numbers and figures We are working with operational teams to support improved recording and

reporting

What has been done so far to improve

We are running a regional pilot in south Wales to bring currently unmanaged woodlands into management by working

with social and small local enterprises using the Woodlands and You scheme as the application and assessment

mechanism building and extending on the Wisewoods Wales work in Ceredigion

What will be done next to improve

We are working on our sustainable procurement strategy and will be able to report on the social and economic

outcomes of contracts awarded We are working to improve data collected through Mynediad We are now

commencing the GIS module roll-out across Wales that will enable us to set a baseline

Whatrsquos the picture

Comparing the results from the 2008 and the 2011 survey shows that there has been a significant increase in the

percentage of adults who have met the required level of physical activity through participation in outdoor recreation in

Wales In 2008 29 met the required target of 150 minutes of moderate to intensive physical activity per week This

increased significantly by 2011 to 32 of adults The results show that participation in outdoor recreation is helping

people to lsquoturn the curversquo and increase their physical activity levels and therefore improve their health Increased

physical activity has been proven to reduce obesity diabetes coronary heart disease and certain types of cancer

New NRW research has used the World Health Organisationrsquos Health Economic Assessment Tool to value the health

benefits of outdoor recreation Using the Wales Coast Path as a case study this innovative research found that health

benefits of walking on the path was pound183m per year

What Good looks like people are safe and enjoy and benefit from our natural resources and understand their relevance in our day to day lives

In summary

- Construction of flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Rhymney Tidal Embankment Mawldan Weir and Penclawdd have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties

- The 2011 Wales Outdoor Recreation Survey shows an increase to 32 in the percentage of adults who have met the required level of physical activity through participation in outdoor recreation in Wales

- A new contract has been let to undertake face to face surveys and an assessment of the economic impact of the Wales Coast Path

- We are running a regional pilot in south Wales to bring currently unmanaged woodlands into management by working with social and small local enterprises

- We have delivered 789 educational settings supported Our education enambling plan has been approved and we continue to develop the Cyfoeth (Cyfle) Placement scheme

Whatrsquos the picture

Construction on the flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Penclawdd Rhymney Tidal Embankment and

Mawldan Weir have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties Our Flood Risk Capital budget

was pound182 million this year We have over 200 projects in the capital programme

What has been done so far to improve

Construction of flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Rhymney Tidal Embankment Mawldan Weir and

Penclawdd have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties

What will be done next to improve

Work will continue on schemes to be delivered in 201516 Those include Risca Dolgellau Isca Road Newton and

ffordd Isa

What partners share accountability for achieving Good for Peoplerdquo

Each of us in Wales including Local Communities

(particularly residents in areas at risk of flooding)

Greenspace volunteers

Third Sector including NGOrsquos (particularly Sustrans

and The Ramblers) Agored Cymru

Private Sector including None identified for this grouping

Public Sector including Welsh Government (Health

Improvement Division) Public Health Wales Sport Wales Local Authorities Visit Wales National Park Authorities

What other data do we need to see if Good for Peoplerdquo is being delivered

Two greenspace datasets combined

Updated Welsh OutdoorRecreation Survey

Improved volunteer data More complete educational

Progress towards Good for People

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good for People mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good for People Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Amber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Amber - AmberDevelop and launch programme working with others linking with

priorities of other stakeholders

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities

amp Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Green Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan publishedRecreation and Access Strategy and Action

Plan published

+ Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implementedFour green one amber (amber waste data

systems programme)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

+ Amber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green 10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood risk18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenReduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector year

on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Tim Jones Programme Budget pound50m (including 428FTEs) for 2014

We have increased the level of protection for 467 properties as well as providing over 150 properties with property level protection

Schemes have been completed at Swansea Vale Penclawdd Rhymney Tidal Embankment and Mwldan Weir

Next year we will be delivering schemes at Risca Dolgellau Isca Road Newton and Ffordd Isa with over 600 properties benefitting from a

reduced risk of flooding We will also be continuing with the development of future schemes at Roath Crindau Portland Grounds and

Tabbs Gout

Total substantiated (following attendance) Category12 incidents for year 201314 was 115

Total substantiated (following attendance) Category 12 incidents for year 201415 was 96 a reduction of 165

Work to establish the baseline patterns for premises type pollutant and cause for all significant and major incidents across Wales has

been completed for the year 201314 Incident data for the year 201415 is now being analysed against this baseline data

The baseline data and that for incidents to November in 201415 has been shared with Strategic and Operations Incident Management

Groups This data for the year 201415 is now being compared to the baseline data and again will be used to highlight any trends and

inform risk registers policies campaigns and where necessary to identify if further effort needs to be targeted at specific sectors

There was steady improvement through the year when compared with the baseline figure at the start of the reporting year A combination

of reviewing the asset data and asset repairs brought a fall in the number of failing assets from 105 at the start of the year to 44 at the end

of March 2015 a reduction of 58 South East Area followed South West in reaching the target of 99 passing while North Area made

good progress towards the 99 target in recent months When combining all three areas together the overall the target of 99 was

achieved

Teams will continue to get regular updates in the coming months on failing assets that require repair The systems and policies that we

have in place will be evaluated in the coming year This will include addressing the legacy strategies policies and procedures we currently

use in managing our assets This will ensure that they are suitable and appropriate in Wales and will help us to focus our efforts on those

assets that are of highest flood risk importance

Engagement within identified high risk areas continues and two community flood plans have been completed and three communities have

been signed off

We led an article in the British Horse Society magazine to give practical advice tailored to horse livery and stable (business) owners on

how to protect their horses and livelihoodsrsquo in the event of a flood

We have discussed producing materials for Older People around flooding with Older People Co-ordinators

Wales Young Farmers have also shared our webpages and messages within their monthly newsletter encouraging members to check

their flood risk We continue to work with Dangerpoint safety centre and support the work they do to educate children and transient

populations

We formally launched our Flood Awareness Wales Lead Facebook page

We will work within 24 high risk communities across Wales to increase awareness and preparedness for flooding and will continue to work

with 14 communities until they can be signed off as completed

We plan to strengthen our Flood Plan Lead (FPL) Volunteer network across Wales

We will look into emotional and psychological health support available in Wales for those who have experienced flooding

- Contributed to the development of the Cyfoeth scheme which will include our volunteering programme

- Volunteering Programme drafted Developed our Communities and Regeneration Enabling Plan ndash approved by the Board in March 2015

- Undertaken a baseline survey of numbers and roles of volunteers directly managed by our staff

- Secured resources for and completed the development of the Good for People GIS Toolkit - a spatial targeting methodology to inform the

focus and delivery of NRWrsquos social programmes

- Launched our worldrsquos first Tree Cover in Walesrsquo Towns and Cities study at the Climate Change Commission for Wales meeting in

September and started the production of county specific reports

- Secured resources for established a partnership and undertaken an i-Tree survey of the urban forest in the Tawe catchment to assess

the ecosystem services of urban trees in the NRM Trial Area The findings will contribute to the overall NRM trial catchment datasets and

inform future decision making and will demonstrate the significant ecosystem services that trees provide

- Established a similar network and carried out an i-Tree Eco study in Bridgend County Boroughrsquos urban areas

- Disseminate and support delivery of the Communities and Regeneration Enabling Plan

- Support development of the Cyfoeth scheme and NRWrsquos volunteering policy and programme within it

- Support development and delivery of the NRW-wide extension of the Woodlands and You scheme - Mynediad

- Deliver training and briefing sessions on the Good for People GIS Toolkit and support its use by the business

- Work with the partnerships and Forest research to produce and disseminate i-Tree Eco reports for both the Tawe Catchment and

Bridgend County Borough ensuring that the results inform the NRM pilots and developing Area Plans

- Develop county specific canopy cover reports using data from the all-Wales survey

- Continue to explore options for completing the all-Wales Access to Natural Green space data set

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per

sector using a prioritised risk based approach

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk

Management Capital Programme

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk

management assets prioritising our efforts on

those which counter the highest risks

[P] We develop and deliver our Recreation and Access

Strategy

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government

(Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights of Way

Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste

data systems)

We have published the findings of the Health Economic Assessment Tool for the Wales Coast Path

Rights of Way Improvement Plan Funding Programme offer letters for 201415 were issued to local authorities output reports data from

201314 collated and reports finalised and shared with stakeholders

Local Authorities within the Flymapper trial have recorded over five thousand fly tipping incidents during 201415 giving a spatial

representation of the hotspots

Twncarmel Merthyr multi-agency approach to clear persistent Fly Tipping problem has resulted in clearance preventative measures

installed and the land has been donated to the community to be developed as a community resource

We have developed ITdata systems to ensure waste data and quality meets Welsh Government requirements

In developing waste flow evidence for problematic waste a significant amount of crosschecking of data has been undertaken to assess

where issues lie The waste flow tool was developed and trialled and the tool finalised

Judges training has been undertaken for the Green Flag Awards and judges have been allocated to sites which have applied for Awards

We have established a new contract for face to face surveys and economic assessment of the Wales Coast Path Transition

arrangements for the management for the path will start in April with longer term developments implemented during 201516

We have agreed with Welsh Government to continue delivery of the waste data project in 201516

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership

Funding

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk

and what actions they need to take

What Good looks like people are safe and enjoy and benefit from our natural resources and understand their relevance in our day to day lives

In Summary

- Recreation and Access Communities and Regeneration plus Education Strategies have been approved and are ready for implementation in 201516

- Launched our Tree Cover in Walesrsquo Towns and Cities study at the Climate Change Commission for Wales and started the production of county specific reports

- We have developed our new approach to partnership funding

- Flood and Coastal Risk Management Asset condition continues to improve and we met our target of 99

- We have increased the level of protection against flooding for 467 properties

- We achieved a 165 reduction in serious incidents over the previous year

- We have exceeded our target to raise peoples awareness of their flood risk (18884 at March 2015 against a 10000 target)

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve

learning in and about the natural environment plus

linking to the curriculum and wider learning

opportunities

The draft Strategy Paper Results Based Accounting document and Action Plan table were approved at the February Board meeting

There were delays to their final production as a result of gathering additional information that it was felt would enhance the full suite of

papers and be able to evidence and monitor this work going forward

The target is amber due to the delay in bringing the strategy to the Board whilst additional information was gathered We will commence

implementation in 201516

[P] We work with others to improve local

environmental quality including for disadvantaged

communities

Progress towards Good for Business

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Be - Generating Income

Programme Director Trefor Owen Programme Budget pound34m (including 388FTEs) for 2014

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like a location of choice for business and enterpriseand a place where best practice environmentalmanagement is adpoted and

encouraged

Good for Business - In summary

- We have improved our position in responding to planning applications during the year achieving the required 90 within time during the final four months of the reporting year Our overall performance for the year was 81

- We met our target to issue 90 of permit applications within the determination period

- We are aware of 59 illegal waste sites in Wales We have introduced a focused Waste and Industry Team and the lsquoonce in Wales Enforcement department from April 2015

- We met our gross income target of pound16m for the year achieving pound177m

Whatrsquos the picture

Target has been met

What has been done so far to improve

Continue to submit cases for staff replacements Identify where teams are under resourced and need additional staff

Identify where internal consultation is not responding within set timescales Introduced new way of working for

hydropower applications to streamline the determination process

What will be done next to improve

Use process evaluation to streamline permitting regimes with specific focus on internal consultation

(This shows the status of the Good for Business indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

Whatrsquos the picture

There has been an increase in the number of waste sites Waste sites are put in compliance bands A-F with F being

the poorest performing Wales has 46 permitted waste sites in compliance bands D E or F (poor performers) for 2013

The bulk of the poor performing sites (36) are within the waste treatment sector with 21 of these in the non-hazardous

waste sub-sector

What has been done so far to improve

An improving compliance group has been set up as a sub-group of Regulatory Business Board The group has

delivered two detailed reports on Permitted Waste Site Compliance and review of waste fires to look at the reasons

behind the poor performing D E and F sites and root causes of waste fires at permitted sites

Training has been delivered to regulatory officers to improve knowledge and confidence of assessing compliance at

permitted waste sitesA joint workshop with Welsh Government has been help to agree challenges and identify

solutions (Policy legislative operational)

What will be done next to improve

Actions have been identified and will be implemented

Whatrsquos the picture

At the end of 14-15 NRW was aware of 59 illegal waste sites in Wales

What has been done so far to improve

The introduction of the focused Waste and Industry reg teams in Operations across Wales

What will be done next to improve

The lsquoonce in Wales Enforcement department from April 2015

Whatrsquos the picture

We achieved the target in the final reporting period largely by giving particular attention to response times The

improvements to our approach guidance and processes that we implement during 2015 will help us turn this into a

sustainable improvement and start to focus on the effectiveness of our advice in 201516 Please note that casework

data for Mid Wales are included in the data for South Operations Region and that the difference between consultations

received and responses submitted reflects in part (i) those applications which have been sent by the LPAs but do not

meet our agreed criteria for comment and (ii) work in progress

What will be done next to improve

Now the new finance system is in place we will review the breakdown of the overall figure to ensure all commercial

income is included in 201516

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What has been done so far to improve

Timeliness The lsquobuildrsquo phase in developing the new ICT system is underway and due to complete in the Summer We

published our Service Statement on our website and shared it with key customers The Statement clarifies what our

customers can expect from us and what we expect from them to enable us provide a timely and evidence-based

response We revised our instruction to staff on what to comment on when we are consulted This fine tunes our risk

based approach and will help us to target our advice in a consistent way We have shared this with Planning Officers

Society Wales (POSW) Welsh Government and Local Planning Authorities We have improved our timeliness by

improving focus on response times and will be able to make this a sustainable improvement as we complete the full

suite of improvements to our processes and approaches The transition to medium longer term sustainable ways of

working We brought all the staff working in the NRW planning service across Wales together for a 2 day event to set

the context for the new NRW service communicate our strategic objectives for our planning advice embed culture

change hear from external customers and raise awareness of new internal instruction and guidance that is being rolled-

out to support the delivery of this service We held trainings sessions for 60 staff on the Development Consent Order

process for Nationally Significant Infrastructure Projects (NSIP) and our role within this Nationally Significant

Infrastructure regime We have rolled-out new internal guidance to support the planning service eg NSIP Quick Guide

Call-in guidance and a guide on NRWrsquos approach on how climate change implications should be considered for

development proposals within areas of high flood risk

What will be done next to improve

We will Work with WG to inform the implementation of the provisions of the Planning (Wales) Bill which relate to the

role of statutory consultees Progress operational guidance for identified priority subject-areas including standard

advice for developments of lower risk to bats and landscape considerations for small and single wind turbines and

Implement the new ICT system and test Develop a training programme to further embed culture change in our

planning service Continue to meet with national and local stakeholders to seek feedback on our planning service and

inform our future measures for further improvement Develop options for charging for non-statutory advice to support

the resources required to provide this service Put in place a mid-Wales planning advice team

Whatrsquos the picture

The income figure is pound177m

What has been done so far to improve

NA

What partners share accountability for achieving Good for Businessrdquo

Each of us in Wales including None identified for this grouping

Third Sector including None identified for this grouping

Private Sector including Companies Operators Permit Applicants

Public Sector including Local Authorities PINS MMO (Marine Management

What other data do we need to see if Good for Businessrdquo is being delivered

Nothing currently identified

Progress towards Good for Business

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good for Business measures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good for Business Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green - Green Review charging schemes201516 Charging Scheme published on our

website (2nd April)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or service

level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or

voluntary determination period)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

We have drafted an action plan for the

development of the Permitting Service for

delivery in 201516 onwards

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenReport new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place

on our managed estate

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenWind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3 larch)Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing

(including 267000m3 larch)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Trefor Owen Programme Budget pound34m (including 388FTEs) for 2014

We have held all our open market sales and offered the volumes of timber that we advertised to our customers in Feb 2014 The balance

of our volume has been offered through our suite of long term contracts

Our commitment has been fully met although we have not as yet signed the last long term contract for larch and have fallen short by

65000 on this measure However the larch volume has been brought forward in other species and the overall sales plan commitment has

been met Continue to market at the same sort of levels to achieve our 201516 budgeted targets

We will continue to try to conclude the final long term contract if we are unsuccessful in the next 23 months then the volume will be

reoffered to the market

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to

streamline the service we provide for customers

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like a location of choice for business and enterpriseand a place where best practice environmentalmanagement is adpoted and

encouraged

In Summary

- We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April following a public consulation and obtaining Board and Ministerial approvals

- We have determined 90 of permits licences and consent to timescale (statutory or voluntary determination period)

- We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards

- We are facilitating commercial opportunities for renewables mobile infrastructure holidays gas and timber

- We are supporting six wind and five hydropower energy developments

- We have put to market 869166m3 over bark standing of timber (including 267000m3 larch)

We market timber from the Welsh Government

woodland estate in accordance with our marketing

strategy

We develop a single permitting licensing and

consenting service based on common standards and

processes

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities

including renewable energy generation as well as

recreation and tourism opportunities

We submitted a paper to Februaryrsquos NRWrsquos Board meeting detailing the consultation responses we received and gained their approval of

our final Charging Scheme proposals

We gained Ministerial approval for our 201516 Charging Scheme in March

We published our Charging Scheme Consultation Response on our website at the end of March

We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April

bull Overall the Wind Energy Programme is progressing in line with Developers plans with three of the six Projects in the Development Phase

and actual Option Fee income for FY1415 was pound57m We met with the Crown Estates and toured Pen y Cymoedd looking at potential

energy project synergies between the two organisations We are also pursuing the Energy Park Concept at Pen y Cymoedd We continue

to deal with Developer requests for access which cover wind solar and unconventional gas energy developments

bull Discussions are taking place to assess the possibilities of establishing a small scale wind turbine programme with the potential to expand

into other renewables where possible

bull The Small Scale Hydro Programme has met its target of five schemes enabled

bull We have identified potential biomass supply from mid Wales and will now work to market this

bull We have provided Welsh Government with a submission setting out the opportunities that the Green Growth Fund might be able to help

realise

bull Negotiation are continuing surrounding the development of Forest Holidays and Camping in the Forest at Beddgelert Garwnant and Coed

y Brenin

bull We are currently in discussion over the potential to repeat the woodland creation and carbon capture project on a second site

bull We continue to work closely with Welsh Government and DCMS to roll out the Mobile Infrastructure Project to provide coverage to lsquonot-

spotrsquo rural areas

bull It has been an extremely buoyant year for Timber sales and this has enabled the published Timber sale open market volumes to be fully

met We have increased our customer base this year and our sales of ldquonicherdquo products including the potential supply of cedar for shed and

garden product manufacture

bull The filming unit promotion has commenced with the establishment of a bespoke email address

bull We have met with Sport Wales and have agreed a plan to work in tandem over the Tryweren Centre

bull The first five Field Sports parcels are being prepared for tender and investigations into the remaining potential for NRW managed land are

ongoing

bull We will review our visitor centres to ensure they realise enterprise and income generating opportunities that are appropriate to site

bull Our Enterprise and Business Transformation Programme has been established and will be tasked with building an enterprise culture

prioritising opportunities and freeing up resources to deliver enterprising projects

[P] We support the wind energy programme and

deliver our hydropower programme on land that

we manage

We determine permits licences and consents

meeting the statutory determination or service

level agreement period timescale

We are now beginning the work programme to deliver our 201618 Charging Scheme

We have continued with monthly reporting and analysis of performance across a range of individual regimes to identify under performance

Where this is identified then measures have been taken to attempt to correct the issue We have agreed a workforce plan for the service as

a way of addressing the current level of turnover replacing vacated posts quickly with people with the right skills This has meant that we

are having to put forward recruitment requirements regularly and on occasion to recruit externally

We continue to work with Operations colleagues to ensure that they understand the impact on this target so that the internal consultations

for permit applications are returned within required timescales

We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards In addition we have

commenced work on a number of areas including -

We have begun developing a single identity as the NRW Permitting Service

We have developed a single set of Priorities Principle and Values

We have commissioned work to examine opportunities for efficiencies streamlining of permitting processes This will form part of the

Transformation Programme - Improving efficiency and service delivery

We have made some organisation changes with the Spp SSSI and Woodland Regulation administration teams reporting to a single Team

Leader

Work to examine opportunities for efficiencies streamlining of permitting processes will form part of the Transformation Programme -

Improving efficiency and service delivery

Wind Wind Energy Programme is progressing in line with Developers plans with three of the six Projects in the Development Phase

Hydro We have enabled five schemes to be constructed by March 15 One is constructed and operational two are under construction and

two are awaiting commencement of construction

Programme continues in 201516

Progress towards Good Organisation

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Oa- Customer and

stakeholder satisfaction

Ob - Staff Engagement Index

Od - Achievement of

revised business case

Oe - Reduced

organisational carbon

footprint

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What has been done so far to improve

Progress to deliver the Change Programme has created savings and includes Exit from Environment Agency head

office non-ICT services on vesting da Exit since vesting day from 19 transitional services provided by the

Environment Agency and Forestry Commission worth pound26M per annum Business process improvements include

significant planned savings from sample collection planning advice and permitting functions Short term rationalisation

of offices and depots Removing almost all staff off the Forestry Commission and Environment Agency ICT

infrastructure

What will be done next to improve

Further progress with the Change Programme that will set up savings including Further rationalisation of offices and

depots to conclude the short term programme Continue work to exit transitional services worth another approx pound5M

in 201516 Complete the second Voluntary Exit Schemewith the aim of realising further annual savings Fully

establish the continuous improvement programme to deliver efficiencies over the next 2 years

Whatrsquos the picture

- Our baseline carbon footprint amounts to 7699 tCO2e

- The main elements of our carbon footprint last year related to the use of vehicles we own electricity use and the

(contracted out) use of construction aggregate Over 5000 tonnes of CO2e related to these three areas

- The nine month figures shown (including estimates for some elements) suggest we have used ~64 of our carbon

budget for the year

- We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

What has been done so far to improve

We have been working to

- Engage our staff through training and delivering workshops to our leaders

- Reduce emissions from travel and transport by minimising UK internal flights increasing our use of biodiesel

reducing our fleet emissions reducing the need for travel through increased audioweb conferencing

- Rationalise our building estate in line with our accommodation strategy

- Roll out of new IT (improving our audioweb conferencing capabilities)

- Regional EMS committees being established For 201415 we targeted a reduction in our travel and building energy

related carbon footprint of 5

What will be done next to improve

- Applying sustainability risk assessments to new contracts (over pound25k)

- Engaging stakeholders and publishing our core EMS documentation

- We will continue to report on our carbon footprint internally on a quarterly basis (using estimates if necessary to do

so)

Whatrsquos the picture

We are on target for the cash-realisable benefit The accumulation of savings over the 10 years remains very

sensitive to relatively small changes in the annual savings in these early years The scenario planning shows that

although we are on target there should be emphasis on the need to maintain a strong focus on making efficiencies

releasing money by exiting transitional services controlling costs and making sure implement plans to deliver the

benefits The analysis that underpins this indicator is based on information available at the end of March 2015 The

lsquoyear endrsquo figures available in June will improve the forecast

What will be done next to improve

The Board has considered the scope of a NRW Customer Care Strategy and provided its feedback on the

development of the strategy NRW needs to finalise its discussions concerning the development and implementation

of the NRW Customer Care Strategy

Whatrsquos the picture

We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate which for our first survey

was really encouraging and showed our staff engagement index to be 48

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

In summary

-Customer and Stakeholder satisfaction will be developed as part of our Customer Focus Programme in 201516

-We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate and a staff engagement indexof 48 We are looking at how we can improve and set a target for next year

-We have reviewed our position against benchmarks and will now be setting targets for future years

-We remain on target to achieve the 10 year cash realisable savings through NRWs creation Further progress will be made with the Change Programme

-We have used ~64 of our annual carbon budget in the first nine months of the year We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

Whatrsquos the picture

The indicator is yet been developed (the baseline will be established by the first customer satisfaction survey for

regulated business that will seek views on the change in service since before NRW)

What has been done so far to improve

We have committed to continuing to work to Customer Care and Service Standards

(This shows the status of the Good Organisation indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

What has been done so far to improve

We should all be focused on how we build on the good work and take action to make improvements There are some

clear messages from the survey which are understandable given that NRW is only two years old and the scale of

change has been huge The results identified a number of positives Staff are interested in their roles and enjoy

challenges the skill levels are very good and most enjoy having the support of their Line Managers and camaraderie

of their colleagues But there were a number of challenges to address the pace and amount of change cross-

organisational working leadership clarity of our organisational objectives and purpose and the learning and

development opportunities on offer

What will be done next to improve

We are looking at how we can increase the staff engagement index to 58 an increase of 10 (target is to be

confirmed)

Whatrsquos the picture

We have presented ourselves against benchmarks for a number of support services including Finance Procurement

Human Resources Information Technology Communications Legal Services and Accommodation using the latest

available (2009) Cabinet Office data and guidance With only one exception we are positioned within the benchmark

range or slightly below it The exception is the area of office space we occupy in relation to the number of staff we

employ

What has been done so far to improve

We have centrally compiled the benchmarks to ensure consistency and have included additional sectors of our

business for a broader picture

What will be done next to improve

We will set targets for each area and programme an annual update of the benchmarks to coincide with our annual

budgeting and planning cycle We will seek to find more recent data to benchmark against and will additionally

consider our performance ambition We will explore why we appear to have more office space than expected

considering how this will be addressed by the plan contained in our Accommodation Strategy or if there is any issue

with how we are compiling our data

What partners share accountability for achieving a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo_

Each of us in Wales including Customers of NRW

Third Sector including Customers of NRW

Private Sector including Customers of NRW

Public Sector including Environment Agency Forestry Commission

What other data do we need to see if a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo is being delivered

We need to construct and run a customer and stakeholder survey

Outcomescore of next staff engagement index

Progress towards Good Organisation

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Organisation mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good OrganisationPeriod 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber - AmberAchieve business case benefits relating to the creation of Natural

Resources Walespound145M (91 complete)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targetsProcurement strategy and quick wins

delivered

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

+ Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report)

indicates 5 reduction is on track

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Sublet Ynysybwl tractor shed Progress to the implementation phase of the Llanelli Laboratory project

Complete the options appraisal for Mid-Wales by August 2015

Complete options appraisals for four regional lsquohubsrsquo (South West South East North West and North East) by September 2015 There a

number of rationalisation projects that had been identified as lsquoquick winsrsquo but are on hold because of local concerns about the degree to

which the project would require changes to legacy ways of working

We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits in September 2014 amp March 2015

In 201415 - 33 nonconformities of legal and other compliance obligations were raised these have now been corrected and actions taken

to prevent reoccurrence

30 of NRW staff have received specific targeted EMS awareness pollution incident and waste training

7 of 8 directorate leadership teams have received EMS training

9 month emissions report indicates we are on track to meet our 5 carbon reduction target

We are going to integrate forestry operations within the scope of the EMS in 201516 Site visits at WSO civils and WHaM sites are

already scheduled

We will ensure all staff receive EMS awareness training

Handover of Transition projects - All Transition areas identified continuing work requirements ICT application transitiontransformation ndash

further 63 projects Service exits ndash further 9 this year business as usual work continued by a Transformation Portfolio

We have sold Three Cocks Depot (Brecon) Frobisher Road Depot (Newport) and Merlinrsquos Bridge Depot (Haverfordwest))

We have vacated and disposed of Beechwood House (Llandeilo) Unit 3 Cantref Court (Abergavenny) Glan Y Nant (Mold) Drake Walk

(Cardiff) Chirk Depot and Granada Park (Llangattock) We have vacated and mothballed Llanion House (Haverfordwest) Plas Penrhos

(Bangor) Mawddach Hatchery (Dolgellau) Maerdy Hatchery (Corwen) and the Ceinws site (Corris) We are working closely with the

Estates Team to secure the disposal of these sites As a result of these actions we have generated capital receipts of pound236K and we are

making annual savings of pound360K on our building running costs

The Business Case for the Llanelli Laboratory project has been completed and will be presented to ET for their approval in mid-April 2015

Significant progress has been made on the Mid-Wales options appraisal The preliminary feasibility study has been completed and the

Project Board is now in place

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our

environmental management and work towards being

an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and

- Developed NRW Procurement Strategy to 2017 (input provided by Executive Team in February 2015)

- We have undertaken a considerable amount of work on the Civil Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) which will be in place later

this year As part of this we are instigating a pilot on the use of community benefits A series of supplier engagement events for this

Framework have already been undertaken in conjunction with Business Wales

- Quick wins continue to be developed within our Welsh Government Procurement Maturity Model Improvement Plan

- We have secured early adopter status with WG for use of the E-procurement maturity model and benefits tracker following us arranging

for WG to present to FCS Leadership Team (who subsequently agreed to proceed) We have in place a technology action plan that will

evolve over FY1516

- Undertaken and completed the Procurement Team Change Programme

- Baselined ldquoNRW procurementrdquo by applying the WG Procurement Maturity Model and are continuing to implement the subsequent

improvement plan as well as developing a number of procurement KPIrsquos Value Wales have agreed to undertake an independent progress

review in 201516 Details of the improvement plan to which we refer are outlined in Section 43 of the Procurement Strategy

- We regularly attend Directorate Leadership Team Meetings to consult on our improvement plan and to better understand Directorate

requirements (for the short medium and long term We have developed a Procurement Pipeline (Contract Forward Plans) to help

Directorates to secure best value for money and to provide greater visibility of opportunities for the supply base (including Welsh SMErsquos)

- We are the Welsh Government Sponsored Bodiesrsquo Sector representative on the National Procurement Service Delivery Group and we

continue to explore potential options with NPS across the range of their categories

- We have established a Governance Plan for procurement detailing the project milestones for the rewrite and implementation of new

thresholds templates rules and procedures for procurement across the whole of NRW

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the

workforce

We deliver our accommodation strategy

We deliver procurement that achieves value for

money sustainability and facilitates opportunities

for Welsh SMEs

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

A second voluntary exit scheme

Completed the short term programme of opportunities to vacate and dispose of offices and depots

Exited 29 of the 40 transitional services as of the end of 201415

Made good progress with continuous improvement programmes that free up staff time including halving the effort required to process

each application for hydropower permits and reaching the development planning advice service targets for responding within agreed

deadlines

We are on target to deliver our ICT services for pound6M in place of the pound8M baseline cost

Exit the remaining transitional services and aim to reduce some of the enduring services as well

Implement the full accommodation strategy to complete the reduction from 80 sites to 40 sites

The portfolio of transformation programmes including a much larger range of LEAN process improvement projects as part of the

continuous improvement programme

Development

- Focusing on the delivery of community benefits through contracting and reporting on the outcomes delivered to include the Civil

Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) pilot

- Develop an e-procurement strategy and technology plan which will scope a project to encompass the Investigation of available options to

maximise the use of e-Procurement capability and to satisfy upcoming legislative requirements (by engaging with the WG e-Procurement

Infrastructure Programme)

Engagement

- Develop plans to increase opportunities for Welsh SMEs to compete for NRW contracts ensuring our procurement practices are

appropriate for SMErsquos and larger scale enterprises and establish and measure contract opportunities made available to SMErsquos

EfficiencyValue for Money

- Identify opportunities for benefits and efficiencies taking a lead role in identifying and measuring opportunities for benefits and

efficiencies

Procurement Governance

- Review the impact of the changes to the procurement process via the 2015 Amendment to EU Procurement Directives implement the

new directives and accommodate any applicable changes or obligations

- Measure and report on the percentage of influenceable spend channelled through a compliant route (target 100)

- Develop a first stage Procurement Assurance Model

In Summary

- We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single system

- Our forecast for Business Case benefits is pound145m which is 9 below target however we are still developing further efficiencies

- There were two lost time incidents to our employees ithis year We have developed a 3 year Wellbeing Health amp Safety (WHS) programme to improve our performance from 2015 onwards

- We have reduced the number of properties we use with nine disposed of and five mothballed We now have 65 operational sites

- We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits Based on our 9 month carbon footprint position we expect to meet our 5 reduction target for this year

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support

and customer care to both staff and customers

What we have done so far As of 1 March the first two phases of MyNRW are live which sees NRW able to raise requisitions and approve

purchase orders through workflow We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single

system We are also producing financial and management reports for internal and external reporting

What we are going to do next Developments include scoping out the Project Costing amp Billing module revisions to Product Codes

increased use of workflow and enhancing our reporting capability

We plan and allocate resources to business

priorities and achieve performance reporting that

drives continuous improvements

24 Workstreams ndash in excess of 104 projects

- All of our key objectives within the projects and programmes to create our standalone capability have been delivered m any of these

represent an outstanding achievement

- Some slippage in more complex areas

- Service exits - 43 EA services down to 17 at end of 201516 year 17 FCGB services down to 5 at end of 201516 year

- 1600 ICT applicationssystems down to 400 at end of March 2015

- Benefits

- Achievedforecast - pound145m [pound129m cash releasing pound16m non cash] so far compared to pound158m business case target

We deliver our transition projects to help establish

our standalone capability

Business Plan Dashboard

201415 report 1st April 2014 - 31st March 2015

Good Knowledge Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] [I] We develop Walesrsquo approach to integrated natural resource management Amber Amber uarr GreenWe will now report learning from the trials to support

scrutiny of the Environment Bill

[P] [I] We work with Welsh Government to develop funding mechanisms to support

integrated natural resource managementGreen Green - Green

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

[P] We work with Welsh Government to develop natural resources policy including delivery

of a State of Natural Resources reportAmber Amber uarr Green

Develop interim report by November 2014

(first full report September 2016) Interim report has now been developed

We review our monitoring strategy and apply recommendations to our operational work Amber Green - GreenReview and implement our monitoring analysis and reporting

programmeProject governance has been finalised

We assess our abilities so that we are able to effectively engage with the public and share

our technical advice and expertise with others or seek support where requiredGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off October 2014 Operate

rolling customer insight programme

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

We develop our ability to better explain and communicate complex issues to a wide range

of stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off and Rolling customer

insight programme providing reports

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

A Good Environment Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

We ensure the sustainable management of land and water we manage Amber Amber uarr GreenActions resolved arising from NNR and WGWE audit

Maintain UKWAS accreditation

Actions resolved and UKWAS accreditation

maintained

[P] We work with others to improve connectivity and restoration of priority habitats

and their linkages as part of integrated natural resource management plansGreen Green - Green Complete Level 2 Connectivity mapping by December 2014 Level 2 mapping first draft completed for all habitats

We ensure climate change adaptation is embedded in all areas of our work Green Green - GreenApply parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance to our organisation by March 2015

Parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance applied

[P] We will play our part and work with others to halt biodiversity loss in order to help ensure

that by 2020 ecosystems are more resilientGreen Green darr Red 80 of our actions underway or complete 63 actions underwaycomplete from July work plan

We will develop our approach to pollinators NA Green darr AmberImplement a programme of measures on NRW sites by 31

March 2015

[P] The condition of features on sites improves

(ie Indicator Ee Marine terrestrial and freshwater environment)Red Red - Red

Condition of features of marine terrestrial and freshwater

Natura 2000 sites

33 of marine 24 of terrestrial and 26 of

freshwater features are in favourable condition

[P] The water environment improves (ie Indicator Ea Water environment) Indicator Indicator - RAG - NAComplance with good status under the Water Framework

Directive

Compliance with good status under the Water

Framework Directive = 37

We manage outbreaks of plant health pests and diseases Green Green - GreenImplement control plans on the Welsh Government Woodland

Estate

Helicopter surveillance for P ramorum completed 60

sites found to be positive and notices have been

served on 417ha

[I] We consider streamlined innovative approaches Amber Green - GreenDevelop and support approaches that demonstrate innovation

collaboration and best practice

We ensure accurate information on flood risk is available to the public and

stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Publish flood maps (in quarter one) capital and maintenance

programmes (in quarter two)

Published flood maps (in quarter one) capital and

maintenance programmes (in quarter two)

Good for People Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve learning in and about the natural

environment plus linking to the curriculum and wider learning opportunitiesAmber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

[P] We work with others to improve local environmental quality including for

disadvantaged communitiesGreen Amber - Amber

Develop and launch programme working with others linking

with priorities of other stakeholders

[P] We develop and deliver our Access and Recreation Strategy along with our Marketing

FrameworkGreen Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan published

Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan

published

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government (Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights

of Way Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste data systems)Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implemented

Four green one amber (amber waste data systems

programme)

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership Funding Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk management assets prioritising our

efforts on those which counter the highest risksAmber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk and what actions they need to take Green Green - Green10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood

risk

18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk Management Capital Programme Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per sector using a prioritised risk based

approachAmber Green - Green

Reduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector

year on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Good for Business Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to streamline the service we provide for

customersGreen Green - Green Review charging schemes

201516 Charging Scheme published on our website

(2nd April)

We fulfil our role as statutory consultee in responding to planning consultations

(ie Indicator Bd Our role as statutory consultee)Red Red uarr Amber Respond to 90 consultations within agreed timescale

We determine permits licences and consents meeting the statutory determination or

service level agreement period timescaleAmber Amber uarr Green

90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or

service level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or voluntary

determination period)

We develop a single permitting licensing and consenting service based on common

standards and processesGreen Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities including renewable energy

generation as well as recreation and tourism opportunitiesGreen Green - Green

Report new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place on

our managed estate

[P] We support the wind energy programme and deliver our hydropower programme

on land that we manageGreen Green - Green

Wind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

We market timber from the Welsh Government woodland estate in accordance with

our marketing strategyGreen Green - Green

Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3

larch)

Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing (including

267000m3 larch)

We generate income from our enterprise activities

(ie Indicator Be Generating income)Green Green - Green pound16m pound177m

Good Organisaton Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support and customer care to both staff and

customersGreen Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

We plan and allocate resources to business priorities and achieve performance

reporting that drives continuous improvementsAmber Amber - Amber pound145M (91 complete)

We deliver our transition projects to help establish our standalone capability Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

We deliver procurement that achieves value for money sustainability and facilitates

opportunities for Welsh SMEsGreen Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targets Procurement strategy and quick wins delivered

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the workforce Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

We deliver our accommodation strategy Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our environmental management and work towards

being an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and waterAmber Green - Green

ISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report) indicates

5 reduction is on track

We all have confidence in our collective success

(ie Indicator Ob Staff engagement index)Indicator Indicator - RAG - NA 7 (out of 10)

Staff survey completed in early 2015 giving a

baseline engagement index of 48 which will

provide scope for improvement in 201516

trend columns uarr An up arrow indicates an improvement since the last assessment

- A flat line indicates no significant change since with the last assessment

darr A down arrow indicates a decline since with the last assessment

status columns Red This indicates we are not where we planned we should be

Amber This indicates we are nearly on target (within 10)

Green This indicates we are on target

font styles

Italic Related to an area of Corporate Risk

tags Reputation related measures

Partnership working related measures

Innovation related measures[I]

Achieve business case benefits relating to the creation of

Natural Resources Wales

Ministerial priority

[R]

Bold

underline

Report learning from three integrated natural resource

management trials (Dyfi Rhondda Tawe) to Welsh

Government by March 2015

This dashboard reflects progress against measures and indicators from our wider performance framework It is used to provide a single page at a glance summary of performance in key areas

We track performance for the items on this dashboard and also review performance three times a year with at open public sessions with our Board (in October February and May)

Key

This dashboard is one part of our Performance Framework 40 items (35 measures and 5 indicators) are included on this dashboard

[Formatted as A3 portrait If printed does not need to be printed in colour]

[P]

Approaches being supported including Greener

Grangetown

We have drafted an action plan for the development

of the Permitting Service for delivery in 201516

onwards

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities amp

Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Responded to 81 consultations (annual average)

within agreed timescale

We continue to manage NNRs for a range of wild

pollinating species improve the habitat value of the

Public Forest Estate

Page 4: Performance Summary Report - Natural Resources Wales · The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions NRW (and other key stakeholders) could take to improve the situation.

Progress towards A Good Environment

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Ea - Water Environment

Eb - Sustainable Forest Management

Programme Director Graham Hillier Programme Budget pound46m (including 571FTEs) for 2014

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like

Ecosystems are resilient and secured for the future wildlife and landscapes are enhanced and the use of our natural resources is carefully managed

In summary

-41 of Walesrsquo water bodies achieved good overall status in 2014 up from 37 in 2013 Most of the improvement is likely to be due to improvements in datamonitoring The consultation on River Basin Management Plans is

underway and we are engaging with partners on improvements

-Welsh woodland known to be under sustainable management has again increased for 2014 however around 40 is underun-managed We are working with Welsh Government to develop the Glastir woodland element

-Since 1994 the UK bird population all species index has changed little Within this the woodland index has increased whilst the two farmland indicies have decreased Through our work with partners we continue to

develop the ability to report

-The condition of habitats and species on the Welsh Special Area of Conservation series remains low at 26 The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions NRW (and other key stakeholders) could take to improve the

situation

Our SAC monitoring programme reflects the most recent reported condition assessment for each feature Terrestrial (74) and freshwater (70) feature assessments were undertaken in the last six years Monitoring has been

undertaken on most of the marine features more recently and work is underway update assessment for 201516

- Since 1990 Welsh emissions of Greenhouse Gasses have fallen by 18 (to 2012) but there has been a slight increase in 2012 as a result of increased coal use due to global fuel prices The delivery actions in the Climate

Change Strategy action plan will be revised to enable the Welsh Government targets to be achieved in future years

What has been done so far to improve

Work with Welsh Government on development of Glastir Woodland Element - Work with Welsh Government forest

policy branch and across Land nature Marine and Forestry Division

What will be done next to improve

There is no current woodland grant scheme open to applications for either management or creation We are working

hard with Welsh Government and the forest sector to help the relevant departments in Welsh Government to make

this happen as quickly as possible

Whatrsquos the picture

41 of Walesrsquo water bodies achieved good overall status in 2014 The biggest issues causing impacts are poor land

management practices resulting in pollution and habitat degradation pollution from redundant metal and coal mines

physical modifications and barriers to fish migration including flood risk assets continuous and intermittent sewage

discharges and impacts of acidification and forestry

What has been done so far to improve During the first cycle we have worked with the third sector to deliver WFD

improvements in partnership This has allowed us to ldquounlockrdquo significant match-funding opportunities Between 2011

and 2013 we have had involvement in pound44 million worth of projects with over a third of funds contributed by partners

and external funders This has delivered 400ha of habitat created or restored and 370km of river enhanced or

protected 152 individual WFD water bodies identified as benefitting from projects

What will be done next to improve

The consultation on the updated River Basin Management Plans closed on 10 April We will review responses and

develop a prioritised programme of measures to achieve Water Framework Directive objectives for 2015-21 The

updated River Basin Management Plans will be submitted to Welsh Government in September 2015

(This shows the status of the Good Environment indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

Whatrsquos the picture indicator already completed for this year Upward trend from 179000ha (2013) known minimum

to 203000ha (2014) Upward trend from 201000ha (2013) maximum estimate 227000ha (2014) Actual figure likely to be

higher

Whatrsquos the picture

Wild bird populations are considered to be a good indicator of the broad state of wildlife and the countrysideBird

populations vary from year to year The lsquoall speciesrsquo index is at a similar level in 2012 as in 1994 but this masks

different trends in species associated with particular habitats The two farmland bird indices have shown largely

consistent downward trends throughout the period with the lsquobirds of farmed habitatsrsquo index at a level in 2012 c 15

below that in 1994 The woodland bird index by contrast has increased over this same period

What has been done so far to improve

Practical delivery of actions on the ground is dependent on farmers and land managers In addition practical delivery

projects including some funded through a Joint Working Partnership with RSPB as well as section15 management

agreements on SSSIs have contributed to positive management by landowners Such action along with advice and

guidance in relation to Glastir may contribute to improvements

What will be done next to improve

An index based on birds alone is not fully representative of biodiversity Our intention is to supplement this indicator

of bird populations with similar information for other taxonomic groups as and when it becomes available in sufficient

quantity to generate reliable indices Through our work with partners we continue to develop the ability to report

indices for other taxa notably bats and butterflies

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What will be done next to improve

The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions we (and other key stakeholders) could take the relative

priorities and the resource requirements Committing to taking action will be dependent on NRW budget and other

resource (staff) capacity

Whatrsquos the picture

- Total greengouse gas emissions from Wales have reduced between 1990 and 2012 by 18 whilst carbon dioxide

emissions have fallen by 14

- These emission reductions are a result of a decline in manufacturing emissions (eg in iron and steel bulk chemical

production) efficiencies in energy generation and heating the use of natural gas to replace some coal and other fuels

as well as abatement in some chemical industries

- The 2011 to 2012 increase of emissions is predominantly driven by a slight shift from natural gas back to coal due to

global fuel prices

What has been done so far to improve

A wide range of actions outlined in the Mitigation Delivery Plan of the Climate Change Strategy for Wales have been

undertaken to reduce emissions across all sectors There are many individual projects across Wales that are explicitly

seeking to reduce emissions either through reducing the carbon intensity of energy by delivering more renewable

capacity reducing resource use andor increasing recycling rates as well as energy efficiency measures Encouraging

behavioural change through communication campaigns and the reduction of other barriers to change are recognised

as key to delivering emission reductions too The annual reporting of the Climate change Strategy seeks to summarise

progress across Wales in delivery of emission reduction targets set out in the strategy ndash the latest Annual report was

published in December 2013

What will be done next to improve

A refresh of the Climate Change Strategy and the associated actions is in progress NRW has provided input in terms

of a Ministerial briefing input to the Climate Change Commission for Wales response and additional discussions with

Welsh Government The delivery actions will be revised to increase emission reductions that enable the Welsh

Government targets to be achieved in future years Within the land use sector which has made least progress a

review of the Land Use and Climate Change group report published in 2010 is underway This work undertaken by

ADAS Bangor and Aberystwyth Universities has focussed on reviewing progress with its recommendations Through

our membership of the Land Use Sub-group of the Commission NRW has input to this review

Whatrsquos the picture

Data is derived from our SAC monitoring programme and reflect the most recent reported condition assessment for

each feature as of 31st March 2015 The bulk of the terrestrial (74) and freshwater (70) feature assessments were

undertaken in the six years to 31st March 2015 The proportion of marine features with a recently updated assessment

is much lower (13 in the same 6 year period) and hence the picture presented by this data should be treated with

some caution and may be subject to change as the assessments are updated Monitoring has been undertaken on

most of these marine features more recently and work is currently underway to analyse the results with updated

assessments scheduled to be produced in 201516

What has been done so far to improve

Our LIFE N2K programme is working to compile actions required to address existing issues and future risks to

features on the SAC series which are currently acting as barriers to achieving favourable condition In addition the

project is looking to plan and cost these actions identifying the various organisations which would be required to

deliver these actions In the 201415 financial year 220 actions have either been completed or instigated (logged as

underway) by our officers to address conservation management issues on SSSIs (many of which underpin SACs)

Priority amongst these actions has been given to sites of European importance and measures identified in Water

Framework Directive Management Plans

What partners share accountability for achieving a ldquoGood Environmentrdquo

Each of us in Wales including Householders

Third sector including Non GovernmentalOrganisations Woodland Trust the National Trust Wildlife Trusts UK Woodland Assurance

Scheme (FSC and PEFC)

Private sector including Planners Developers Land managers Land users Farmers Businesses UK Forest Products Association

(UKFPA) Fishermen Confederation of Forest

Industries (ConFor) Wales Forest Business

Partnership Utility companies

Public sector including Local authorities Public authorities Developers Land managers Land users Forestry Commission (UK

Forestry Standard) WG policy and Glastir delivery

What other data do we need to see if a ldquoGood Environmentrdquo is being delivered

A fair measure of woodland condition

Progress towards A Good Environment

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Environment mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

A Good Environment Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Amber Amber uarr GreenActions resolved arising from NNR and WGWE audit Maintain

UKWAS accreditation

Actions resolved and UKWAS accreditation

maintained

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Complete Level 2 Connectivity mapping by December 2014Level 2 mapping first draft completed for all

habitats

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenApply parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance to our organisation by March 2015

Parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance applied

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green darr Red 80 of our actions underway or complete63 actions underwaycomplete from July work

plan

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ NA Green darr AmberImplement a programme of measures on NRW sites by 31 March

2015

We continue to manage NNRs for a range of wild

pollinating species improve the habitat value of the

Public Forest Estate

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenImplement control plans on the Welsh Government Woodland

Estate

Helicopter surveillance for P ramorum completed

60 sites found to be positive and notices have

been served on 417ha

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ [I] We consider streamlined innovative

approachesAmber Green - Green

Develop and support approaches that demonstrate innovation

collaboration and best practice

Approaches being supported including Greener

Grangetown

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenPublish flood maps (in quarter one) capital and maintenance

programmes (in quarter two)

Published flood maps (in quarter one) capital and

maintenance programmes (in quarter two)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Graham Hillier Programme Budget pound46m (including 571FTEs) for 2014

Greener Grangetown Technical input to scheme designs (specifically on water quality water efficiency green infrastructure amenity and

biodiversity) and continued project involvement

What we have done so far The 201415 Routine and Intermittent Flood Risk Maintenance programmes amp The 201415 Flood Risk

Management Wales Capital Programme have been published on our website The 201415 Flood Risk Management Wales Capital

Programme was updated on our website following approval at Januaryrsquos FRMW committee meeting

What we are going to do next The end of year 201415 Flood Risk Management Wales Capital Programme report will be published on our

website following approval at Junersquos FRMW committee meeting The 201516 Flood Risk Management Wales Capital Programme report will

be published on our website following approval at Junersquos FRMW committee meeting

WGWE ndash we have developed an action plan to close out actions from 2014 audit (these are not part of 1415 target but will be delivered

during 1516 for the 2015 audit) assigned owners and made the action plan available to the Executive Team 15 NNR audits will be planned

for 201516 actions will be carried over from 201415 and will be included within the plan for the coming year

We manage outbreaks of plant health pests and

diseases

We ensure accurate information on flood risk is

available to the public and stakeholders

[P] We work with others to improve connectivity

and restoration of priority habitats and their

linkages as part of integrated natural resource

management plans

We ensure climate change adaptation is embedded

in all areas of our work

[P] We will play our part and work with others to halt

biodiversity loss in order to help ensure that by 2020

ecosystems are more resilient

- Completion of Level 2 mapping for selection of main habitats and significant and exciting progress towards developing prioritised peatland

restoration maps

- Provision of data and guidance on applying connectivity to NRW trial areas FRPs and related landscape-scale projects with partners

- Application of connectivity mapping layers to the ongoing revision of the Upland Framework

- Continued engagement with wider research and development into connectivity and its application including involvement with Liverpool

Universityrsquos development of the connectivity mapping tool lsquoCondatisrsquo

We will continue development and refinement of connectivity mapping including i) application to the prioritisation of restoration of peatland

habitats to benefit biodiversity and a range of ecosystem services and ii) exploring the revision of woodland connectivity mapping to include

remote-sensed hedgerow data and habitat information from within the WG Forest Estate

We have completed the analysis of the 250 NRW activities and identified 5 priority areas for trialling of our approach to embedding

consideration of climate change in our work during 1516 We have engaged the support of the Board through a presentation and 2 Board

papers that has resulted in approval of our approach

We will begin the implementation of the approach within the 5 trial work areas

Surveillance for a range of pests and diseases has been undertaken and significant coupe planning and management (civil engineering

felling and other clearance) has been undertaken on the WGWE A number of events have been undertaken to ensure knowledge exchange

with the wider sector We are working to ensure the latest pest and disease issues are up to date We have started work on 4 long Term

Contracts harvesting infected larch We have also harvested 40 ha of uninfected larch as part of a strategy to reduce the risk posed by P

ramorum

Carry out annual surveillance programme and issue notices where required Continue to develop knowledge of pests and diseases Continue

the management of P ramorum on the WGWE aiming to fell 240 000m3 in 201516 Work to develop a Wales specific risk register Complete

the compliance checks required for P ramorum notices We will continue to undertake an update survey for ash dieback following the latest

understanding of the disease A further 2 Long Term Contracts will start in 201516 and we will continue to harvest infected and uninfected

material as planned

Greener Grangetown Ongoing involvement in the public consultation process Support to project management technical scheme design

strategic direction and quality assurance We undertake this alongside Cardiff Council and Dŵr Cymru Cardiff Council has extended the

consultation timescale until June 2015 Construction is expected in Autumn 2015

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like

Ecosystems are resilient and secured for the future wildlife and landscapes are enhanced and the use of our natural resources is carefully managed

In Summary

- Our UKWAS accreditation has been maintained We have resolved the target numbers of actions on the Welsh Government Woodland Estate and National Nature Reserves

- To support the improvement of habitat connectivity we have completed a Level 2 mapping first draft for all habitats

- In delivering our part in halting biodiversity loss we have gone from Green to Red (target was 80 action underwaycomplete at Period 2 we had 60 at year-end we had 63)

- We have promoted the MoU with the Welsh Bee Keeperrsquos Association and have a new agreement for bee keeping at the Darwonno Centre in Llanwonno We have developed an action plan for pollinators on the public forest

estate

- As part of our work to manage plant health pests and diseases we have issued notices on 417ha follwing helicopter surveys

- Our Flood Risk Management Wales Capital programme has been published on our website

We ensure the sustainable management of land

and water we manage

Welsh Government Woodland Estate (WGWE) - Closed out actions from 2013 audit report as outlined in previous report so no further action

required for 201415 target

NNR - 10 NNR audits have been completed and reports issued one more is to be completed pending a site visit one further planned visit

was postponed due to the responsible member of staff leaving the post Of 70 actions identified 38 have been completed (over the 50

target) 28 are in progress and 14 are yet to be actioned

We will develop our approach to pollinators

Promoted the MoU with the Welsh Bee Keeperrsquos Association within NRW by circulating posters of the MoU

We have a new agreement for bee keeping at the Darwonno Centre in Llanwonno which involved the transportation and re-hiving of a colony

of bees from a derelict building that was being torn down

We will publicise this agreement and continue to promote the MoUWe have developed a work plan andfurther work will be needed to fully

cost the plan in 201516 Opportunities are being explored to improve expand habitats for pollinators within existing resources

A work plan for 201516 is being developed considering the most pressing actions and available resourcing

The reason for performance are competing work demands including a significant Glastir casework loads LIFE Natura 2000 Prioritised

Improvement Plans Special Area of Conservation management plans and difficult SSSI confirmations The 63 actions underwaycomplete

reflects those updated on the reporting database at the year end There is a time lag between actions and updating the reporting database

Progress towards Good for People

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

`

Programme Director Tim Jones Programme Budget pound50m (including 428FTEs) for 2014

(This shows the status of the Good for People indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

Whatrsquos the picture

Using the World Health Organisationrsquos Health Economic Assessment Tool an Economic Assessment of the Health

Benefits of Walking on the Wales Coast Path was carried out in 201314 The report was issued in November 2014 In

summary the findings were The economic value of the health benefits of walking on the path is pound183m per year with

pound35m of benefit per year directly attributed to the existence of the Wales Coast Path

What has been done so far to improve

We are currently developing a spatial prioritisation tool to help inform our decisions about where best to focus our

resources for maximum benefits including improving health and well-being

What will be done next to improve

The Recreation and Access Enabling Plan will inform and steer our future work on this area

Whatrsquos the picture

Most local authorities have insufficient green space within walking distance of the homes of most of their citizens Due

to the densely built up nature of many urban areas it will be impossible to achieve 100 compliance with this

indicator however it will be possible to increase the percentage compliance and to take action to ameliorate any

remaining deficiency by creating green walls roadside rain gardens (as part of sustainable urban drainage systems

like the one proposed for the Greener Grangetown project) planting street trees etc

What has been done so far to improve

All local authorities were offered grant aid by a legacy body to assess their accessible natural green space The Welsh

Government has adopted the Green Flag Awards as an indicator for their programme for government Local

authorities have developed supplementary planning guidance for green space and have included policies on access

to green space in their local development plans

What will be done next to improve

We have created a dataset of all green space in Wales and has made that available to all local authorities so they can

use it as a modern base-map of their own accessible natural green space We are working with Torfaen CBC to

update it We will use this as a case study to encourage all other local authorities to update their own data We wrote

to all local authorities which participated in the original accessible greenspace mapping work to offer to host a seminar

on how to ldquoground truthrdquo their data All local authority Local Development Plans (both adopted and in preparation)

were assessed for references to Accessible Natural Green Space and the summary of their provisions has been made

available to our staff Similarly a briefing on accessible natural green space for staff involved with Local Service

Boards has been prepared These actions will help us to encourage local authorities to either improve their policy

provision on green space provision or to implement that provision effectively

Whatrsquos the picture

We now have a draft lsquoVolunteering with NRW Policy Statementrsquo and staff guide in development

What has been done so far to improve

We now have a much better picture of directly managed volunteer numbers and staff involved and we are working to

improve data collection We now have a draft lsquoVolunteering with NRW Policy Statementrsquo and staff guide in

development

What will be done next to improve

We will be developing the Cyfoeth volunteering scheme having agreed the principles of the Cyfoeth umbrella scheme

last year The woodlands and you scheme will be taken forward by operations on a Wales wide basis supported by

Knowledge Strategy and Planning along with National Services This will include addressing the recommendations

from Internal Audit Audit Risk and Assurance Committee will retain oversight of the internal audit report response

Whatrsquos the picture

The current figure that can be reported stands at 789 educational settings supported This activity is predominantly

deliveredfacilitated by the Education Learning and Sector Skills Team It includes single visits Work Experience

Placements Teacher Training recorded self-led visits and Fishing with Schools Initiative

What has been done so far to improve

Education and Skills Enabling Plan completed Education Learning and Sector Skills webpage and intranet page

(webpages have been temporaily taken down) Leadership support for the development of the Cyfoeth Placement

scheme elements Inclusion of MSc and PhD records within this report

What will be done next to improve

Implementation of the Enabling Plan Implementation of the Cyfoeth Placement scheme elements Central booking

system for all direct delivery highlighted via Managers Monthly Guide and intranet Investiage the development of a

common NRW coding system for recording of our social programmes (if supported by the business)

What has been done so far to improve

A new contract has been let to undertake face to face surveys and an assessment of the economic impact to be

completed by November 2015 As part of the above work a Wales Coast Path User Survey is being carried out during

2014-15 These are due to be completed by November 2015

What will be done next to improve

The evaluation of the 2014-15 data and a comparative evaluation of data from the same type of survey carried out in

2011-13 will then be undertaken The final report is due by end of March 2016

Whatrsquos the picture

We are not yet in a position to establish the current position The data to support reporting against this indicator

potentially comes from a number of sources Value of our contracts awarded to provide services deliver goods on

land we own or manage (eg franchises mountain bike trail providers cafeacute and catering providers) and numbers of

jobs created and supported and traineesapprentices recruited Advice is needed on the development of a standard

jobs created calculation (eg one Full Time Equivalent is equivalent to poundX GVA numbers of and revenue generated

by commercial and social enterprises through Woodlands and You events activities and projects numbers of social

enterprises supported by Woodlands and You However data collection process are not yet developed sufficiently to

provide clear numbers and figures We are working with operational teams to support improved recording and

reporting

What has been done so far to improve

We are running a regional pilot in south Wales to bring currently unmanaged woodlands into management by working

with social and small local enterprises using the Woodlands and You scheme as the application and assessment

mechanism building and extending on the Wisewoods Wales work in Ceredigion

What will be done next to improve

We are working on our sustainable procurement strategy and will be able to report on the social and economic

outcomes of contracts awarded We are working to improve data collected through Mynediad We are now

commencing the GIS module roll-out across Wales that will enable us to set a baseline

Whatrsquos the picture

Comparing the results from the 2008 and the 2011 survey shows that there has been a significant increase in the

percentage of adults who have met the required level of physical activity through participation in outdoor recreation in

Wales In 2008 29 met the required target of 150 minutes of moderate to intensive physical activity per week This

increased significantly by 2011 to 32 of adults The results show that participation in outdoor recreation is helping

people to lsquoturn the curversquo and increase their physical activity levels and therefore improve their health Increased

physical activity has been proven to reduce obesity diabetes coronary heart disease and certain types of cancer

New NRW research has used the World Health Organisationrsquos Health Economic Assessment Tool to value the health

benefits of outdoor recreation Using the Wales Coast Path as a case study this innovative research found that health

benefits of walking on the path was pound183m per year

What Good looks like people are safe and enjoy and benefit from our natural resources and understand their relevance in our day to day lives

In summary

- Construction of flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Rhymney Tidal Embankment Mawldan Weir and Penclawdd have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties

- The 2011 Wales Outdoor Recreation Survey shows an increase to 32 in the percentage of adults who have met the required level of physical activity through participation in outdoor recreation in Wales

- A new contract has been let to undertake face to face surveys and an assessment of the economic impact of the Wales Coast Path

- We are running a regional pilot in south Wales to bring currently unmanaged woodlands into management by working with social and small local enterprises

- We have delivered 789 educational settings supported Our education enambling plan has been approved and we continue to develop the Cyfoeth (Cyfle) Placement scheme

Whatrsquos the picture

Construction on the flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Penclawdd Rhymney Tidal Embankment and

Mawldan Weir have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties Our Flood Risk Capital budget

was pound182 million this year We have over 200 projects in the capital programme

What has been done so far to improve

Construction of flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Rhymney Tidal Embankment Mawldan Weir and

Penclawdd have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties

What will be done next to improve

Work will continue on schemes to be delivered in 201516 Those include Risca Dolgellau Isca Road Newton and

ffordd Isa

What partners share accountability for achieving Good for Peoplerdquo

Each of us in Wales including Local Communities

(particularly residents in areas at risk of flooding)

Greenspace volunteers

Third Sector including NGOrsquos (particularly Sustrans

and The Ramblers) Agored Cymru

Private Sector including None identified for this grouping

Public Sector including Welsh Government (Health

Improvement Division) Public Health Wales Sport Wales Local Authorities Visit Wales National Park Authorities

What other data do we need to see if Good for Peoplerdquo is being delivered

Two greenspace datasets combined

Updated Welsh OutdoorRecreation Survey

Improved volunteer data More complete educational

Progress towards Good for People

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good for People mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good for People Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Amber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Amber - AmberDevelop and launch programme working with others linking with

priorities of other stakeholders

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities

amp Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Green Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan publishedRecreation and Access Strategy and Action

Plan published

+ Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implementedFour green one amber (amber waste data

systems programme)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

+ Amber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green 10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood risk18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenReduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector year

on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Tim Jones Programme Budget pound50m (including 428FTEs) for 2014

We have increased the level of protection for 467 properties as well as providing over 150 properties with property level protection

Schemes have been completed at Swansea Vale Penclawdd Rhymney Tidal Embankment and Mwldan Weir

Next year we will be delivering schemes at Risca Dolgellau Isca Road Newton and Ffordd Isa with over 600 properties benefitting from a

reduced risk of flooding We will also be continuing with the development of future schemes at Roath Crindau Portland Grounds and

Tabbs Gout

Total substantiated (following attendance) Category12 incidents for year 201314 was 115

Total substantiated (following attendance) Category 12 incidents for year 201415 was 96 a reduction of 165

Work to establish the baseline patterns for premises type pollutant and cause for all significant and major incidents across Wales has

been completed for the year 201314 Incident data for the year 201415 is now being analysed against this baseline data

The baseline data and that for incidents to November in 201415 has been shared with Strategic and Operations Incident Management

Groups This data for the year 201415 is now being compared to the baseline data and again will be used to highlight any trends and

inform risk registers policies campaigns and where necessary to identify if further effort needs to be targeted at specific sectors

There was steady improvement through the year when compared with the baseline figure at the start of the reporting year A combination

of reviewing the asset data and asset repairs brought a fall in the number of failing assets from 105 at the start of the year to 44 at the end

of March 2015 a reduction of 58 South East Area followed South West in reaching the target of 99 passing while North Area made

good progress towards the 99 target in recent months When combining all three areas together the overall the target of 99 was

achieved

Teams will continue to get regular updates in the coming months on failing assets that require repair The systems and policies that we

have in place will be evaluated in the coming year This will include addressing the legacy strategies policies and procedures we currently

use in managing our assets This will ensure that they are suitable and appropriate in Wales and will help us to focus our efforts on those

assets that are of highest flood risk importance

Engagement within identified high risk areas continues and two community flood plans have been completed and three communities have

been signed off

We led an article in the British Horse Society magazine to give practical advice tailored to horse livery and stable (business) owners on

how to protect their horses and livelihoodsrsquo in the event of a flood

We have discussed producing materials for Older People around flooding with Older People Co-ordinators

Wales Young Farmers have also shared our webpages and messages within their monthly newsletter encouraging members to check

their flood risk We continue to work with Dangerpoint safety centre and support the work they do to educate children and transient

populations

We formally launched our Flood Awareness Wales Lead Facebook page

We will work within 24 high risk communities across Wales to increase awareness and preparedness for flooding and will continue to work

with 14 communities until they can be signed off as completed

We plan to strengthen our Flood Plan Lead (FPL) Volunteer network across Wales

We will look into emotional and psychological health support available in Wales for those who have experienced flooding

- Contributed to the development of the Cyfoeth scheme which will include our volunteering programme

- Volunteering Programme drafted Developed our Communities and Regeneration Enabling Plan ndash approved by the Board in March 2015

- Undertaken a baseline survey of numbers and roles of volunteers directly managed by our staff

- Secured resources for and completed the development of the Good for People GIS Toolkit - a spatial targeting methodology to inform the

focus and delivery of NRWrsquos social programmes

- Launched our worldrsquos first Tree Cover in Walesrsquo Towns and Cities study at the Climate Change Commission for Wales meeting in

September and started the production of county specific reports

- Secured resources for established a partnership and undertaken an i-Tree survey of the urban forest in the Tawe catchment to assess

the ecosystem services of urban trees in the NRM Trial Area The findings will contribute to the overall NRM trial catchment datasets and

inform future decision making and will demonstrate the significant ecosystem services that trees provide

- Established a similar network and carried out an i-Tree Eco study in Bridgend County Boroughrsquos urban areas

- Disseminate and support delivery of the Communities and Regeneration Enabling Plan

- Support development of the Cyfoeth scheme and NRWrsquos volunteering policy and programme within it

- Support development and delivery of the NRW-wide extension of the Woodlands and You scheme - Mynediad

- Deliver training and briefing sessions on the Good for People GIS Toolkit and support its use by the business

- Work with the partnerships and Forest research to produce and disseminate i-Tree Eco reports for both the Tawe Catchment and

Bridgend County Borough ensuring that the results inform the NRM pilots and developing Area Plans

- Develop county specific canopy cover reports using data from the all-Wales survey

- Continue to explore options for completing the all-Wales Access to Natural Green space data set

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per

sector using a prioritised risk based approach

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk

Management Capital Programme

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk

management assets prioritising our efforts on

those which counter the highest risks

[P] We develop and deliver our Recreation and Access

Strategy

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government

(Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights of Way

Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste

data systems)

We have published the findings of the Health Economic Assessment Tool for the Wales Coast Path

Rights of Way Improvement Plan Funding Programme offer letters for 201415 were issued to local authorities output reports data from

201314 collated and reports finalised and shared with stakeholders

Local Authorities within the Flymapper trial have recorded over five thousand fly tipping incidents during 201415 giving a spatial

representation of the hotspots

Twncarmel Merthyr multi-agency approach to clear persistent Fly Tipping problem has resulted in clearance preventative measures

installed and the land has been donated to the community to be developed as a community resource

We have developed ITdata systems to ensure waste data and quality meets Welsh Government requirements

In developing waste flow evidence for problematic waste a significant amount of crosschecking of data has been undertaken to assess

where issues lie The waste flow tool was developed and trialled and the tool finalised

Judges training has been undertaken for the Green Flag Awards and judges have been allocated to sites which have applied for Awards

We have established a new contract for face to face surveys and economic assessment of the Wales Coast Path Transition

arrangements for the management for the path will start in April with longer term developments implemented during 201516

We have agreed with Welsh Government to continue delivery of the waste data project in 201516

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership

Funding

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk

and what actions they need to take

What Good looks like people are safe and enjoy and benefit from our natural resources and understand their relevance in our day to day lives

In Summary

- Recreation and Access Communities and Regeneration plus Education Strategies have been approved and are ready for implementation in 201516

- Launched our Tree Cover in Walesrsquo Towns and Cities study at the Climate Change Commission for Wales and started the production of county specific reports

- We have developed our new approach to partnership funding

- Flood and Coastal Risk Management Asset condition continues to improve and we met our target of 99

- We have increased the level of protection against flooding for 467 properties

- We achieved a 165 reduction in serious incidents over the previous year

- We have exceeded our target to raise peoples awareness of their flood risk (18884 at March 2015 against a 10000 target)

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve

learning in and about the natural environment plus

linking to the curriculum and wider learning

opportunities

The draft Strategy Paper Results Based Accounting document and Action Plan table were approved at the February Board meeting

There were delays to their final production as a result of gathering additional information that it was felt would enhance the full suite of

papers and be able to evidence and monitor this work going forward

The target is amber due to the delay in bringing the strategy to the Board whilst additional information was gathered We will commence

implementation in 201516

[P] We work with others to improve local

environmental quality including for disadvantaged

communities

Progress towards Good for Business

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Be - Generating Income

Programme Director Trefor Owen Programme Budget pound34m (including 388FTEs) for 2014

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like a location of choice for business and enterpriseand a place where best practice environmentalmanagement is adpoted and

encouraged

Good for Business - In summary

- We have improved our position in responding to planning applications during the year achieving the required 90 within time during the final four months of the reporting year Our overall performance for the year was 81

- We met our target to issue 90 of permit applications within the determination period

- We are aware of 59 illegal waste sites in Wales We have introduced a focused Waste and Industry Team and the lsquoonce in Wales Enforcement department from April 2015

- We met our gross income target of pound16m for the year achieving pound177m

Whatrsquos the picture

Target has been met

What has been done so far to improve

Continue to submit cases for staff replacements Identify where teams are under resourced and need additional staff

Identify where internal consultation is not responding within set timescales Introduced new way of working for

hydropower applications to streamline the determination process

What will be done next to improve

Use process evaluation to streamline permitting regimes with specific focus on internal consultation

(This shows the status of the Good for Business indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

Whatrsquos the picture

There has been an increase in the number of waste sites Waste sites are put in compliance bands A-F with F being

the poorest performing Wales has 46 permitted waste sites in compliance bands D E or F (poor performers) for 2013

The bulk of the poor performing sites (36) are within the waste treatment sector with 21 of these in the non-hazardous

waste sub-sector

What has been done so far to improve

An improving compliance group has been set up as a sub-group of Regulatory Business Board The group has

delivered two detailed reports on Permitted Waste Site Compliance and review of waste fires to look at the reasons

behind the poor performing D E and F sites and root causes of waste fires at permitted sites

Training has been delivered to regulatory officers to improve knowledge and confidence of assessing compliance at

permitted waste sitesA joint workshop with Welsh Government has been help to agree challenges and identify

solutions (Policy legislative operational)

What will be done next to improve

Actions have been identified and will be implemented

Whatrsquos the picture

At the end of 14-15 NRW was aware of 59 illegal waste sites in Wales

What has been done so far to improve

The introduction of the focused Waste and Industry reg teams in Operations across Wales

What will be done next to improve

The lsquoonce in Wales Enforcement department from April 2015

Whatrsquos the picture

We achieved the target in the final reporting period largely by giving particular attention to response times The

improvements to our approach guidance and processes that we implement during 2015 will help us turn this into a

sustainable improvement and start to focus on the effectiveness of our advice in 201516 Please note that casework

data for Mid Wales are included in the data for South Operations Region and that the difference between consultations

received and responses submitted reflects in part (i) those applications which have been sent by the LPAs but do not

meet our agreed criteria for comment and (ii) work in progress

What will be done next to improve

Now the new finance system is in place we will review the breakdown of the overall figure to ensure all commercial

income is included in 201516

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What has been done so far to improve

Timeliness The lsquobuildrsquo phase in developing the new ICT system is underway and due to complete in the Summer We

published our Service Statement on our website and shared it with key customers The Statement clarifies what our

customers can expect from us and what we expect from them to enable us provide a timely and evidence-based

response We revised our instruction to staff on what to comment on when we are consulted This fine tunes our risk

based approach and will help us to target our advice in a consistent way We have shared this with Planning Officers

Society Wales (POSW) Welsh Government and Local Planning Authorities We have improved our timeliness by

improving focus on response times and will be able to make this a sustainable improvement as we complete the full

suite of improvements to our processes and approaches The transition to medium longer term sustainable ways of

working We brought all the staff working in the NRW planning service across Wales together for a 2 day event to set

the context for the new NRW service communicate our strategic objectives for our planning advice embed culture

change hear from external customers and raise awareness of new internal instruction and guidance that is being rolled-

out to support the delivery of this service We held trainings sessions for 60 staff on the Development Consent Order

process for Nationally Significant Infrastructure Projects (NSIP) and our role within this Nationally Significant

Infrastructure regime We have rolled-out new internal guidance to support the planning service eg NSIP Quick Guide

Call-in guidance and a guide on NRWrsquos approach on how climate change implications should be considered for

development proposals within areas of high flood risk

What will be done next to improve

We will Work with WG to inform the implementation of the provisions of the Planning (Wales) Bill which relate to the

role of statutory consultees Progress operational guidance for identified priority subject-areas including standard

advice for developments of lower risk to bats and landscape considerations for small and single wind turbines and

Implement the new ICT system and test Develop a training programme to further embed culture change in our

planning service Continue to meet with national and local stakeholders to seek feedback on our planning service and

inform our future measures for further improvement Develop options for charging for non-statutory advice to support

the resources required to provide this service Put in place a mid-Wales planning advice team

Whatrsquos the picture

The income figure is pound177m

What has been done so far to improve

NA

What partners share accountability for achieving Good for Businessrdquo

Each of us in Wales including None identified for this grouping

Third Sector including None identified for this grouping

Private Sector including Companies Operators Permit Applicants

Public Sector including Local Authorities PINS MMO (Marine Management

What other data do we need to see if Good for Businessrdquo is being delivered

Nothing currently identified

Progress towards Good for Business

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good for Business measures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good for Business Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green - Green Review charging schemes201516 Charging Scheme published on our

website (2nd April)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or service

level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or

voluntary determination period)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

We have drafted an action plan for the

development of the Permitting Service for

delivery in 201516 onwards

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenReport new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place

on our managed estate

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenWind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3 larch)Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing

(including 267000m3 larch)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Trefor Owen Programme Budget pound34m (including 388FTEs) for 2014

We have held all our open market sales and offered the volumes of timber that we advertised to our customers in Feb 2014 The balance

of our volume has been offered through our suite of long term contracts

Our commitment has been fully met although we have not as yet signed the last long term contract for larch and have fallen short by

65000 on this measure However the larch volume has been brought forward in other species and the overall sales plan commitment has

been met Continue to market at the same sort of levels to achieve our 201516 budgeted targets

We will continue to try to conclude the final long term contract if we are unsuccessful in the next 23 months then the volume will be

reoffered to the market

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to

streamline the service we provide for customers

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like a location of choice for business and enterpriseand a place where best practice environmentalmanagement is adpoted and

encouraged

In Summary

- We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April following a public consulation and obtaining Board and Ministerial approvals

- We have determined 90 of permits licences and consent to timescale (statutory or voluntary determination period)

- We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards

- We are facilitating commercial opportunities for renewables mobile infrastructure holidays gas and timber

- We are supporting six wind and five hydropower energy developments

- We have put to market 869166m3 over bark standing of timber (including 267000m3 larch)

We market timber from the Welsh Government

woodland estate in accordance with our marketing

strategy

We develop a single permitting licensing and

consenting service based on common standards and

processes

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities

including renewable energy generation as well as

recreation and tourism opportunities

We submitted a paper to Februaryrsquos NRWrsquos Board meeting detailing the consultation responses we received and gained their approval of

our final Charging Scheme proposals

We gained Ministerial approval for our 201516 Charging Scheme in March

We published our Charging Scheme Consultation Response on our website at the end of March

We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April

bull Overall the Wind Energy Programme is progressing in line with Developers plans with three of the six Projects in the Development Phase

and actual Option Fee income for FY1415 was pound57m We met with the Crown Estates and toured Pen y Cymoedd looking at potential

energy project synergies between the two organisations We are also pursuing the Energy Park Concept at Pen y Cymoedd We continue

to deal with Developer requests for access which cover wind solar and unconventional gas energy developments

bull Discussions are taking place to assess the possibilities of establishing a small scale wind turbine programme with the potential to expand

into other renewables where possible

bull The Small Scale Hydro Programme has met its target of five schemes enabled

bull We have identified potential biomass supply from mid Wales and will now work to market this

bull We have provided Welsh Government with a submission setting out the opportunities that the Green Growth Fund might be able to help

realise

bull Negotiation are continuing surrounding the development of Forest Holidays and Camping in the Forest at Beddgelert Garwnant and Coed

y Brenin

bull We are currently in discussion over the potential to repeat the woodland creation and carbon capture project on a second site

bull We continue to work closely with Welsh Government and DCMS to roll out the Mobile Infrastructure Project to provide coverage to lsquonot-

spotrsquo rural areas

bull It has been an extremely buoyant year for Timber sales and this has enabled the published Timber sale open market volumes to be fully

met We have increased our customer base this year and our sales of ldquonicherdquo products including the potential supply of cedar for shed and

garden product manufacture

bull The filming unit promotion has commenced with the establishment of a bespoke email address

bull We have met with Sport Wales and have agreed a plan to work in tandem over the Tryweren Centre

bull The first five Field Sports parcels are being prepared for tender and investigations into the remaining potential for NRW managed land are

ongoing

bull We will review our visitor centres to ensure they realise enterprise and income generating opportunities that are appropriate to site

bull Our Enterprise and Business Transformation Programme has been established and will be tasked with building an enterprise culture

prioritising opportunities and freeing up resources to deliver enterprising projects

[P] We support the wind energy programme and

deliver our hydropower programme on land that

we manage

We determine permits licences and consents

meeting the statutory determination or service

level agreement period timescale

We are now beginning the work programme to deliver our 201618 Charging Scheme

We have continued with monthly reporting and analysis of performance across a range of individual regimes to identify under performance

Where this is identified then measures have been taken to attempt to correct the issue We have agreed a workforce plan for the service as

a way of addressing the current level of turnover replacing vacated posts quickly with people with the right skills This has meant that we

are having to put forward recruitment requirements regularly and on occasion to recruit externally

We continue to work with Operations colleagues to ensure that they understand the impact on this target so that the internal consultations

for permit applications are returned within required timescales

We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards In addition we have

commenced work on a number of areas including -

We have begun developing a single identity as the NRW Permitting Service

We have developed a single set of Priorities Principle and Values

We have commissioned work to examine opportunities for efficiencies streamlining of permitting processes This will form part of the

Transformation Programme - Improving efficiency and service delivery

We have made some organisation changes with the Spp SSSI and Woodland Regulation administration teams reporting to a single Team

Leader

Work to examine opportunities for efficiencies streamlining of permitting processes will form part of the Transformation Programme -

Improving efficiency and service delivery

Wind Wind Energy Programme is progressing in line with Developers plans with three of the six Projects in the Development Phase

Hydro We have enabled five schemes to be constructed by March 15 One is constructed and operational two are under construction and

two are awaiting commencement of construction

Programme continues in 201516

Progress towards Good Organisation

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Oa- Customer and

stakeholder satisfaction

Ob - Staff Engagement Index

Od - Achievement of

revised business case

Oe - Reduced

organisational carbon

footprint

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What has been done so far to improve

Progress to deliver the Change Programme has created savings and includes Exit from Environment Agency head

office non-ICT services on vesting da Exit since vesting day from 19 transitional services provided by the

Environment Agency and Forestry Commission worth pound26M per annum Business process improvements include

significant planned savings from sample collection planning advice and permitting functions Short term rationalisation

of offices and depots Removing almost all staff off the Forestry Commission and Environment Agency ICT

infrastructure

What will be done next to improve

Further progress with the Change Programme that will set up savings including Further rationalisation of offices and

depots to conclude the short term programme Continue work to exit transitional services worth another approx pound5M

in 201516 Complete the second Voluntary Exit Schemewith the aim of realising further annual savings Fully

establish the continuous improvement programme to deliver efficiencies over the next 2 years

Whatrsquos the picture

- Our baseline carbon footprint amounts to 7699 tCO2e

- The main elements of our carbon footprint last year related to the use of vehicles we own electricity use and the

(contracted out) use of construction aggregate Over 5000 tonnes of CO2e related to these three areas

- The nine month figures shown (including estimates for some elements) suggest we have used ~64 of our carbon

budget for the year

- We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

What has been done so far to improve

We have been working to

- Engage our staff through training and delivering workshops to our leaders

- Reduce emissions from travel and transport by minimising UK internal flights increasing our use of biodiesel

reducing our fleet emissions reducing the need for travel through increased audioweb conferencing

- Rationalise our building estate in line with our accommodation strategy

- Roll out of new IT (improving our audioweb conferencing capabilities)

- Regional EMS committees being established For 201415 we targeted a reduction in our travel and building energy

related carbon footprint of 5

What will be done next to improve

- Applying sustainability risk assessments to new contracts (over pound25k)

- Engaging stakeholders and publishing our core EMS documentation

- We will continue to report on our carbon footprint internally on a quarterly basis (using estimates if necessary to do

so)

Whatrsquos the picture

We are on target for the cash-realisable benefit The accumulation of savings over the 10 years remains very

sensitive to relatively small changes in the annual savings in these early years The scenario planning shows that

although we are on target there should be emphasis on the need to maintain a strong focus on making efficiencies

releasing money by exiting transitional services controlling costs and making sure implement plans to deliver the

benefits The analysis that underpins this indicator is based on information available at the end of March 2015 The

lsquoyear endrsquo figures available in June will improve the forecast

What will be done next to improve

The Board has considered the scope of a NRW Customer Care Strategy and provided its feedback on the

development of the strategy NRW needs to finalise its discussions concerning the development and implementation

of the NRW Customer Care Strategy

Whatrsquos the picture

We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate which for our first survey

was really encouraging and showed our staff engagement index to be 48

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

In summary

-Customer and Stakeholder satisfaction will be developed as part of our Customer Focus Programme in 201516

-We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate and a staff engagement indexof 48 We are looking at how we can improve and set a target for next year

-We have reviewed our position against benchmarks and will now be setting targets for future years

-We remain on target to achieve the 10 year cash realisable savings through NRWs creation Further progress will be made with the Change Programme

-We have used ~64 of our annual carbon budget in the first nine months of the year We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

Whatrsquos the picture

The indicator is yet been developed (the baseline will be established by the first customer satisfaction survey for

regulated business that will seek views on the change in service since before NRW)

What has been done so far to improve

We have committed to continuing to work to Customer Care and Service Standards

(This shows the status of the Good Organisation indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

What has been done so far to improve

We should all be focused on how we build on the good work and take action to make improvements There are some

clear messages from the survey which are understandable given that NRW is only two years old and the scale of

change has been huge The results identified a number of positives Staff are interested in their roles and enjoy

challenges the skill levels are very good and most enjoy having the support of their Line Managers and camaraderie

of their colleagues But there were a number of challenges to address the pace and amount of change cross-

organisational working leadership clarity of our organisational objectives and purpose and the learning and

development opportunities on offer

What will be done next to improve

We are looking at how we can increase the staff engagement index to 58 an increase of 10 (target is to be

confirmed)

Whatrsquos the picture

We have presented ourselves against benchmarks for a number of support services including Finance Procurement

Human Resources Information Technology Communications Legal Services and Accommodation using the latest

available (2009) Cabinet Office data and guidance With only one exception we are positioned within the benchmark

range or slightly below it The exception is the area of office space we occupy in relation to the number of staff we

employ

What has been done so far to improve

We have centrally compiled the benchmarks to ensure consistency and have included additional sectors of our

business for a broader picture

What will be done next to improve

We will set targets for each area and programme an annual update of the benchmarks to coincide with our annual

budgeting and planning cycle We will seek to find more recent data to benchmark against and will additionally

consider our performance ambition We will explore why we appear to have more office space than expected

considering how this will be addressed by the plan contained in our Accommodation Strategy or if there is any issue

with how we are compiling our data

What partners share accountability for achieving a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo_

Each of us in Wales including Customers of NRW

Third Sector including Customers of NRW

Private Sector including Customers of NRW

Public Sector including Environment Agency Forestry Commission

What other data do we need to see if a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo is being delivered

We need to construct and run a customer and stakeholder survey

Outcomescore of next staff engagement index

Progress towards Good Organisation

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Organisation mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good OrganisationPeriod 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber - AmberAchieve business case benefits relating to the creation of Natural

Resources Walespound145M (91 complete)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targetsProcurement strategy and quick wins

delivered

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

+ Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report)

indicates 5 reduction is on track

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Sublet Ynysybwl tractor shed Progress to the implementation phase of the Llanelli Laboratory project

Complete the options appraisal for Mid-Wales by August 2015

Complete options appraisals for four regional lsquohubsrsquo (South West South East North West and North East) by September 2015 There a

number of rationalisation projects that had been identified as lsquoquick winsrsquo but are on hold because of local concerns about the degree to

which the project would require changes to legacy ways of working

We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits in September 2014 amp March 2015

In 201415 - 33 nonconformities of legal and other compliance obligations were raised these have now been corrected and actions taken

to prevent reoccurrence

30 of NRW staff have received specific targeted EMS awareness pollution incident and waste training

7 of 8 directorate leadership teams have received EMS training

9 month emissions report indicates we are on track to meet our 5 carbon reduction target

We are going to integrate forestry operations within the scope of the EMS in 201516 Site visits at WSO civils and WHaM sites are

already scheduled

We will ensure all staff receive EMS awareness training

Handover of Transition projects - All Transition areas identified continuing work requirements ICT application transitiontransformation ndash

further 63 projects Service exits ndash further 9 this year business as usual work continued by a Transformation Portfolio

We have sold Three Cocks Depot (Brecon) Frobisher Road Depot (Newport) and Merlinrsquos Bridge Depot (Haverfordwest))

We have vacated and disposed of Beechwood House (Llandeilo) Unit 3 Cantref Court (Abergavenny) Glan Y Nant (Mold) Drake Walk

(Cardiff) Chirk Depot and Granada Park (Llangattock) We have vacated and mothballed Llanion House (Haverfordwest) Plas Penrhos

(Bangor) Mawddach Hatchery (Dolgellau) Maerdy Hatchery (Corwen) and the Ceinws site (Corris) We are working closely with the

Estates Team to secure the disposal of these sites As a result of these actions we have generated capital receipts of pound236K and we are

making annual savings of pound360K on our building running costs

The Business Case for the Llanelli Laboratory project has been completed and will be presented to ET for their approval in mid-April 2015

Significant progress has been made on the Mid-Wales options appraisal The preliminary feasibility study has been completed and the

Project Board is now in place

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our

environmental management and work towards being

an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and

- Developed NRW Procurement Strategy to 2017 (input provided by Executive Team in February 2015)

- We have undertaken a considerable amount of work on the Civil Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) which will be in place later

this year As part of this we are instigating a pilot on the use of community benefits A series of supplier engagement events for this

Framework have already been undertaken in conjunction with Business Wales

- Quick wins continue to be developed within our Welsh Government Procurement Maturity Model Improvement Plan

- We have secured early adopter status with WG for use of the E-procurement maturity model and benefits tracker following us arranging

for WG to present to FCS Leadership Team (who subsequently agreed to proceed) We have in place a technology action plan that will

evolve over FY1516

- Undertaken and completed the Procurement Team Change Programme

- Baselined ldquoNRW procurementrdquo by applying the WG Procurement Maturity Model and are continuing to implement the subsequent

improvement plan as well as developing a number of procurement KPIrsquos Value Wales have agreed to undertake an independent progress

review in 201516 Details of the improvement plan to which we refer are outlined in Section 43 of the Procurement Strategy

- We regularly attend Directorate Leadership Team Meetings to consult on our improvement plan and to better understand Directorate

requirements (for the short medium and long term We have developed a Procurement Pipeline (Contract Forward Plans) to help

Directorates to secure best value for money and to provide greater visibility of opportunities for the supply base (including Welsh SMErsquos)

- We are the Welsh Government Sponsored Bodiesrsquo Sector representative on the National Procurement Service Delivery Group and we

continue to explore potential options with NPS across the range of their categories

- We have established a Governance Plan for procurement detailing the project milestones for the rewrite and implementation of new

thresholds templates rules and procedures for procurement across the whole of NRW

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the

workforce

We deliver our accommodation strategy

We deliver procurement that achieves value for

money sustainability and facilitates opportunities

for Welsh SMEs

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

A second voluntary exit scheme

Completed the short term programme of opportunities to vacate and dispose of offices and depots

Exited 29 of the 40 transitional services as of the end of 201415

Made good progress with continuous improvement programmes that free up staff time including halving the effort required to process

each application for hydropower permits and reaching the development planning advice service targets for responding within agreed

deadlines

We are on target to deliver our ICT services for pound6M in place of the pound8M baseline cost

Exit the remaining transitional services and aim to reduce some of the enduring services as well

Implement the full accommodation strategy to complete the reduction from 80 sites to 40 sites

The portfolio of transformation programmes including a much larger range of LEAN process improvement projects as part of the

continuous improvement programme

Development

- Focusing on the delivery of community benefits through contracting and reporting on the outcomes delivered to include the Civil

Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) pilot

- Develop an e-procurement strategy and technology plan which will scope a project to encompass the Investigation of available options to

maximise the use of e-Procurement capability and to satisfy upcoming legislative requirements (by engaging with the WG e-Procurement

Infrastructure Programme)

Engagement

- Develop plans to increase opportunities for Welsh SMEs to compete for NRW contracts ensuring our procurement practices are

appropriate for SMErsquos and larger scale enterprises and establish and measure contract opportunities made available to SMErsquos

EfficiencyValue for Money

- Identify opportunities for benefits and efficiencies taking a lead role in identifying and measuring opportunities for benefits and

efficiencies

Procurement Governance

- Review the impact of the changes to the procurement process via the 2015 Amendment to EU Procurement Directives implement the

new directives and accommodate any applicable changes or obligations

- Measure and report on the percentage of influenceable spend channelled through a compliant route (target 100)

- Develop a first stage Procurement Assurance Model

In Summary

- We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single system

- Our forecast for Business Case benefits is pound145m which is 9 below target however we are still developing further efficiencies

- There were two lost time incidents to our employees ithis year We have developed a 3 year Wellbeing Health amp Safety (WHS) programme to improve our performance from 2015 onwards

- We have reduced the number of properties we use with nine disposed of and five mothballed We now have 65 operational sites

- We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits Based on our 9 month carbon footprint position we expect to meet our 5 reduction target for this year

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support

and customer care to both staff and customers

What we have done so far As of 1 March the first two phases of MyNRW are live which sees NRW able to raise requisitions and approve

purchase orders through workflow We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single

system We are also producing financial and management reports for internal and external reporting

What we are going to do next Developments include scoping out the Project Costing amp Billing module revisions to Product Codes

increased use of workflow and enhancing our reporting capability

We plan and allocate resources to business

priorities and achieve performance reporting that

drives continuous improvements

24 Workstreams ndash in excess of 104 projects

- All of our key objectives within the projects and programmes to create our standalone capability have been delivered m any of these

represent an outstanding achievement

- Some slippage in more complex areas

- Service exits - 43 EA services down to 17 at end of 201516 year 17 FCGB services down to 5 at end of 201516 year

- 1600 ICT applicationssystems down to 400 at end of March 2015

- Benefits

- Achievedforecast - pound145m [pound129m cash releasing pound16m non cash] so far compared to pound158m business case target

We deliver our transition projects to help establish

our standalone capability

Business Plan Dashboard

201415 report 1st April 2014 - 31st March 2015

Good Knowledge Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] [I] We develop Walesrsquo approach to integrated natural resource management Amber Amber uarr GreenWe will now report learning from the trials to support

scrutiny of the Environment Bill

[P] [I] We work with Welsh Government to develop funding mechanisms to support

integrated natural resource managementGreen Green - Green

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

[P] We work with Welsh Government to develop natural resources policy including delivery

of a State of Natural Resources reportAmber Amber uarr Green

Develop interim report by November 2014

(first full report September 2016) Interim report has now been developed

We review our monitoring strategy and apply recommendations to our operational work Amber Green - GreenReview and implement our monitoring analysis and reporting

programmeProject governance has been finalised

We assess our abilities so that we are able to effectively engage with the public and share

our technical advice and expertise with others or seek support where requiredGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off October 2014 Operate

rolling customer insight programme

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

We develop our ability to better explain and communicate complex issues to a wide range

of stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off and Rolling customer

insight programme providing reports

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

A Good Environment Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

We ensure the sustainable management of land and water we manage Amber Amber uarr GreenActions resolved arising from NNR and WGWE audit

Maintain UKWAS accreditation

Actions resolved and UKWAS accreditation

maintained

[P] We work with others to improve connectivity and restoration of priority habitats

and their linkages as part of integrated natural resource management plansGreen Green - Green Complete Level 2 Connectivity mapping by December 2014 Level 2 mapping first draft completed for all habitats

We ensure climate change adaptation is embedded in all areas of our work Green Green - GreenApply parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance to our organisation by March 2015

Parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance applied

[P] We will play our part and work with others to halt biodiversity loss in order to help ensure

that by 2020 ecosystems are more resilientGreen Green darr Red 80 of our actions underway or complete 63 actions underwaycomplete from July work plan

We will develop our approach to pollinators NA Green darr AmberImplement a programme of measures on NRW sites by 31

March 2015

[P] The condition of features on sites improves

(ie Indicator Ee Marine terrestrial and freshwater environment)Red Red - Red

Condition of features of marine terrestrial and freshwater

Natura 2000 sites

33 of marine 24 of terrestrial and 26 of

freshwater features are in favourable condition

[P] The water environment improves (ie Indicator Ea Water environment) Indicator Indicator - RAG - NAComplance with good status under the Water Framework

Directive

Compliance with good status under the Water

Framework Directive = 37

We manage outbreaks of plant health pests and diseases Green Green - GreenImplement control plans on the Welsh Government Woodland

Estate

Helicopter surveillance for P ramorum completed 60

sites found to be positive and notices have been

served on 417ha

[I] We consider streamlined innovative approaches Amber Green - GreenDevelop and support approaches that demonstrate innovation

collaboration and best practice

We ensure accurate information on flood risk is available to the public and

stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Publish flood maps (in quarter one) capital and maintenance

programmes (in quarter two)

Published flood maps (in quarter one) capital and

maintenance programmes (in quarter two)

Good for People Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve learning in and about the natural

environment plus linking to the curriculum and wider learning opportunitiesAmber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

[P] We work with others to improve local environmental quality including for

disadvantaged communitiesGreen Amber - Amber

Develop and launch programme working with others linking

with priorities of other stakeholders

[P] We develop and deliver our Access and Recreation Strategy along with our Marketing

FrameworkGreen Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan published

Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan

published

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government (Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights

of Way Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste data systems)Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implemented

Four green one amber (amber waste data systems

programme)

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership Funding Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk management assets prioritising our

efforts on those which counter the highest risksAmber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk and what actions they need to take Green Green - Green10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood

risk

18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk Management Capital Programme Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per sector using a prioritised risk based

approachAmber Green - Green

Reduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector

year on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Good for Business Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to streamline the service we provide for

customersGreen Green - Green Review charging schemes

201516 Charging Scheme published on our website

(2nd April)

We fulfil our role as statutory consultee in responding to planning consultations

(ie Indicator Bd Our role as statutory consultee)Red Red uarr Amber Respond to 90 consultations within agreed timescale

We determine permits licences and consents meeting the statutory determination or

service level agreement period timescaleAmber Amber uarr Green

90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or

service level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or voluntary

determination period)

We develop a single permitting licensing and consenting service based on common

standards and processesGreen Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities including renewable energy

generation as well as recreation and tourism opportunitiesGreen Green - Green

Report new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place on

our managed estate

[P] We support the wind energy programme and deliver our hydropower programme

on land that we manageGreen Green - Green

Wind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

We market timber from the Welsh Government woodland estate in accordance with

our marketing strategyGreen Green - Green

Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3

larch)

Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing (including

267000m3 larch)

We generate income from our enterprise activities

(ie Indicator Be Generating income)Green Green - Green pound16m pound177m

Good Organisaton Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support and customer care to both staff and

customersGreen Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

We plan and allocate resources to business priorities and achieve performance

reporting that drives continuous improvementsAmber Amber - Amber pound145M (91 complete)

We deliver our transition projects to help establish our standalone capability Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

We deliver procurement that achieves value for money sustainability and facilitates

opportunities for Welsh SMEsGreen Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targets Procurement strategy and quick wins delivered

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the workforce Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

We deliver our accommodation strategy Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our environmental management and work towards

being an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and waterAmber Green - Green

ISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report) indicates

5 reduction is on track

We all have confidence in our collective success

(ie Indicator Ob Staff engagement index)Indicator Indicator - RAG - NA 7 (out of 10)

Staff survey completed in early 2015 giving a

baseline engagement index of 48 which will

provide scope for improvement in 201516

trend columns uarr An up arrow indicates an improvement since the last assessment

- A flat line indicates no significant change since with the last assessment

darr A down arrow indicates a decline since with the last assessment

status columns Red This indicates we are not where we planned we should be

Amber This indicates we are nearly on target (within 10)

Green This indicates we are on target

font styles

Italic Related to an area of Corporate Risk

tags Reputation related measures

Partnership working related measures

Innovation related measures[I]

Achieve business case benefits relating to the creation of

Natural Resources Wales

Ministerial priority

[R]

Bold

underline

Report learning from three integrated natural resource

management trials (Dyfi Rhondda Tawe) to Welsh

Government by March 2015

This dashboard reflects progress against measures and indicators from our wider performance framework It is used to provide a single page at a glance summary of performance in key areas

We track performance for the items on this dashboard and also review performance three times a year with at open public sessions with our Board (in October February and May)

Key

This dashboard is one part of our Performance Framework 40 items (35 measures and 5 indicators) are included on this dashboard

[Formatted as A3 portrait If printed does not need to be printed in colour]

[P]

Approaches being supported including Greener

Grangetown

We have drafted an action plan for the development

of the Permitting Service for delivery in 201516

onwards

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities amp

Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Responded to 81 consultations (annual average)

within agreed timescale

We continue to manage NNRs for a range of wild

pollinating species improve the habitat value of the

Public Forest Estate

Page 5: Performance Summary Report - Natural Resources Wales · The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions NRW (and other key stakeholders) could take to improve the situation.

Progress towards A Good Environment

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Environment mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

A Good Environment Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Amber Amber uarr GreenActions resolved arising from NNR and WGWE audit Maintain

UKWAS accreditation

Actions resolved and UKWAS accreditation

maintained

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Complete Level 2 Connectivity mapping by December 2014Level 2 mapping first draft completed for all

habitats

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenApply parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance to our organisation by March 2015

Parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance applied

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green darr Red 80 of our actions underway or complete63 actions underwaycomplete from July work

plan

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ NA Green darr AmberImplement a programme of measures on NRW sites by 31 March

2015

We continue to manage NNRs for a range of wild

pollinating species improve the habitat value of the

Public Forest Estate

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenImplement control plans on the Welsh Government Woodland

Estate

Helicopter surveillance for P ramorum completed

60 sites found to be positive and notices have

been served on 417ha

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ [I] We consider streamlined innovative

approachesAmber Green - Green

Develop and support approaches that demonstrate innovation

collaboration and best practice

Approaches being supported including Greener

Grangetown

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenPublish flood maps (in quarter one) capital and maintenance

programmes (in quarter two)

Published flood maps (in quarter one) capital and

maintenance programmes (in quarter two)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Graham Hillier Programme Budget pound46m (including 571FTEs) for 2014

Greener Grangetown Technical input to scheme designs (specifically on water quality water efficiency green infrastructure amenity and

biodiversity) and continued project involvement

What we have done so far The 201415 Routine and Intermittent Flood Risk Maintenance programmes amp The 201415 Flood Risk

Management Wales Capital Programme have been published on our website The 201415 Flood Risk Management Wales Capital

Programme was updated on our website following approval at Januaryrsquos FRMW committee meeting

What we are going to do next The end of year 201415 Flood Risk Management Wales Capital Programme report will be published on our

website following approval at Junersquos FRMW committee meeting The 201516 Flood Risk Management Wales Capital Programme report will

be published on our website following approval at Junersquos FRMW committee meeting

WGWE ndash we have developed an action plan to close out actions from 2014 audit (these are not part of 1415 target but will be delivered

during 1516 for the 2015 audit) assigned owners and made the action plan available to the Executive Team 15 NNR audits will be planned

for 201516 actions will be carried over from 201415 and will be included within the plan for the coming year

We manage outbreaks of plant health pests and

diseases

We ensure accurate information on flood risk is

available to the public and stakeholders

[P] We work with others to improve connectivity

and restoration of priority habitats and their

linkages as part of integrated natural resource

management plans

We ensure climate change adaptation is embedded

in all areas of our work

[P] We will play our part and work with others to halt

biodiversity loss in order to help ensure that by 2020

ecosystems are more resilient

- Completion of Level 2 mapping for selection of main habitats and significant and exciting progress towards developing prioritised peatland

restoration maps

- Provision of data and guidance on applying connectivity to NRW trial areas FRPs and related landscape-scale projects with partners

- Application of connectivity mapping layers to the ongoing revision of the Upland Framework

- Continued engagement with wider research and development into connectivity and its application including involvement with Liverpool

Universityrsquos development of the connectivity mapping tool lsquoCondatisrsquo

We will continue development and refinement of connectivity mapping including i) application to the prioritisation of restoration of peatland

habitats to benefit biodiversity and a range of ecosystem services and ii) exploring the revision of woodland connectivity mapping to include

remote-sensed hedgerow data and habitat information from within the WG Forest Estate

We have completed the analysis of the 250 NRW activities and identified 5 priority areas for trialling of our approach to embedding

consideration of climate change in our work during 1516 We have engaged the support of the Board through a presentation and 2 Board

papers that has resulted in approval of our approach

We will begin the implementation of the approach within the 5 trial work areas

Surveillance for a range of pests and diseases has been undertaken and significant coupe planning and management (civil engineering

felling and other clearance) has been undertaken on the WGWE A number of events have been undertaken to ensure knowledge exchange

with the wider sector We are working to ensure the latest pest and disease issues are up to date We have started work on 4 long Term

Contracts harvesting infected larch We have also harvested 40 ha of uninfected larch as part of a strategy to reduce the risk posed by P

ramorum

Carry out annual surveillance programme and issue notices where required Continue to develop knowledge of pests and diseases Continue

the management of P ramorum on the WGWE aiming to fell 240 000m3 in 201516 Work to develop a Wales specific risk register Complete

the compliance checks required for P ramorum notices We will continue to undertake an update survey for ash dieback following the latest

understanding of the disease A further 2 Long Term Contracts will start in 201516 and we will continue to harvest infected and uninfected

material as planned

Greener Grangetown Ongoing involvement in the public consultation process Support to project management technical scheme design

strategic direction and quality assurance We undertake this alongside Cardiff Council and Dŵr Cymru Cardiff Council has extended the

consultation timescale until June 2015 Construction is expected in Autumn 2015

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like

Ecosystems are resilient and secured for the future wildlife and landscapes are enhanced and the use of our natural resources is carefully managed

In Summary

- Our UKWAS accreditation has been maintained We have resolved the target numbers of actions on the Welsh Government Woodland Estate and National Nature Reserves

- To support the improvement of habitat connectivity we have completed a Level 2 mapping first draft for all habitats

- In delivering our part in halting biodiversity loss we have gone from Green to Red (target was 80 action underwaycomplete at Period 2 we had 60 at year-end we had 63)

- We have promoted the MoU with the Welsh Bee Keeperrsquos Association and have a new agreement for bee keeping at the Darwonno Centre in Llanwonno We have developed an action plan for pollinators on the public forest

estate

- As part of our work to manage plant health pests and diseases we have issued notices on 417ha follwing helicopter surveys

- Our Flood Risk Management Wales Capital programme has been published on our website

We ensure the sustainable management of land

and water we manage

Welsh Government Woodland Estate (WGWE) - Closed out actions from 2013 audit report as outlined in previous report so no further action

required for 201415 target

NNR - 10 NNR audits have been completed and reports issued one more is to be completed pending a site visit one further planned visit

was postponed due to the responsible member of staff leaving the post Of 70 actions identified 38 have been completed (over the 50

target) 28 are in progress and 14 are yet to be actioned

We will develop our approach to pollinators

Promoted the MoU with the Welsh Bee Keeperrsquos Association within NRW by circulating posters of the MoU

We have a new agreement for bee keeping at the Darwonno Centre in Llanwonno which involved the transportation and re-hiving of a colony

of bees from a derelict building that was being torn down

We will publicise this agreement and continue to promote the MoUWe have developed a work plan andfurther work will be needed to fully

cost the plan in 201516 Opportunities are being explored to improve expand habitats for pollinators within existing resources

A work plan for 201516 is being developed considering the most pressing actions and available resourcing

The reason for performance are competing work demands including a significant Glastir casework loads LIFE Natura 2000 Prioritised

Improvement Plans Special Area of Conservation management plans and difficult SSSI confirmations The 63 actions underwaycomplete

reflects those updated on the reporting database at the year end There is a time lag between actions and updating the reporting database

Progress towards Good for People

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

`

Programme Director Tim Jones Programme Budget pound50m (including 428FTEs) for 2014

(This shows the status of the Good for People indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

Whatrsquos the picture

Using the World Health Organisationrsquos Health Economic Assessment Tool an Economic Assessment of the Health

Benefits of Walking on the Wales Coast Path was carried out in 201314 The report was issued in November 2014 In

summary the findings were The economic value of the health benefits of walking on the path is pound183m per year with

pound35m of benefit per year directly attributed to the existence of the Wales Coast Path

What has been done so far to improve

We are currently developing a spatial prioritisation tool to help inform our decisions about where best to focus our

resources for maximum benefits including improving health and well-being

What will be done next to improve

The Recreation and Access Enabling Plan will inform and steer our future work on this area

Whatrsquos the picture

Most local authorities have insufficient green space within walking distance of the homes of most of their citizens Due

to the densely built up nature of many urban areas it will be impossible to achieve 100 compliance with this

indicator however it will be possible to increase the percentage compliance and to take action to ameliorate any

remaining deficiency by creating green walls roadside rain gardens (as part of sustainable urban drainage systems

like the one proposed for the Greener Grangetown project) planting street trees etc

What has been done so far to improve

All local authorities were offered grant aid by a legacy body to assess their accessible natural green space The Welsh

Government has adopted the Green Flag Awards as an indicator for their programme for government Local

authorities have developed supplementary planning guidance for green space and have included policies on access

to green space in their local development plans

What will be done next to improve

We have created a dataset of all green space in Wales and has made that available to all local authorities so they can

use it as a modern base-map of their own accessible natural green space We are working with Torfaen CBC to

update it We will use this as a case study to encourage all other local authorities to update their own data We wrote

to all local authorities which participated in the original accessible greenspace mapping work to offer to host a seminar

on how to ldquoground truthrdquo their data All local authority Local Development Plans (both adopted and in preparation)

were assessed for references to Accessible Natural Green Space and the summary of their provisions has been made

available to our staff Similarly a briefing on accessible natural green space for staff involved with Local Service

Boards has been prepared These actions will help us to encourage local authorities to either improve their policy

provision on green space provision or to implement that provision effectively

Whatrsquos the picture

We now have a draft lsquoVolunteering with NRW Policy Statementrsquo and staff guide in development

What has been done so far to improve

We now have a much better picture of directly managed volunteer numbers and staff involved and we are working to

improve data collection We now have a draft lsquoVolunteering with NRW Policy Statementrsquo and staff guide in

development

What will be done next to improve

We will be developing the Cyfoeth volunteering scheme having agreed the principles of the Cyfoeth umbrella scheme

last year The woodlands and you scheme will be taken forward by operations on a Wales wide basis supported by

Knowledge Strategy and Planning along with National Services This will include addressing the recommendations

from Internal Audit Audit Risk and Assurance Committee will retain oversight of the internal audit report response

Whatrsquos the picture

The current figure that can be reported stands at 789 educational settings supported This activity is predominantly

deliveredfacilitated by the Education Learning and Sector Skills Team It includes single visits Work Experience

Placements Teacher Training recorded self-led visits and Fishing with Schools Initiative

What has been done so far to improve

Education and Skills Enabling Plan completed Education Learning and Sector Skills webpage and intranet page

(webpages have been temporaily taken down) Leadership support for the development of the Cyfoeth Placement

scheme elements Inclusion of MSc and PhD records within this report

What will be done next to improve

Implementation of the Enabling Plan Implementation of the Cyfoeth Placement scheme elements Central booking

system for all direct delivery highlighted via Managers Monthly Guide and intranet Investiage the development of a

common NRW coding system for recording of our social programmes (if supported by the business)

What has been done so far to improve

A new contract has been let to undertake face to face surveys and an assessment of the economic impact to be

completed by November 2015 As part of the above work a Wales Coast Path User Survey is being carried out during

2014-15 These are due to be completed by November 2015

What will be done next to improve

The evaluation of the 2014-15 data and a comparative evaluation of data from the same type of survey carried out in

2011-13 will then be undertaken The final report is due by end of March 2016

Whatrsquos the picture

We are not yet in a position to establish the current position The data to support reporting against this indicator

potentially comes from a number of sources Value of our contracts awarded to provide services deliver goods on

land we own or manage (eg franchises mountain bike trail providers cafeacute and catering providers) and numbers of

jobs created and supported and traineesapprentices recruited Advice is needed on the development of a standard

jobs created calculation (eg one Full Time Equivalent is equivalent to poundX GVA numbers of and revenue generated

by commercial and social enterprises through Woodlands and You events activities and projects numbers of social

enterprises supported by Woodlands and You However data collection process are not yet developed sufficiently to

provide clear numbers and figures We are working with operational teams to support improved recording and

reporting

What has been done so far to improve

We are running a regional pilot in south Wales to bring currently unmanaged woodlands into management by working

with social and small local enterprises using the Woodlands and You scheme as the application and assessment

mechanism building and extending on the Wisewoods Wales work in Ceredigion

What will be done next to improve

We are working on our sustainable procurement strategy and will be able to report on the social and economic

outcomes of contracts awarded We are working to improve data collected through Mynediad We are now

commencing the GIS module roll-out across Wales that will enable us to set a baseline

Whatrsquos the picture

Comparing the results from the 2008 and the 2011 survey shows that there has been a significant increase in the

percentage of adults who have met the required level of physical activity through participation in outdoor recreation in

Wales In 2008 29 met the required target of 150 minutes of moderate to intensive physical activity per week This

increased significantly by 2011 to 32 of adults The results show that participation in outdoor recreation is helping

people to lsquoturn the curversquo and increase their physical activity levels and therefore improve their health Increased

physical activity has been proven to reduce obesity diabetes coronary heart disease and certain types of cancer

New NRW research has used the World Health Organisationrsquos Health Economic Assessment Tool to value the health

benefits of outdoor recreation Using the Wales Coast Path as a case study this innovative research found that health

benefits of walking on the path was pound183m per year

What Good looks like people are safe and enjoy and benefit from our natural resources and understand their relevance in our day to day lives

In summary

- Construction of flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Rhymney Tidal Embankment Mawldan Weir and Penclawdd have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties

- The 2011 Wales Outdoor Recreation Survey shows an increase to 32 in the percentage of adults who have met the required level of physical activity through participation in outdoor recreation in Wales

- A new contract has been let to undertake face to face surveys and an assessment of the economic impact of the Wales Coast Path

- We are running a regional pilot in south Wales to bring currently unmanaged woodlands into management by working with social and small local enterprises

- We have delivered 789 educational settings supported Our education enambling plan has been approved and we continue to develop the Cyfoeth (Cyfle) Placement scheme

Whatrsquos the picture

Construction on the flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Penclawdd Rhymney Tidal Embankment and

Mawldan Weir have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties Our Flood Risk Capital budget

was pound182 million this year We have over 200 projects in the capital programme

What has been done so far to improve

Construction of flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Rhymney Tidal Embankment Mawldan Weir and

Penclawdd have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties

What will be done next to improve

Work will continue on schemes to be delivered in 201516 Those include Risca Dolgellau Isca Road Newton and

ffordd Isa

What partners share accountability for achieving Good for Peoplerdquo

Each of us in Wales including Local Communities

(particularly residents in areas at risk of flooding)

Greenspace volunteers

Third Sector including NGOrsquos (particularly Sustrans

and The Ramblers) Agored Cymru

Private Sector including None identified for this grouping

Public Sector including Welsh Government (Health

Improvement Division) Public Health Wales Sport Wales Local Authorities Visit Wales National Park Authorities

What other data do we need to see if Good for Peoplerdquo is being delivered

Two greenspace datasets combined

Updated Welsh OutdoorRecreation Survey

Improved volunteer data More complete educational

Progress towards Good for People

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good for People mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good for People Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Amber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Amber - AmberDevelop and launch programme working with others linking with

priorities of other stakeholders

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities

amp Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Green Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan publishedRecreation and Access Strategy and Action

Plan published

+ Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implementedFour green one amber (amber waste data

systems programme)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

+ Amber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green 10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood risk18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenReduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector year

on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Tim Jones Programme Budget pound50m (including 428FTEs) for 2014

We have increased the level of protection for 467 properties as well as providing over 150 properties with property level protection

Schemes have been completed at Swansea Vale Penclawdd Rhymney Tidal Embankment and Mwldan Weir

Next year we will be delivering schemes at Risca Dolgellau Isca Road Newton and Ffordd Isa with over 600 properties benefitting from a

reduced risk of flooding We will also be continuing with the development of future schemes at Roath Crindau Portland Grounds and

Tabbs Gout

Total substantiated (following attendance) Category12 incidents for year 201314 was 115

Total substantiated (following attendance) Category 12 incidents for year 201415 was 96 a reduction of 165

Work to establish the baseline patterns for premises type pollutant and cause for all significant and major incidents across Wales has

been completed for the year 201314 Incident data for the year 201415 is now being analysed against this baseline data

The baseline data and that for incidents to November in 201415 has been shared with Strategic and Operations Incident Management

Groups This data for the year 201415 is now being compared to the baseline data and again will be used to highlight any trends and

inform risk registers policies campaigns and where necessary to identify if further effort needs to be targeted at specific sectors

There was steady improvement through the year when compared with the baseline figure at the start of the reporting year A combination

of reviewing the asset data and asset repairs brought a fall in the number of failing assets from 105 at the start of the year to 44 at the end

of March 2015 a reduction of 58 South East Area followed South West in reaching the target of 99 passing while North Area made

good progress towards the 99 target in recent months When combining all three areas together the overall the target of 99 was

achieved

Teams will continue to get regular updates in the coming months on failing assets that require repair The systems and policies that we

have in place will be evaluated in the coming year This will include addressing the legacy strategies policies and procedures we currently

use in managing our assets This will ensure that they are suitable and appropriate in Wales and will help us to focus our efforts on those

assets that are of highest flood risk importance

Engagement within identified high risk areas continues and two community flood plans have been completed and three communities have

been signed off

We led an article in the British Horse Society magazine to give practical advice tailored to horse livery and stable (business) owners on

how to protect their horses and livelihoodsrsquo in the event of a flood

We have discussed producing materials for Older People around flooding with Older People Co-ordinators

Wales Young Farmers have also shared our webpages and messages within their monthly newsletter encouraging members to check

their flood risk We continue to work with Dangerpoint safety centre and support the work they do to educate children and transient

populations

We formally launched our Flood Awareness Wales Lead Facebook page

We will work within 24 high risk communities across Wales to increase awareness and preparedness for flooding and will continue to work

with 14 communities until they can be signed off as completed

We plan to strengthen our Flood Plan Lead (FPL) Volunteer network across Wales

We will look into emotional and psychological health support available in Wales for those who have experienced flooding

- Contributed to the development of the Cyfoeth scheme which will include our volunteering programme

- Volunteering Programme drafted Developed our Communities and Regeneration Enabling Plan ndash approved by the Board in March 2015

- Undertaken a baseline survey of numbers and roles of volunteers directly managed by our staff

- Secured resources for and completed the development of the Good for People GIS Toolkit - a spatial targeting methodology to inform the

focus and delivery of NRWrsquos social programmes

- Launched our worldrsquos first Tree Cover in Walesrsquo Towns and Cities study at the Climate Change Commission for Wales meeting in

September and started the production of county specific reports

- Secured resources for established a partnership and undertaken an i-Tree survey of the urban forest in the Tawe catchment to assess

the ecosystem services of urban trees in the NRM Trial Area The findings will contribute to the overall NRM trial catchment datasets and

inform future decision making and will demonstrate the significant ecosystem services that trees provide

- Established a similar network and carried out an i-Tree Eco study in Bridgend County Boroughrsquos urban areas

- Disseminate and support delivery of the Communities and Regeneration Enabling Plan

- Support development of the Cyfoeth scheme and NRWrsquos volunteering policy and programme within it

- Support development and delivery of the NRW-wide extension of the Woodlands and You scheme - Mynediad

- Deliver training and briefing sessions on the Good for People GIS Toolkit and support its use by the business

- Work with the partnerships and Forest research to produce and disseminate i-Tree Eco reports for both the Tawe Catchment and

Bridgend County Borough ensuring that the results inform the NRM pilots and developing Area Plans

- Develop county specific canopy cover reports using data from the all-Wales survey

- Continue to explore options for completing the all-Wales Access to Natural Green space data set

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per

sector using a prioritised risk based approach

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk

Management Capital Programme

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk

management assets prioritising our efforts on

those which counter the highest risks

[P] We develop and deliver our Recreation and Access

Strategy

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government

(Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights of Way

Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste

data systems)

We have published the findings of the Health Economic Assessment Tool for the Wales Coast Path

Rights of Way Improvement Plan Funding Programme offer letters for 201415 were issued to local authorities output reports data from

201314 collated and reports finalised and shared with stakeholders

Local Authorities within the Flymapper trial have recorded over five thousand fly tipping incidents during 201415 giving a spatial

representation of the hotspots

Twncarmel Merthyr multi-agency approach to clear persistent Fly Tipping problem has resulted in clearance preventative measures

installed and the land has been donated to the community to be developed as a community resource

We have developed ITdata systems to ensure waste data and quality meets Welsh Government requirements

In developing waste flow evidence for problematic waste a significant amount of crosschecking of data has been undertaken to assess

where issues lie The waste flow tool was developed and trialled and the tool finalised

Judges training has been undertaken for the Green Flag Awards and judges have been allocated to sites which have applied for Awards

We have established a new contract for face to face surveys and economic assessment of the Wales Coast Path Transition

arrangements for the management for the path will start in April with longer term developments implemented during 201516

We have agreed with Welsh Government to continue delivery of the waste data project in 201516

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership

Funding

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk

and what actions they need to take

What Good looks like people are safe and enjoy and benefit from our natural resources and understand their relevance in our day to day lives

In Summary

- Recreation and Access Communities and Regeneration plus Education Strategies have been approved and are ready for implementation in 201516

- Launched our Tree Cover in Walesrsquo Towns and Cities study at the Climate Change Commission for Wales and started the production of county specific reports

- We have developed our new approach to partnership funding

- Flood and Coastal Risk Management Asset condition continues to improve and we met our target of 99

- We have increased the level of protection against flooding for 467 properties

- We achieved a 165 reduction in serious incidents over the previous year

- We have exceeded our target to raise peoples awareness of their flood risk (18884 at March 2015 against a 10000 target)

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve

learning in and about the natural environment plus

linking to the curriculum and wider learning

opportunities

The draft Strategy Paper Results Based Accounting document and Action Plan table were approved at the February Board meeting

There were delays to their final production as a result of gathering additional information that it was felt would enhance the full suite of

papers and be able to evidence and monitor this work going forward

The target is amber due to the delay in bringing the strategy to the Board whilst additional information was gathered We will commence

implementation in 201516

[P] We work with others to improve local

environmental quality including for disadvantaged

communities

Progress towards Good for Business

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Be - Generating Income

Programme Director Trefor Owen Programme Budget pound34m (including 388FTEs) for 2014

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like a location of choice for business and enterpriseand a place where best practice environmentalmanagement is adpoted and

encouraged

Good for Business - In summary

- We have improved our position in responding to planning applications during the year achieving the required 90 within time during the final four months of the reporting year Our overall performance for the year was 81

- We met our target to issue 90 of permit applications within the determination period

- We are aware of 59 illegal waste sites in Wales We have introduced a focused Waste and Industry Team and the lsquoonce in Wales Enforcement department from April 2015

- We met our gross income target of pound16m for the year achieving pound177m

Whatrsquos the picture

Target has been met

What has been done so far to improve

Continue to submit cases for staff replacements Identify where teams are under resourced and need additional staff

Identify where internal consultation is not responding within set timescales Introduced new way of working for

hydropower applications to streamline the determination process

What will be done next to improve

Use process evaluation to streamline permitting regimes with specific focus on internal consultation

(This shows the status of the Good for Business indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

Whatrsquos the picture

There has been an increase in the number of waste sites Waste sites are put in compliance bands A-F with F being

the poorest performing Wales has 46 permitted waste sites in compliance bands D E or F (poor performers) for 2013

The bulk of the poor performing sites (36) are within the waste treatment sector with 21 of these in the non-hazardous

waste sub-sector

What has been done so far to improve

An improving compliance group has been set up as a sub-group of Regulatory Business Board The group has

delivered two detailed reports on Permitted Waste Site Compliance and review of waste fires to look at the reasons

behind the poor performing D E and F sites and root causes of waste fires at permitted sites

Training has been delivered to regulatory officers to improve knowledge and confidence of assessing compliance at

permitted waste sitesA joint workshop with Welsh Government has been help to agree challenges and identify

solutions (Policy legislative operational)

What will be done next to improve

Actions have been identified and will be implemented

Whatrsquos the picture

At the end of 14-15 NRW was aware of 59 illegal waste sites in Wales

What has been done so far to improve

The introduction of the focused Waste and Industry reg teams in Operations across Wales

What will be done next to improve

The lsquoonce in Wales Enforcement department from April 2015

Whatrsquos the picture

We achieved the target in the final reporting period largely by giving particular attention to response times The

improvements to our approach guidance and processes that we implement during 2015 will help us turn this into a

sustainable improvement and start to focus on the effectiveness of our advice in 201516 Please note that casework

data for Mid Wales are included in the data for South Operations Region and that the difference between consultations

received and responses submitted reflects in part (i) those applications which have been sent by the LPAs but do not

meet our agreed criteria for comment and (ii) work in progress

What will be done next to improve

Now the new finance system is in place we will review the breakdown of the overall figure to ensure all commercial

income is included in 201516

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What has been done so far to improve

Timeliness The lsquobuildrsquo phase in developing the new ICT system is underway and due to complete in the Summer We

published our Service Statement on our website and shared it with key customers The Statement clarifies what our

customers can expect from us and what we expect from them to enable us provide a timely and evidence-based

response We revised our instruction to staff on what to comment on when we are consulted This fine tunes our risk

based approach and will help us to target our advice in a consistent way We have shared this with Planning Officers

Society Wales (POSW) Welsh Government and Local Planning Authorities We have improved our timeliness by

improving focus on response times and will be able to make this a sustainable improvement as we complete the full

suite of improvements to our processes and approaches The transition to medium longer term sustainable ways of

working We brought all the staff working in the NRW planning service across Wales together for a 2 day event to set

the context for the new NRW service communicate our strategic objectives for our planning advice embed culture

change hear from external customers and raise awareness of new internal instruction and guidance that is being rolled-

out to support the delivery of this service We held trainings sessions for 60 staff on the Development Consent Order

process for Nationally Significant Infrastructure Projects (NSIP) and our role within this Nationally Significant

Infrastructure regime We have rolled-out new internal guidance to support the planning service eg NSIP Quick Guide

Call-in guidance and a guide on NRWrsquos approach on how climate change implications should be considered for

development proposals within areas of high flood risk

What will be done next to improve

We will Work with WG to inform the implementation of the provisions of the Planning (Wales) Bill which relate to the

role of statutory consultees Progress operational guidance for identified priority subject-areas including standard

advice for developments of lower risk to bats and landscape considerations for small and single wind turbines and

Implement the new ICT system and test Develop a training programme to further embed culture change in our

planning service Continue to meet with national and local stakeholders to seek feedback on our planning service and

inform our future measures for further improvement Develop options for charging for non-statutory advice to support

the resources required to provide this service Put in place a mid-Wales planning advice team

Whatrsquos the picture

The income figure is pound177m

What has been done so far to improve

NA

What partners share accountability for achieving Good for Businessrdquo

Each of us in Wales including None identified for this grouping

Third Sector including None identified for this grouping

Private Sector including Companies Operators Permit Applicants

Public Sector including Local Authorities PINS MMO (Marine Management

What other data do we need to see if Good for Businessrdquo is being delivered

Nothing currently identified

Progress towards Good for Business

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good for Business measures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good for Business Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green - Green Review charging schemes201516 Charging Scheme published on our

website (2nd April)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or service

level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or

voluntary determination period)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

We have drafted an action plan for the

development of the Permitting Service for

delivery in 201516 onwards

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenReport new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place

on our managed estate

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenWind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3 larch)Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing

(including 267000m3 larch)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Trefor Owen Programme Budget pound34m (including 388FTEs) for 2014

We have held all our open market sales and offered the volumes of timber that we advertised to our customers in Feb 2014 The balance

of our volume has been offered through our suite of long term contracts

Our commitment has been fully met although we have not as yet signed the last long term contract for larch and have fallen short by

65000 on this measure However the larch volume has been brought forward in other species and the overall sales plan commitment has

been met Continue to market at the same sort of levels to achieve our 201516 budgeted targets

We will continue to try to conclude the final long term contract if we are unsuccessful in the next 23 months then the volume will be

reoffered to the market

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to

streamline the service we provide for customers

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like a location of choice for business and enterpriseand a place where best practice environmentalmanagement is adpoted and

encouraged

In Summary

- We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April following a public consulation and obtaining Board and Ministerial approvals

- We have determined 90 of permits licences and consent to timescale (statutory or voluntary determination period)

- We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards

- We are facilitating commercial opportunities for renewables mobile infrastructure holidays gas and timber

- We are supporting six wind and five hydropower energy developments

- We have put to market 869166m3 over bark standing of timber (including 267000m3 larch)

We market timber from the Welsh Government

woodland estate in accordance with our marketing

strategy

We develop a single permitting licensing and

consenting service based on common standards and

processes

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities

including renewable energy generation as well as

recreation and tourism opportunities

We submitted a paper to Februaryrsquos NRWrsquos Board meeting detailing the consultation responses we received and gained their approval of

our final Charging Scheme proposals

We gained Ministerial approval for our 201516 Charging Scheme in March

We published our Charging Scheme Consultation Response on our website at the end of March

We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April

bull Overall the Wind Energy Programme is progressing in line with Developers plans with three of the six Projects in the Development Phase

and actual Option Fee income for FY1415 was pound57m We met with the Crown Estates and toured Pen y Cymoedd looking at potential

energy project synergies between the two organisations We are also pursuing the Energy Park Concept at Pen y Cymoedd We continue

to deal with Developer requests for access which cover wind solar and unconventional gas energy developments

bull Discussions are taking place to assess the possibilities of establishing a small scale wind turbine programme with the potential to expand

into other renewables where possible

bull The Small Scale Hydro Programme has met its target of five schemes enabled

bull We have identified potential biomass supply from mid Wales and will now work to market this

bull We have provided Welsh Government with a submission setting out the opportunities that the Green Growth Fund might be able to help

realise

bull Negotiation are continuing surrounding the development of Forest Holidays and Camping in the Forest at Beddgelert Garwnant and Coed

y Brenin

bull We are currently in discussion over the potential to repeat the woodland creation and carbon capture project on a second site

bull We continue to work closely with Welsh Government and DCMS to roll out the Mobile Infrastructure Project to provide coverage to lsquonot-

spotrsquo rural areas

bull It has been an extremely buoyant year for Timber sales and this has enabled the published Timber sale open market volumes to be fully

met We have increased our customer base this year and our sales of ldquonicherdquo products including the potential supply of cedar for shed and

garden product manufacture

bull The filming unit promotion has commenced with the establishment of a bespoke email address

bull We have met with Sport Wales and have agreed a plan to work in tandem over the Tryweren Centre

bull The first five Field Sports parcels are being prepared for tender and investigations into the remaining potential for NRW managed land are

ongoing

bull We will review our visitor centres to ensure they realise enterprise and income generating opportunities that are appropriate to site

bull Our Enterprise and Business Transformation Programme has been established and will be tasked with building an enterprise culture

prioritising opportunities and freeing up resources to deliver enterprising projects

[P] We support the wind energy programme and

deliver our hydropower programme on land that

we manage

We determine permits licences and consents

meeting the statutory determination or service

level agreement period timescale

We are now beginning the work programme to deliver our 201618 Charging Scheme

We have continued with monthly reporting and analysis of performance across a range of individual regimes to identify under performance

Where this is identified then measures have been taken to attempt to correct the issue We have agreed a workforce plan for the service as

a way of addressing the current level of turnover replacing vacated posts quickly with people with the right skills This has meant that we

are having to put forward recruitment requirements regularly and on occasion to recruit externally

We continue to work with Operations colleagues to ensure that they understand the impact on this target so that the internal consultations

for permit applications are returned within required timescales

We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards In addition we have

commenced work on a number of areas including -

We have begun developing a single identity as the NRW Permitting Service

We have developed a single set of Priorities Principle and Values

We have commissioned work to examine opportunities for efficiencies streamlining of permitting processes This will form part of the

Transformation Programme - Improving efficiency and service delivery

We have made some organisation changes with the Spp SSSI and Woodland Regulation administration teams reporting to a single Team

Leader

Work to examine opportunities for efficiencies streamlining of permitting processes will form part of the Transformation Programme -

Improving efficiency and service delivery

Wind Wind Energy Programme is progressing in line with Developers plans with three of the six Projects in the Development Phase

Hydro We have enabled five schemes to be constructed by March 15 One is constructed and operational two are under construction and

two are awaiting commencement of construction

Programme continues in 201516

Progress towards Good Organisation

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Oa- Customer and

stakeholder satisfaction

Ob - Staff Engagement Index

Od - Achievement of

revised business case

Oe - Reduced

organisational carbon

footprint

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What has been done so far to improve

Progress to deliver the Change Programme has created savings and includes Exit from Environment Agency head

office non-ICT services on vesting da Exit since vesting day from 19 transitional services provided by the

Environment Agency and Forestry Commission worth pound26M per annum Business process improvements include

significant planned savings from sample collection planning advice and permitting functions Short term rationalisation

of offices and depots Removing almost all staff off the Forestry Commission and Environment Agency ICT

infrastructure

What will be done next to improve

Further progress with the Change Programme that will set up savings including Further rationalisation of offices and

depots to conclude the short term programme Continue work to exit transitional services worth another approx pound5M

in 201516 Complete the second Voluntary Exit Schemewith the aim of realising further annual savings Fully

establish the continuous improvement programme to deliver efficiencies over the next 2 years

Whatrsquos the picture

- Our baseline carbon footprint amounts to 7699 tCO2e

- The main elements of our carbon footprint last year related to the use of vehicles we own electricity use and the

(contracted out) use of construction aggregate Over 5000 tonnes of CO2e related to these three areas

- The nine month figures shown (including estimates for some elements) suggest we have used ~64 of our carbon

budget for the year

- We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

What has been done so far to improve

We have been working to

- Engage our staff through training and delivering workshops to our leaders

- Reduce emissions from travel and transport by minimising UK internal flights increasing our use of biodiesel

reducing our fleet emissions reducing the need for travel through increased audioweb conferencing

- Rationalise our building estate in line with our accommodation strategy

- Roll out of new IT (improving our audioweb conferencing capabilities)

- Regional EMS committees being established For 201415 we targeted a reduction in our travel and building energy

related carbon footprint of 5

What will be done next to improve

- Applying sustainability risk assessments to new contracts (over pound25k)

- Engaging stakeholders and publishing our core EMS documentation

- We will continue to report on our carbon footprint internally on a quarterly basis (using estimates if necessary to do

so)

Whatrsquos the picture

We are on target for the cash-realisable benefit The accumulation of savings over the 10 years remains very

sensitive to relatively small changes in the annual savings in these early years The scenario planning shows that

although we are on target there should be emphasis on the need to maintain a strong focus on making efficiencies

releasing money by exiting transitional services controlling costs and making sure implement plans to deliver the

benefits The analysis that underpins this indicator is based on information available at the end of March 2015 The

lsquoyear endrsquo figures available in June will improve the forecast

What will be done next to improve

The Board has considered the scope of a NRW Customer Care Strategy and provided its feedback on the

development of the strategy NRW needs to finalise its discussions concerning the development and implementation

of the NRW Customer Care Strategy

Whatrsquos the picture

We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate which for our first survey

was really encouraging and showed our staff engagement index to be 48

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

In summary

-Customer and Stakeholder satisfaction will be developed as part of our Customer Focus Programme in 201516

-We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate and a staff engagement indexof 48 We are looking at how we can improve and set a target for next year

-We have reviewed our position against benchmarks and will now be setting targets for future years

-We remain on target to achieve the 10 year cash realisable savings through NRWs creation Further progress will be made with the Change Programme

-We have used ~64 of our annual carbon budget in the first nine months of the year We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

Whatrsquos the picture

The indicator is yet been developed (the baseline will be established by the first customer satisfaction survey for

regulated business that will seek views on the change in service since before NRW)

What has been done so far to improve

We have committed to continuing to work to Customer Care and Service Standards

(This shows the status of the Good Organisation indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

What has been done so far to improve

We should all be focused on how we build on the good work and take action to make improvements There are some

clear messages from the survey which are understandable given that NRW is only two years old and the scale of

change has been huge The results identified a number of positives Staff are interested in their roles and enjoy

challenges the skill levels are very good and most enjoy having the support of their Line Managers and camaraderie

of their colleagues But there were a number of challenges to address the pace and amount of change cross-

organisational working leadership clarity of our organisational objectives and purpose and the learning and

development opportunities on offer

What will be done next to improve

We are looking at how we can increase the staff engagement index to 58 an increase of 10 (target is to be

confirmed)

Whatrsquos the picture

We have presented ourselves against benchmarks for a number of support services including Finance Procurement

Human Resources Information Technology Communications Legal Services and Accommodation using the latest

available (2009) Cabinet Office data and guidance With only one exception we are positioned within the benchmark

range or slightly below it The exception is the area of office space we occupy in relation to the number of staff we

employ

What has been done so far to improve

We have centrally compiled the benchmarks to ensure consistency and have included additional sectors of our

business for a broader picture

What will be done next to improve

We will set targets for each area and programme an annual update of the benchmarks to coincide with our annual

budgeting and planning cycle We will seek to find more recent data to benchmark against and will additionally

consider our performance ambition We will explore why we appear to have more office space than expected

considering how this will be addressed by the plan contained in our Accommodation Strategy or if there is any issue

with how we are compiling our data

What partners share accountability for achieving a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo_

Each of us in Wales including Customers of NRW

Third Sector including Customers of NRW

Private Sector including Customers of NRW

Public Sector including Environment Agency Forestry Commission

What other data do we need to see if a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo is being delivered

We need to construct and run a customer and stakeholder survey

Outcomescore of next staff engagement index

Progress towards Good Organisation

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Organisation mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good OrganisationPeriod 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber - AmberAchieve business case benefits relating to the creation of Natural

Resources Walespound145M (91 complete)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targetsProcurement strategy and quick wins

delivered

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

+ Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report)

indicates 5 reduction is on track

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Sublet Ynysybwl tractor shed Progress to the implementation phase of the Llanelli Laboratory project

Complete the options appraisal for Mid-Wales by August 2015

Complete options appraisals for four regional lsquohubsrsquo (South West South East North West and North East) by September 2015 There a

number of rationalisation projects that had been identified as lsquoquick winsrsquo but are on hold because of local concerns about the degree to

which the project would require changes to legacy ways of working

We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits in September 2014 amp March 2015

In 201415 - 33 nonconformities of legal and other compliance obligations were raised these have now been corrected and actions taken

to prevent reoccurrence

30 of NRW staff have received specific targeted EMS awareness pollution incident and waste training

7 of 8 directorate leadership teams have received EMS training

9 month emissions report indicates we are on track to meet our 5 carbon reduction target

We are going to integrate forestry operations within the scope of the EMS in 201516 Site visits at WSO civils and WHaM sites are

already scheduled

We will ensure all staff receive EMS awareness training

Handover of Transition projects - All Transition areas identified continuing work requirements ICT application transitiontransformation ndash

further 63 projects Service exits ndash further 9 this year business as usual work continued by a Transformation Portfolio

We have sold Three Cocks Depot (Brecon) Frobisher Road Depot (Newport) and Merlinrsquos Bridge Depot (Haverfordwest))

We have vacated and disposed of Beechwood House (Llandeilo) Unit 3 Cantref Court (Abergavenny) Glan Y Nant (Mold) Drake Walk

(Cardiff) Chirk Depot and Granada Park (Llangattock) We have vacated and mothballed Llanion House (Haverfordwest) Plas Penrhos

(Bangor) Mawddach Hatchery (Dolgellau) Maerdy Hatchery (Corwen) and the Ceinws site (Corris) We are working closely with the

Estates Team to secure the disposal of these sites As a result of these actions we have generated capital receipts of pound236K and we are

making annual savings of pound360K on our building running costs

The Business Case for the Llanelli Laboratory project has been completed and will be presented to ET for their approval in mid-April 2015

Significant progress has been made on the Mid-Wales options appraisal The preliminary feasibility study has been completed and the

Project Board is now in place

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our

environmental management and work towards being

an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and

- Developed NRW Procurement Strategy to 2017 (input provided by Executive Team in February 2015)

- We have undertaken a considerable amount of work on the Civil Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) which will be in place later

this year As part of this we are instigating a pilot on the use of community benefits A series of supplier engagement events for this

Framework have already been undertaken in conjunction with Business Wales

- Quick wins continue to be developed within our Welsh Government Procurement Maturity Model Improvement Plan

- We have secured early adopter status with WG for use of the E-procurement maturity model and benefits tracker following us arranging

for WG to present to FCS Leadership Team (who subsequently agreed to proceed) We have in place a technology action plan that will

evolve over FY1516

- Undertaken and completed the Procurement Team Change Programme

- Baselined ldquoNRW procurementrdquo by applying the WG Procurement Maturity Model and are continuing to implement the subsequent

improvement plan as well as developing a number of procurement KPIrsquos Value Wales have agreed to undertake an independent progress

review in 201516 Details of the improvement plan to which we refer are outlined in Section 43 of the Procurement Strategy

- We regularly attend Directorate Leadership Team Meetings to consult on our improvement plan and to better understand Directorate

requirements (for the short medium and long term We have developed a Procurement Pipeline (Contract Forward Plans) to help

Directorates to secure best value for money and to provide greater visibility of opportunities for the supply base (including Welsh SMErsquos)

- We are the Welsh Government Sponsored Bodiesrsquo Sector representative on the National Procurement Service Delivery Group and we

continue to explore potential options with NPS across the range of their categories

- We have established a Governance Plan for procurement detailing the project milestones for the rewrite and implementation of new

thresholds templates rules and procedures for procurement across the whole of NRW

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the

workforce

We deliver our accommodation strategy

We deliver procurement that achieves value for

money sustainability and facilitates opportunities

for Welsh SMEs

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

A second voluntary exit scheme

Completed the short term programme of opportunities to vacate and dispose of offices and depots

Exited 29 of the 40 transitional services as of the end of 201415

Made good progress with continuous improvement programmes that free up staff time including halving the effort required to process

each application for hydropower permits and reaching the development planning advice service targets for responding within agreed

deadlines

We are on target to deliver our ICT services for pound6M in place of the pound8M baseline cost

Exit the remaining transitional services and aim to reduce some of the enduring services as well

Implement the full accommodation strategy to complete the reduction from 80 sites to 40 sites

The portfolio of transformation programmes including a much larger range of LEAN process improvement projects as part of the

continuous improvement programme

Development

- Focusing on the delivery of community benefits through contracting and reporting on the outcomes delivered to include the Civil

Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) pilot

- Develop an e-procurement strategy and technology plan which will scope a project to encompass the Investigation of available options to

maximise the use of e-Procurement capability and to satisfy upcoming legislative requirements (by engaging with the WG e-Procurement

Infrastructure Programme)

Engagement

- Develop plans to increase opportunities for Welsh SMEs to compete for NRW contracts ensuring our procurement practices are

appropriate for SMErsquos and larger scale enterprises and establish and measure contract opportunities made available to SMErsquos

EfficiencyValue for Money

- Identify opportunities for benefits and efficiencies taking a lead role in identifying and measuring opportunities for benefits and

efficiencies

Procurement Governance

- Review the impact of the changes to the procurement process via the 2015 Amendment to EU Procurement Directives implement the

new directives and accommodate any applicable changes or obligations

- Measure and report on the percentage of influenceable spend channelled through a compliant route (target 100)

- Develop a first stage Procurement Assurance Model

In Summary

- We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single system

- Our forecast for Business Case benefits is pound145m which is 9 below target however we are still developing further efficiencies

- There were two lost time incidents to our employees ithis year We have developed a 3 year Wellbeing Health amp Safety (WHS) programme to improve our performance from 2015 onwards

- We have reduced the number of properties we use with nine disposed of and five mothballed We now have 65 operational sites

- We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits Based on our 9 month carbon footprint position we expect to meet our 5 reduction target for this year

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support

and customer care to both staff and customers

What we have done so far As of 1 March the first two phases of MyNRW are live which sees NRW able to raise requisitions and approve

purchase orders through workflow We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single

system We are also producing financial and management reports for internal and external reporting

What we are going to do next Developments include scoping out the Project Costing amp Billing module revisions to Product Codes

increased use of workflow and enhancing our reporting capability

We plan and allocate resources to business

priorities and achieve performance reporting that

drives continuous improvements

24 Workstreams ndash in excess of 104 projects

- All of our key objectives within the projects and programmes to create our standalone capability have been delivered m any of these

represent an outstanding achievement

- Some slippage in more complex areas

- Service exits - 43 EA services down to 17 at end of 201516 year 17 FCGB services down to 5 at end of 201516 year

- 1600 ICT applicationssystems down to 400 at end of March 2015

- Benefits

- Achievedforecast - pound145m [pound129m cash releasing pound16m non cash] so far compared to pound158m business case target

We deliver our transition projects to help establish

our standalone capability

Business Plan Dashboard

201415 report 1st April 2014 - 31st March 2015

Good Knowledge Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] [I] We develop Walesrsquo approach to integrated natural resource management Amber Amber uarr GreenWe will now report learning from the trials to support

scrutiny of the Environment Bill

[P] [I] We work with Welsh Government to develop funding mechanisms to support

integrated natural resource managementGreen Green - Green

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

[P] We work with Welsh Government to develop natural resources policy including delivery

of a State of Natural Resources reportAmber Amber uarr Green

Develop interim report by November 2014

(first full report September 2016) Interim report has now been developed

We review our monitoring strategy and apply recommendations to our operational work Amber Green - GreenReview and implement our monitoring analysis and reporting

programmeProject governance has been finalised

We assess our abilities so that we are able to effectively engage with the public and share

our technical advice and expertise with others or seek support where requiredGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off October 2014 Operate

rolling customer insight programme

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

We develop our ability to better explain and communicate complex issues to a wide range

of stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off and Rolling customer

insight programme providing reports

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

A Good Environment Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

We ensure the sustainable management of land and water we manage Amber Amber uarr GreenActions resolved arising from NNR and WGWE audit

Maintain UKWAS accreditation

Actions resolved and UKWAS accreditation

maintained

[P] We work with others to improve connectivity and restoration of priority habitats

and their linkages as part of integrated natural resource management plansGreen Green - Green Complete Level 2 Connectivity mapping by December 2014 Level 2 mapping first draft completed for all habitats

We ensure climate change adaptation is embedded in all areas of our work Green Green - GreenApply parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance to our organisation by March 2015

Parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance applied

[P] We will play our part and work with others to halt biodiversity loss in order to help ensure

that by 2020 ecosystems are more resilientGreen Green darr Red 80 of our actions underway or complete 63 actions underwaycomplete from July work plan

We will develop our approach to pollinators NA Green darr AmberImplement a programme of measures on NRW sites by 31

March 2015

[P] The condition of features on sites improves

(ie Indicator Ee Marine terrestrial and freshwater environment)Red Red - Red

Condition of features of marine terrestrial and freshwater

Natura 2000 sites

33 of marine 24 of terrestrial and 26 of

freshwater features are in favourable condition

[P] The water environment improves (ie Indicator Ea Water environment) Indicator Indicator - RAG - NAComplance with good status under the Water Framework

Directive

Compliance with good status under the Water

Framework Directive = 37

We manage outbreaks of plant health pests and diseases Green Green - GreenImplement control plans on the Welsh Government Woodland

Estate

Helicopter surveillance for P ramorum completed 60

sites found to be positive and notices have been

served on 417ha

[I] We consider streamlined innovative approaches Amber Green - GreenDevelop and support approaches that demonstrate innovation

collaboration and best practice

We ensure accurate information on flood risk is available to the public and

stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Publish flood maps (in quarter one) capital and maintenance

programmes (in quarter two)

Published flood maps (in quarter one) capital and

maintenance programmes (in quarter two)

Good for People Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve learning in and about the natural

environment plus linking to the curriculum and wider learning opportunitiesAmber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

[P] We work with others to improve local environmental quality including for

disadvantaged communitiesGreen Amber - Amber

Develop and launch programme working with others linking

with priorities of other stakeholders

[P] We develop and deliver our Access and Recreation Strategy along with our Marketing

FrameworkGreen Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan published

Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan

published

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government (Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights

of Way Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste data systems)Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implemented

Four green one amber (amber waste data systems

programme)

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership Funding Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk management assets prioritising our

efforts on those which counter the highest risksAmber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk and what actions they need to take Green Green - Green10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood

risk

18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk Management Capital Programme Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per sector using a prioritised risk based

approachAmber Green - Green

Reduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector

year on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Good for Business Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to streamline the service we provide for

customersGreen Green - Green Review charging schemes

201516 Charging Scheme published on our website

(2nd April)

We fulfil our role as statutory consultee in responding to planning consultations

(ie Indicator Bd Our role as statutory consultee)Red Red uarr Amber Respond to 90 consultations within agreed timescale

We determine permits licences and consents meeting the statutory determination or

service level agreement period timescaleAmber Amber uarr Green

90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or

service level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or voluntary

determination period)

We develop a single permitting licensing and consenting service based on common

standards and processesGreen Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities including renewable energy

generation as well as recreation and tourism opportunitiesGreen Green - Green

Report new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place on

our managed estate

[P] We support the wind energy programme and deliver our hydropower programme

on land that we manageGreen Green - Green

Wind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

We market timber from the Welsh Government woodland estate in accordance with

our marketing strategyGreen Green - Green

Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3

larch)

Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing (including

267000m3 larch)

We generate income from our enterprise activities

(ie Indicator Be Generating income)Green Green - Green pound16m pound177m

Good Organisaton Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support and customer care to both staff and

customersGreen Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

We plan and allocate resources to business priorities and achieve performance

reporting that drives continuous improvementsAmber Amber - Amber pound145M (91 complete)

We deliver our transition projects to help establish our standalone capability Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

We deliver procurement that achieves value for money sustainability and facilitates

opportunities for Welsh SMEsGreen Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targets Procurement strategy and quick wins delivered

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the workforce Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

We deliver our accommodation strategy Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our environmental management and work towards

being an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and waterAmber Green - Green

ISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report) indicates

5 reduction is on track

We all have confidence in our collective success

(ie Indicator Ob Staff engagement index)Indicator Indicator - RAG - NA 7 (out of 10)

Staff survey completed in early 2015 giving a

baseline engagement index of 48 which will

provide scope for improvement in 201516

trend columns uarr An up arrow indicates an improvement since the last assessment

- A flat line indicates no significant change since with the last assessment

darr A down arrow indicates a decline since with the last assessment

status columns Red This indicates we are not where we planned we should be

Amber This indicates we are nearly on target (within 10)

Green This indicates we are on target

font styles

Italic Related to an area of Corporate Risk

tags Reputation related measures

Partnership working related measures

Innovation related measures[I]

Achieve business case benefits relating to the creation of

Natural Resources Wales

Ministerial priority

[R]

Bold

underline

Report learning from three integrated natural resource

management trials (Dyfi Rhondda Tawe) to Welsh

Government by March 2015

This dashboard reflects progress against measures and indicators from our wider performance framework It is used to provide a single page at a glance summary of performance in key areas

We track performance for the items on this dashboard and also review performance three times a year with at open public sessions with our Board (in October February and May)

Key

This dashboard is one part of our Performance Framework 40 items (35 measures and 5 indicators) are included on this dashboard

[Formatted as A3 portrait If printed does not need to be printed in colour]

[P]

Approaches being supported including Greener

Grangetown

We have drafted an action plan for the development

of the Permitting Service for delivery in 201516

onwards

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities amp

Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Responded to 81 consultations (annual average)

within agreed timescale

We continue to manage NNRs for a range of wild

pollinating species improve the habitat value of the

Public Forest Estate

Page 6: Performance Summary Report - Natural Resources Wales · The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions NRW (and other key stakeholders) could take to improve the situation.

Progress towards Good for People

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

`

Programme Director Tim Jones Programme Budget pound50m (including 428FTEs) for 2014

(This shows the status of the Good for People indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

Whatrsquos the picture

Using the World Health Organisationrsquos Health Economic Assessment Tool an Economic Assessment of the Health

Benefits of Walking on the Wales Coast Path was carried out in 201314 The report was issued in November 2014 In

summary the findings were The economic value of the health benefits of walking on the path is pound183m per year with

pound35m of benefit per year directly attributed to the existence of the Wales Coast Path

What has been done so far to improve

We are currently developing a spatial prioritisation tool to help inform our decisions about where best to focus our

resources for maximum benefits including improving health and well-being

What will be done next to improve

The Recreation and Access Enabling Plan will inform and steer our future work on this area

Whatrsquos the picture

Most local authorities have insufficient green space within walking distance of the homes of most of their citizens Due

to the densely built up nature of many urban areas it will be impossible to achieve 100 compliance with this

indicator however it will be possible to increase the percentage compliance and to take action to ameliorate any

remaining deficiency by creating green walls roadside rain gardens (as part of sustainable urban drainage systems

like the one proposed for the Greener Grangetown project) planting street trees etc

What has been done so far to improve

All local authorities were offered grant aid by a legacy body to assess their accessible natural green space The Welsh

Government has adopted the Green Flag Awards as an indicator for their programme for government Local

authorities have developed supplementary planning guidance for green space and have included policies on access

to green space in their local development plans

What will be done next to improve

We have created a dataset of all green space in Wales and has made that available to all local authorities so they can

use it as a modern base-map of their own accessible natural green space We are working with Torfaen CBC to

update it We will use this as a case study to encourage all other local authorities to update their own data We wrote

to all local authorities which participated in the original accessible greenspace mapping work to offer to host a seminar

on how to ldquoground truthrdquo their data All local authority Local Development Plans (both adopted and in preparation)

were assessed for references to Accessible Natural Green Space and the summary of their provisions has been made

available to our staff Similarly a briefing on accessible natural green space for staff involved with Local Service

Boards has been prepared These actions will help us to encourage local authorities to either improve their policy

provision on green space provision or to implement that provision effectively

Whatrsquos the picture

We now have a draft lsquoVolunteering with NRW Policy Statementrsquo and staff guide in development

What has been done so far to improve

We now have a much better picture of directly managed volunteer numbers and staff involved and we are working to

improve data collection We now have a draft lsquoVolunteering with NRW Policy Statementrsquo and staff guide in

development

What will be done next to improve

We will be developing the Cyfoeth volunteering scheme having agreed the principles of the Cyfoeth umbrella scheme

last year The woodlands and you scheme will be taken forward by operations on a Wales wide basis supported by

Knowledge Strategy and Planning along with National Services This will include addressing the recommendations

from Internal Audit Audit Risk and Assurance Committee will retain oversight of the internal audit report response

Whatrsquos the picture

The current figure that can be reported stands at 789 educational settings supported This activity is predominantly

deliveredfacilitated by the Education Learning and Sector Skills Team It includes single visits Work Experience

Placements Teacher Training recorded self-led visits and Fishing with Schools Initiative

What has been done so far to improve

Education and Skills Enabling Plan completed Education Learning and Sector Skills webpage and intranet page

(webpages have been temporaily taken down) Leadership support for the development of the Cyfoeth Placement

scheme elements Inclusion of MSc and PhD records within this report

What will be done next to improve

Implementation of the Enabling Plan Implementation of the Cyfoeth Placement scheme elements Central booking

system for all direct delivery highlighted via Managers Monthly Guide and intranet Investiage the development of a

common NRW coding system for recording of our social programmes (if supported by the business)

What has been done so far to improve

A new contract has been let to undertake face to face surveys and an assessment of the economic impact to be

completed by November 2015 As part of the above work a Wales Coast Path User Survey is being carried out during

2014-15 These are due to be completed by November 2015

What will be done next to improve

The evaluation of the 2014-15 data and a comparative evaluation of data from the same type of survey carried out in

2011-13 will then be undertaken The final report is due by end of March 2016

Whatrsquos the picture

We are not yet in a position to establish the current position The data to support reporting against this indicator

potentially comes from a number of sources Value of our contracts awarded to provide services deliver goods on

land we own or manage (eg franchises mountain bike trail providers cafeacute and catering providers) and numbers of

jobs created and supported and traineesapprentices recruited Advice is needed on the development of a standard

jobs created calculation (eg one Full Time Equivalent is equivalent to poundX GVA numbers of and revenue generated

by commercial and social enterprises through Woodlands and You events activities and projects numbers of social

enterprises supported by Woodlands and You However data collection process are not yet developed sufficiently to

provide clear numbers and figures We are working with operational teams to support improved recording and

reporting

What has been done so far to improve

We are running a regional pilot in south Wales to bring currently unmanaged woodlands into management by working

with social and small local enterprises using the Woodlands and You scheme as the application and assessment

mechanism building and extending on the Wisewoods Wales work in Ceredigion

What will be done next to improve

We are working on our sustainable procurement strategy and will be able to report on the social and economic

outcomes of contracts awarded We are working to improve data collected through Mynediad We are now

commencing the GIS module roll-out across Wales that will enable us to set a baseline

Whatrsquos the picture

Comparing the results from the 2008 and the 2011 survey shows that there has been a significant increase in the

percentage of adults who have met the required level of physical activity through participation in outdoor recreation in

Wales In 2008 29 met the required target of 150 minutes of moderate to intensive physical activity per week This

increased significantly by 2011 to 32 of adults The results show that participation in outdoor recreation is helping

people to lsquoturn the curversquo and increase their physical activity levels and therefore improve their health Increased

physical activity has been proven to reduce obesity diabetes coronary heart disease and certain types of cancer

New NRW research has used the World Health Organisationrsquos Health Economic Assessment Tool to value the health

benefits of outdoor recreation Using the Wales Coast Path as a case study this innovative research found that health

benefits of walking on the path was pound183m per year

What Good looks like people are safe and enjoy and benefit from our natural resources and understand their relevance in our day to day lives

In summary

- Construction of flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Rhymney Tidal Embankment Mawldan Weir and Penclawdd have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties

- The 2011 Wales Outdoor Recreation Survey shows an increase to 32 in the percentage of adults who have met the required level of physical activity through participation in outdoor recreation in Wales

- A new contract has been let to undertake face to face surveys and an assessment of the economic impact of the Wales Coast Path

- We are running a regional pilot in south Wales to bring currently unmanaged woodlands into management by working with social and small local enterprises

- We have delivered 789 educational settings supported Our education enambling plan has been approved and we continue to develop the Cyfoeth (Cyfle) Placement scheme

Whatrsquos the picture

Construction on the flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Penclawdd Rhymney Tidal Embankment and

Mawldan Weir have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties Our Flood Risk Capital budget

was pound182 million this year We have over 200 projects in the capital programme

What has been done so far to improve

Construction of flood alleviation schemes at Swansea Vale Rhymney Tidal Embankment Mawldan Weir and

Penclawdd have been completed reducing the risk of flooding to 467 properties

What will be done next to improve

Work will continue on schemes to be delivered in 201516 Those include Risca Dolgellau Isca Road Newton and

ffordd Isa

What partners share accountability for achieving Good for Peoplerdquo

Each of us in Wales including Local Communities

(particularly residents in areas at risk of flooding)

Greenspace volunteers

Third Sector including NGOrsquos (particularly Sustrans

and The Ramblers) Agored Cymru

Private Sector including None identified for this grouping

Public Sector including Welsh Government (Health

Improvement Division) Public Health Wales Sport Wales Local Authorities Visit Wales National Park Authorities

What other data do we need to see if Good for Peoplerdquo is being delivered

Two greenspace datasets combined

Updated Welsh OutdoorRecreation Survey

Improved volunteer data More complete educational

Progress towards Good for People

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good for People mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good for People Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Amber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Amber - AmberDevelop and launch programme working with others linking with

priorities of other stakeholders

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities

amp Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Green Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan publishedRecreation and Access Strategy and Action

Plan published

+ Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implementedFour green one amber (amber waste data

systems programme)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

+ Amber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green 10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood risk18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenReduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector year

on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Tim Jones Programme Budget pound50m (including 428FTEs) for 2014

We have increased the level of protection for 467 properties as well as providing over 150 properties with property level protection

Schemes have been completed at Swansea Vale Penclawdd Rhymney Tidal Embankment and Mwldan Weir

Next year we will be delivering schemes at Risca Dolgellau Isca Road Newton and Ffordd Isa with over 600 properties benefitting from a

reduced risk of flooding We will also be continuing with the development of future schemes at Roath Crindau Portland Grounds and

Tabbs Gout

Total substantiated (following attendance) Category12 incidents for year 201314 was 115

Total substantiated (following attendance) Category 12 incidents for year 201415 was 96 a reduction of 165

Work to establish the baseline patterns for premises type pollutant and cause for all significant and major incidents across Wales has

been completed for the year 201314 Incident data for the year 201415 is now being analysed against this baseline data

The baseline data and that for incidents to November in 201415 has been shared with Strategic and Operations Incident Management

Groups This data for the year 201415 is now being compared to the baseline data and again will be used to highlight any trends and

inform risk registers policies campaigns and where necessary to identify if further effort needs to be targeted at specific sectors

There was steady improvement through the year when compared with the baseline figure at the start of the reporting year A combination

of reviewing the asset data and asset repairs brought a fall in the number of failing assets from 105 at the start of the year to 44 at the end

of March 2015 a reduction of 58 South East Area followed South West in reaching the target of 99 passing while North Area made

good progress towards the 99 target in recent months When combining all three areas together the overall the target of 99 was

achieved

Teams will continue to get regular updates in the coming months on failing assets that require repair The systems and policies that we

have in place will be evaluated in the coming year This will include addressing the legacy strategies policies and procedures we currently

use in managing our assets This will ensure that they are suitable and appropriate in Wales and will help us to focus our efforts on those

assets that are of highest flood risk importance

Engagement within identified high risk areas continues and two community flood plans have been completed and three communities have

been signed off

We led an article in the British Horse Society magazine to give practical advice tailored to horse livery and stable (business) owners on

how to protect their horses and livelihoodsrsquo in the event of a flood

We have discussed producing materials for Older People around flooding with Older People Co-ordinators

Wales Young Farmers have also shared our webpages and messages within their monthly newsletter encouraging members to check

their flood risk We continue to work with Dangerpoint safety centre and support the work they do to educate children and transient

populations

We formally launched our Flood Awareness Wales Lead Facebook page

We will work within 24 high risk communities across Wales to increase awareness and preparedness for flooding and will continue to work

with 14 communities until they can be signed off as completed

We plan to strengthen our Flood Plan Lead (FPL) Volunteer network across Wales

We will look into emotional and psychological health support available in Wales for those who have experienced flooding

- Contributed to the development of the Cyfoeth scheme which will include our volunteering programme

- Volunteering Programme drafted Developed our Communities and Regeneration Enabling Plan ndash approved by the Board in March 2015

- Undertaken a baseline survey of numbers and roles of volunteers directly managed by our staff

- Secured resources for and completed the development of the Good for People GIS Toolkit - a spatial targeting methodology to inform the

focus and delivery of NRWrsquos social programmes

- Launched our worldrsquos first Tree Cover in Walesrsquo Towns and Cities study at the Climate Change Commission for Wales meeting in

September and started the production of county specific reports

- Secured resources for established a partnership and undertaken an i-Tree survey of the urban forest in the Tawe catchment to assess

the ecosystem services of urban trees in the NRM Trial Area The findings will contribute to the overall NRM trial catchment datasets and

inform future decision making and will demonstrate the significant ecosystem services that trees provide

- Established a similar network and carried out an i-Tree Eco study in Bridgend County Boroughrsquos urban areas

- Disseminate and support delivery of the Communities and Regeneration Enabling Plan

- Support development of the Cyfoeth scheme and NRWrsquos volunteering policy and programme within it

- Support development and delivery of the NRW-wide extension of the Woodlands and You scheme - Mynediad

- Deliver training and briefing sessions on the Good for People GIS Toolkit and support its use by the business

- Work with the partnerships and Forest research to produce and disseminate i-Tree Eco reports for both the Tawe Catchment and

Bridgend County Borough ensuring that the results inform the NRM pilots and developing Area Plans

- Develop county specific canopy cover reports using data from the all-Wales survey

- Continue to explore options for completing the all-Wales Access to Natural Green space data set

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per

sector using a prioritised risk based approach

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk

Management Capital Programme

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk

management assets prioritising our efforts on

those which counter the highest risks

[P] We develop and deliver our Recreation and Access

Strategy

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government

(Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights of Way

Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste

data systems)

We have published the findings of the Health Economic Assessment Tool for the Wales Coast Path

Rights of Way Improvement Plan Funding Programme offer letters for 201415 were issued to local authorities output reports data from

201314 collated and reports finalised and shared with stakeholders

Local Authorities within the Flymapper trial have recorded over five thousand fly tipping incidents during 201415 giving a spatial

representation of the hotspots

Twncarmel Merthyr multi-agency approach to clear persistent Fly Tipping problem has resulted in clearance preventative measures

installed and the land has been donated to the community to be developed as a community resource

We have developed ITdata systems to ensure waste data and quality meets Welsh Government requirements

In developing waste flow evidence for problematic waste a significant amount of crosschecking of data has been undertaken to assess

where issues lie The waste flow tool was developed and trialled and the tool finalised

Judges training has been undertaken for the Green Flag Awards and judges have been allocated to sites which have applied for Awards

We have established a new contract for face to face surveys and economic assessment of the Wales Coast Path Transition

arrangements for the management for the path will start in April with longer term developments implemented during 201516

We have agreed with Welsh Government to continue delivery of the waste data project in 201516

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership

Funding

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk

and what actions they need to take

What Good looks like people are safe and enjoy and benefit from our natural resources and understand their relevance in our day to day lives

In Summary

- Recreation and Access Communities and Regeneration plus Education Strategies have been approved and are ready for implementation in 201516

- Launched our Tree Cover in Walesrsquo Towns and Cities study at the Climate Change Commission for Wales and started the production of county specific reports

- We have developed our new approach to partnership funding

- Flood and Coastal Risk Management Asset condition continues to improve and we met our target of 99

- We have increased the level of protection against flooding for 467 properties

- We achieved a 165 reduction in serious incidents over the previous year

- We have exceeded our target to raise peoples awareness of their flood risk (18884 at March 2015 against a 10000 target)

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve

learning in and about the natural environment plus

linking to the curriculum and wider learning

opportunities

The draft Strategy Paper Results Based Accounting document and Action Plan table were approved at the February Board meeting

There were delays to their final production as a result of gathering additional information that it was felt would enhance the full suite of

papers and be able to evidence and monitor this work going forward

The target is amber due to the delay in bringing the strategy to the Board whilst additional information was gathered We will commence

implementation in 201516

[P] We work with others to improve local

environmental quality including for disadvantaged

communities

Progress towards Good for Business

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Be - Generating Income

Programme Director Trefor Owen Programme Budget pound34m (including 388FTEs) for 2014

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like a location of choice for business and enterpriseand a place where best practice environmentalmanagement is adpoted and

encouraged

Good for Business - In summary

- We have improved our position in responding to planning applications during the year achieving the required 90 within time during the final four months of the reporting year Our overall performance for the year was 81

- We met our target to issue 90 of permit applications within the determination period

- We are aware of 59 illegal waste sites in Wales We have introduced a focused Waste and Industry Team and the lsquoonce in Wales Enforcement department from April 2015

- We met our gross income target of pound16m for the year achieving pound177m

Whatrsquos the picture

Target has been met

What has been done so far to improve

Continue to submit cases for staff replacements Identify where teams are under resourced and need additional staff

Identify where internal consultation is not responding within set timescales Introduced new way of working for

hydropower applications to streamline the determination process

What will be done next to improve

Use process evaluation to streamline permitting regimes with specific focus on internal consultation

(This shows the status of the Good for Business indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

Whatrsquos the picture

There has been an increase in the number of waste sites Waste sites are put in compliance bands A-F with F being

the poorest performing Wales has 46 permitted waste sites in compliance bands D E or F (poor performers) for 2013

The bulk of the poor performing sites (36) are within the waste treatment sector with 21 of these in the non-hazardous

waste sub-sector

What has been done so far to improve

An improving compliance group has been set up as a sub-group of Regulatory Business Board The group has

delivered two detailed reports on Permitted Waste Site Compliance and review of waste fires to look at the reasons

behind the poor performing D E and F sites and root causes of waste fires at permitted sites

Training has been delivered to regulatory officers to improve knowledge and confidence of assessing compliance at

permitted waste sitesA joint workshop with Welsh Government has been help to agree challenges and identify

solutions (Policy legislative operational)

What will be done next to improve

Actions have been identified and will be implemented

Whatrsquos the picture

At the end of 14-15 NRW was aware of 59 illegal waste sites in Wales

What has been done so far to improve

The introduction of the focused Waste and Industry reg teams in Operations across Wales

What will be done next to improve

The lsquoonce in Wales Enforcement department from April 2015

Whatrsquos the picture

We achieved the target in the final reporting period largely by giving particular attention to response times The

improvements to our approach guidance and processes that we implement during 2015 will help us turn this into a

sustainable improvement and start to focus on the effectiveness of our advice in 201516 Please note that casework

data for Mid Wales are included in the data for South Operations Region and that the difference between consultations

received and responses submitted reflects in part (i) those applications which have been sent by the LPAs but do not

meet our agreed criteria for comment and (ii) work in progress

What will be done next to improve

Now the new finance system is in place we will review the breakdown of the overall figure to ensure all commercial

income is included in 201516

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What has been done so far to improve

Timeliness The lsquobuildrsquo phase in developing the new ICT system is underway and due to complete in the Summer We

published our Service Statement on our website and shared it with key customers The Statement clarifies what our

customers can expect from us and what we expect from them to enable us provide a timely and evidence-based

response We revised our instruction to staff on what to comment on when we are consulted This fine tunes our risk

based approach and will help us to target our advice in a consistent way We have shared this with Planning Officers

Society Wales (POSW) Welsh Government and Local Planning Authorities We have improved our timeliness by

improving focus on response times and will be able to make this a sustainable improvement as we complete the full

suite of improvements to our processes and approaches The transition to medium longer term sustainable ways of

working We brought all the staff working in the NRW planning service across Wales together for a 2 day event to set

the context for the new NRW service communicate our strategic objectives for our planning advice embed culture

change hear from external customers and raise awareness of new internal instruction and guidance that is being rolled-

out to support the delivery of this service We held trainings sessions for 60 staff on the Development Consent Order

process for Nationally Significant Infrastructure Projects (NSIP) and our role within this Nationally Significant

Infrastructure regime We have rolled-out new internal guidance to support the planning service eg NSIP Quick Guide

Call-in guidance and a guide on NRWrsquos approach on how climate change implications should be considered for

development proposals within areas of high flood risk

What will be done next to improve

We will Work with WG to inform the implementation of the provisions of the Planning (Wales) Bill which relate to the

role of statutory consultees Progress operational guidance for identified priority subject-areas including standard

advice for developments of lower risk to bats and landscape considerations for small and single wind turbines and

Implement the new ICT system and test Develop a training programme to further embed culture change in our

planning service Continue to meet with national and local stakeholders to seek feedback on our planning service and

inform our future measures for further improvement Develop options for charging for non-statutory advice to support

the resources required to provide this service Put in place a mid-Wales planning advice team

Whatrsquos the picture

The income figure is pound177m

What has been done so far to improve

NA

What partners share accountability for achieving Good for Businessrdquo

Each of us in Wales including None identified for this grouping

Third Sector including None identified for this grouping

Private Sector including Companies Operators Permit Applicants

Public Sector including Local Authorities PINS MMO (Marine Management

What other data do we need to see if Good for Businessrdquo is being delivered

Nothing currently identified

Progress towards Good for Business

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good for Business measures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good for Business Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green - Green Review charging schemes201516 Charging Scheme published on our

website (2nd April)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or service

level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or

voluntary determination period)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

We have drafted an action plan for the

development of the Permitting Service for

delivery in 201516 onwards

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenReport new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place

on our managed estate

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenWind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3 larch)Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing

(including 267000m3 larch)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Trefor Owen Programme Budget pound34m (including 388FTEs) for 2014

We have held all our open market sales and offered the volumes of timber that we advertised to our customers in Feb 2014 The balance

of our volume has been offered through our suite of long term contracts

Our commitment has been fully met although we have not as yet signed the last long term contract for larch and have fallen short by

65000 on this measure However the larch volume has been brought forward in other species and the overall sales plan commitment has

been met Continue to market at the same sort of levels to achieve our 201516 budgeted targets

We will continue to try to conclude the final long term contract if we are unsuccessful in the next 23 months then the volume will be

reoffered to the market

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to

streamline the service we provide for customers

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like a location of choice for business and enterpriseand a place where best practice environmentalmanagement is adpoted and

encouraged

In Summary

- We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April following a public consulation and obtaining Board and Ministerial approvals

- We have determined 90 of permits licences and consent to timescale (statutory or voluntary determination period)

- We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards

- We are facilitating commercial opportunities for renewables mobile infrastructure holidays gas and timber

- We are supporting six wind and five hydropower energy developments

- We have put to market 869166m3 over bark standing of timber (including 267000m3 larch)

We market timber from the Welsh Government

woodland estate in accordance with our marketing

strategy

We develop a single permitting licensing and

consenting service based on common standards and

processes

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities

including renewable energy generation as well as

recreation and tourism opportunities

We submitted a paper to Februaryrsquos NRWrsquos Board meeting detailing the consultation responses we received and gained their approval of

our final Charging Scheme proposals

We gained Ministerial approval for our 201516 Charging Scheme in March

We published our Charging Scheme Consultation Response on our website at the end of March

We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April

bull Overall the Wind Energy Programme is progressing in line with Developers plans with three of the six Projects in the Development Phase

and actual Option Fee income for FY1415 was pound57m We met with the Crown Estates and toured Pen y Cymoedd looking at potential

energy project synergies between the two organisations We are also pursuing the Energy Park Concept at Pen y Cymoedd We continue

to deal with Developer requests for access which cover wind solar and unconventional gas energy developments

bull Discussions are taking place to assess the possibilities of establishing a small scale wind turbine programme with the potential to expand

into other renewables where possible

bull The Small Scale Hydro Programme has met its target of five schemes enabled

bull We have identified potential biomass supply from mid Wales and will now work to market this

bull We have provided Welsh Government with a submission setting out the opportunities that the Green Growth Fund might be able to help

realise

bull Negotiation are continuing surrounding the development of Forest Holidays and Camping in the Forest at Beddgelert Garwnant and Coed

y Brenin

bull We are currently in discussion over the potential to repeat the woodland creation and carbon capture project on a second site

bull We continue to work closely with Welsh Government and DCMS to roll out the Mobile Infrastructure Project to provide coverage to lsquonot-

spotrsquo rural areas

bull It has been an extremely buoyant year for Timber sales and this has enabled the published Timber sale open market volumes to be fully

met We have increased our customer base this year and our sales of ldquonicherdquo products including the potential supply of cedar for shed and

garden product manufacture

bull The filming unit promotion has commenced with the establishment of a bespoke email address

bull We have met with Sport Wales and have agreed a plan to work in tandem over the Tryweren Centre

bull The first five Field Sports parcels are being prepared for tender and investigations into the remaining potential for NRW managed land are

ongoing

bull We will review our visitor centres to ensure they realise enterprise and income generating opportunities that are appropriate to site

bull Our Enterprise and Business Transformation Programme has been established and will be tasked with building an enterprise culture

prioritising opportunities and freeing up resources to deliver enterprising projects

[P] We support the wind energy programme and

deliver our hydropower programme on land that

we manage

We determine permits licences and consents

meeting the statutory determination or service

level agreement period timescale

We are now beginning the work programme to deliver our 201618 Charging Scheme

We have continued with monthly reporting and analysis of performance across a range of individual regimes to identify under performance

Where this is identified then measures have been taken to attempt to correct the issue We have agreed a workforce plan for the service as

a way of addressing the current level of turnover replacing vacated posts quickly with people with the right skills This has meant that we

are having to put forward recruitment requirements regularly and on occasion to recruit externally

We continue to work with Operations colleagues to ensure that they understand the impact on this target so that the internal consultations

for permit applications are returned within required timescales

We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards In addition we have

commenced work on a number of areas including -

We have begun developing a single identity as the NRW Permitting Service

We have developed a single set of Priorities Principle and Values

We have commissioned work to examine opportunities for efficiencies streamlining of permitting processes This will form part of the

Transformation Programme - Improving efficiency and service delivery

We have made some organisation changes with the Spp SSSI and Woodland Regulation administration teams reporting to a single Team

Leader

Work to examine opportunities for efficiencies streamlining of permitting processes will form part of the Transformation Programme -

Improving efficiency and service delivery

Wind Wind Energy Programme is progressing in line with Developers plans with three of the six Projects in the Development Phase

Hydro We have enabled five schemes to be constructed by March 15 One is constructed and operational two are under construction and

two are awaiting commencement of construction

Programme continues in 201516

Progress towards Good Organisation

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Oa- Customer and

stakeholder satisfaction

Ob - Staff Engagement Index

Od - Achievement of

revised business case

Oe - Reduced

organisational carbon

footprint

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What has been done so far to improve

Progress to deliver the Change Programme has created savings and includes Exit from Environment Agency head

office non-ICT services on vesting da Exit since vesting day from 19 transitional services provided by the

Environment Agency and Forestry Commission worth pound26M per annum Business process improvements include

significant planned savings from sample collection planning advice and permitting functions Short term rationalisation

of offices and depots Removing almost all staff off the Forestry Commission and Environment Agency ICT

infrastructure

What will be done next to improve

Further progress with the Change Programme that will set up savings including Further rationalisation of offices and

depots to conclude the short term programme Continue work to exit transitional services worth another approx pound5M

in 201516 Complete the second Voluntary Exit Schemewith the aim of realising further annual savings Fully

establish the continuous improvement programme to deliver efficiencies over the next 2 years

Whatrsquos the picture

- Our baseline carbon footprint amounts to 7699 tCO2e

- The main elements of our carbon footprint last year related to the use of vehicles we own electricity use and the

(contracted out) use of construction aggregate Over 5000 tonnes of CO2e related to these three areas

- The nine month figures shown (including estimates for some elements) suggest we have used ~64 of our carbon

budget for the year

- We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

What has been done so far to improve

We have been working to

- Engage our staff through training and delivering workshops to our leaders

- Reduce emissions from travel and transport by minimising UK internal flights increasing our use of biodiesel

reducing our fleet emissions reducing the need for travel through increased audioweb conferencing

- Rationalise our building estate in line with our accommodation strategy

- Roll out of new IT (improving our audioweb conferencing capabilities)

- Regional EMS committees being established For 201415 we targeted a reduction in our travel and building energy

related carbon footprint of 5

What will be done next to improve

- Applying sustainability risk assessments to new contracts (over pound25k)

- Engaging stakeholders and publishing our core EMS documentation

- We will continue to report on our carbon footprint internally on a quarterly basis (using estimates if necessary to do

so)

Whatrsquos the picture

We are on target for the cash-realisable benefit The accumulation of savings over the 10 years remains very

sensitive to relatively small changes in the annual savings in these early years The scenario planning shows that

although we are on target there should be emphasis on the need to maintain a strong focus on making efficiencies

releasing money by exiting transitional services controlling costs and making sure implement plans to deliver the

benefits The analysis that underpins this indicator is based on information available at the end of March 2015 The

lsquoyear endrsquo figures available in June will improve the forecast

What will be done next to improve

The Board has considered the scope of a NRW Customer Care Strategy and provided its feedback on the

development of the strategy NRW needs to finalise its discussions concerning the development and implementation

of the NRW Customer Care Strategy

Whatrsquos the picture

We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate which for our first survey

was really encouraging and showed our staff engagement index to be 48

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

In summary

-Customer and Stakeholder satisfaction will be developed as part of our Customer Focus Programme in 201516

-We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate and a staff engagement indexof 48 We are looking at how we can improve and set a target for next year

-We have reviewed our position against benchmarks and will now be setting targets for future years

-We remain on target to achieve the 10 year cash realisable savings through NRWs creation Further progress will be made with the Change Programme

-We have used ~64 of our annual carbon budget in the first nine months of the year We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

Whatrsquos the picture

The indicator is yet been developed (the baseline will be established by the first customer satisfaction survey for

regulated business that will seek views on the change in service since before NRW)

What has been done so far to improve

We have committed to continuing to work to Customer Care and Service Standards

(This shows the status of the Good Organisation indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

What has been done so far to improve

We should all be focused on how we build on the good work and take action to make improvements There are some

clear messages from the survey which are understandable given that NRW is only two years old and the scale of

change has been huge The results identified a number of positives Staff are interested in their roles and enjoy

challenges the skill levels are very good and most enjoy having the support of their Line Managers and camaraderie

of their colleagues But there were a number of challenges to address the pace and amount of change cross-

organisational working leadership clarity of our organisational objectives and purpose and the learning and

development opportunities on offer

What will be done next to improve

We are looking at how we can increase the staff engagement index to 58 an increase of 10 (target is to be

confirmed)

Whatrsquos the picture

We have presented ourselves against benchmarks for a number of support services including Finance Procurement

Human Resources Information Technology Communications Legal Services and Accommodation using the latest

available (2009) Cabinet Office data and guidance With only one exception we are positioned within the benchmark

range or slightly below it The exception is the area of office space we occupy in relation to the number of staff we

employ

What has been done so far to improve

We have centrally compiled the benchmarks to ensure consistency and have included additional sectors of our

business for a broader picture

What will be done next to improve

We will set targets for each area and programme an annual update of the benchmarks to coincide with our annual

budgeting and planning cycle We will seek to find more recent data to benchmark against and will additionally

consider our performance ambition We will explore why we appear to have more office space than expected

considering how this will be addressed by the plan contained in our Accommodation Strategy or if there is any issue

with how we are compiling our data

What partners share accountability for achieving a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo_

Each of us in Wales including Customers of NRW

Third Sector including Customers of NRW

Private Sector including Customers of NRW

Public Sector including Environment Agency Forestry Commission

What other data do we need to see if a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo is being delivered

We need to construct and run a customer and stakeholder survey

Outcomescore of next staff engagement index

Progress towards Good Organisation

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Organisation mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good OrganisationPeriod 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber - AmberAchieve business case benefits relating to the creation of Natural

Resources Walespound145M (91 complete)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targetsProcurement strategy and quick wins

delivered

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

+ Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report)

indicates 5 reduction is on track

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Sublet Ynysybwl tractor shed Progress to the implementation phase of the Llanelli Laboratory project

Complete the options appraisal for Mid-Wales by August 2015

Complete options appraisals for four regional lsquohubsrsquo (South West South East North West and North East) by September 2015 There a

number of rationalisation projects that had been identified as lsquoquick winsrsquo but are on hold because of local concerns about the degree to

which the project would require changes to legacy ways of working

We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits in September 2014 amp March 2015

In 201415 - 33 nonconformities of legal and other compliance obligations were raised these have now been corrected and actions taken

to prevent reoccurrence

30 of NRW staff have received specific targeted EMS awareness pollution incident and waste training

7 of 8 directorate leadership teams have received EMS training

9 month emissions report indicates we are on track to meet our 5 carbon reduction target

We are going to integrate forestry operations within the scope of the EMS in 201516 Site visits at WSO civils and WHaM sites are

already scheduled

We will ensure all staff receive EMS awareness training

Handover of Transition projects - All Transition areas identified continuing work requirements ICT application transitiontransformation ndash

further 63 projects Service exits ndash further 9 this year business as usual work continued by a Transformation Portfolio

We have sold Three Cocks Depot (Brecon) Frobisher Road Depot (Newport) and Merlinrsquos Bridge Depot (Haverfordwest))

We have vacated and disposed of Beechwood House (Llandeilo) Unit 3 Cantref Court (Abergavenny) Glan Y Nant (Mold) Drake Walk

(Cardiff) Chirk Depot and Granada Park (Llangattock) We have vacated and mothballed Llanion House (Haverfordwest) Plas Penrhos

(Bangor) Mawddach Hatchery (Dolgellau) Maerdy Hatchery (Corwen) and the Ceinws site (Corris) We are working closely with the

Estates Team to secure the disposal of these sites As a result of these actions we have generated capital receipts of pound236K and we are

making annual savings of pound360K on our building running costs

The Business Case for the Llanelli Laboratory project has been completed and will be presented to ET for their approval in mid-April 2015

Significant progress has been made on the Mid-Wales options appraisal The preliminary feasibility study has been completed and the

Project Board is now in place

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our

environmental management and work towards being

an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and

- Developed NRW Procurement Strategy to 2017 (input provided by Executive Team in February 2015)

- We have undertaken a considerable amount of work on the Civil Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) which will be in place later

this year As part of this we are instigating a pilot on the use of community benefits A series of supplier engagement events for this

Framework have already been undertaken in conjunction with Business Wales

- Quick wins continue to be developed within our Welsh Government Procurement Maturity Model Improvement Plan

- We have secured early adopter status with WG for use of the E-procurement maturity model and benefits tracker following us arranging

for WG to present to FCS Leadership Team (who subsequently agreed to proceed) We have in place a technology action plan that will

evolve over FY1516

- Undertaken and completed the Procurement Team Change Programme

- Baselined ldquoNRW procurementrdquo by applying the WG Procurement Maturity Model and are continuing to implement the subsequent

improvement plan as well as developing a number of procurement KPIrsquos Value Wales have agreed to undertake an independent progress

review in 201516 Details of the improvement plan to which we refer are outlined in Section 43 of the Procurement Strategy

- We regularly attend Directorate Leadership Team Meetings to consult on our improvement plan and to better understand Directorate

requirements (for the short medium and long term We have developed a Procurement Pipeline (Contract Forward Plans) to help

Directorates to secure best value for money and to provide greater visibility of opportunities for the supply base (including Welsh SMErsquos)

- We are the Welsh Government Sponsored Bodiesrsquo Sector representative on the National Procurement Service Delivery Group and we

continue to explore potential options with NPS across the range of their categories

- We have established a Governance Plan for procurement detailing the project milestones for the rewrite and implementation of new

thresholds templates rules and procedures for procurement across the whole of NRW

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the

workforce

We deliver our accommodation strategy

We deliver procurement that achieves value for

money sustainability and facilitates opportunities

for Welsh SMEs

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

A second voluntary exit scheme

Completed the short term programme of opportunities to vacate and dispose of offices and depots

Exited 29 of the 40 transitional services as of the end of 201415

Made good progress with continuous improvement programmes that free up staff time including halving the effort required to process

each application for hydropower permits and reaching the development planning advice service targets for responding within agreed

deadlines

We are on target to deliver our ICT services for pound6M in place of the pound8M baseline cost

Exit the remaining transitional services and aim to reduce some of the enduring services as well

Implement the full accommodation strategy to complete the reduction from 80 sites to 40 sites

The portfolio of transformation programmes including a much larger range of LEAN process improvement projects as part of the

continuous improvement programme

Development

- Focusing on the delivery of community benefits through contracting and reporting on the outcomes delivered to include the Civil

Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) pilot

- Develop an e-procurement strategy and technology plan which will scope a project to encompass the Investigation of available options to

maximise the use of e-Procurement capability and to satisfy upcoming legislative requirements (by engaging with the WG e-Procurement

Infrastructure Programme)

Engagement

- Develop plans to increase opportunities for Welsh SMEs to compete for NRW contracts ensuring our procurement practices are

appropriate for SMErsquos and larger scale enterprises and establish and measure contract opportunities made available to SMErsquos

EfficiencyValue for Money

- Identify opportunities for benefits and efficiencies taking a lead role in identifying and measuring opportunities for benefits and

efficiencies

Procurement Governance

- Review the impact of the changes to the procurement process via the 2015 Amendment to EU Procurement Directives implement the

new directives and accommodate any applicable changes or obligations

- Measure and report on the percentage of influenceable spend channelled through a compliant route (target 100)

- Develop a first stage Procurement Assurance Model

In Summary

- We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single system

- Our forecast for Business Case benefits is pound145m which is 9 below target however we are still developing further efficiencies

- There were two lost time incidents to our employees ithis year We have developed a 3 year Wellbeing Health amp Safety (WHS) programme to improve our performance from 2015 onwards

- We have reduced the number of properties we use with nine disposed of and five mothballed We now have 65 operational sites

- We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits Based on our 9 month carbon footprint position we expect to meet our 5 reduction target for this year

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support

and customer care to both staff and customers

What we have done so far As of 1 March the first two phases of MyNRW are live which sees NRW able to raise requisitions and approve

purchase orders through workflow We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single

system We are also producing financial and management reports for internal and external reporting

What we are going to do next Developments include scoping out the Project Costing amp Billing module revisions to Product Codes

increased use of workflow and enhancing our reporting capability

We plan and allocate resources to business

priorities and achieve performance reporting that

drives continuous improvements

24 Workstreams ndash in excess of 104 projects

- All of our key objectives within the projects and programmes to create our standalone capability have been delivered m any of these

represent an outstanding achievement

- Some slippage in more complex areas

- Service exits - 43 EA services down to 17 at end of 201516 year 17 FCGB services down to 5 at end of 201516 year

- 1600 ICT applicationssystems down to 400 at end of March 2015

- Benefits

- Achievedforecast - pound145m [pound129m cash releasing pound16m non cash] so far compared to pound158m business case target

We deliver our transition projects to help establish

our standalone capability

Business Plan Dashboard

201415 report 1st April 2014 - 31st March 2015

Good Knowledge Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] [I] We develop Walesrsquo approach to integrated natural resource management Amber Amber uarr GreenWe will now report learning from the trials to support

scrutiny of the Environment Bill

[P] [I] We work with Welsh Government to develop funding mechanisms to support

integrated natural resource managementGreen Green - Green

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

[P] We work with Welsh Government to develop natural resources policy including delivery

of a State of Natural Resources reportAmber Amber uarr Green

Develop interim report by November 2014

(first full report September 2016) Interim report has now been developed

We review our monitoring strategy and apply recommendations to our operational work Amber Green - GreenReview and implement our monitoring analysis and reporting

programmeProject governance has been finalised

We assess our abilities so that we are able to effectively engage with the public and share

our technical advice and expertise with others or seek support where requiredGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off October 2014 Operate

rolling customer insight programme

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

We develop our ability to better explain and communicate complex issues to a wide range

of stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off and Rolling customer

insight programme providing reports

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

A Good Environment Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

We ensure the sustainable management of land and water we manage Amber Amber uarr GreenActions resolved arising from NNR and WGWE audit

Maintain UKWAS accreditation

Actions resolved and UKWAS accreditation

maintained

[P] We work with others to improve connectivity and restoration of priority habitats

and their linkages as part of integrated natural resource management plansGreen Green - Green Complete Level 2 Connectivity mapping by December 2014 Level 2 mapping first draft completed for all habitats

We ensure climate change adaptation is embedded in all areas of our work Green Green - GreenApply parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance to our organisation by March 2015

Parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance applied

[P] We will play our part and work with others to halt biodiversity loss in order to help ensure

that by 2020 ecosystems are more resilientGreen Green darr Red 80 of our actions underway or complete 63 actions underwaycomplete from July work plan

We will develop our approach to pollinators NA Green darr AmberImplement a programme of measures on NRW sites by 31

March 2015

[P] The condition of features on sites improves

(ie Indicator Ee Marine terrestrial and freshwater environment)Red Red - Red

Condition of features of marine terrestrial and freshwater

Natura 2000 sites

33 of marine 24 of terrestrial and 26 of

freshwater features are in favourable condition

[P] The water environment improves (ie Indicator Ea Water environment) Indicator Indicator - RAG - NAComplance with good status under the Water Framework

Directive

Compliance with good status under the Water

Framework Directive = 37

We manage outbreaks of plant health pests and diseases Green Green - GreenImplement control plans on the Welsh Government Woodland

Estate

Helicopter surveillance for P ramorum completed 60

sites found to be positive and notices have been

served on 417ha

[I] We consider streamlined innovative approaches Amber Green - GreenDevelop and support approaches that demonstrate innovation

collaboration and best practice

We ensure accurate information on flood risk is available to the public and

stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Publish flood maps (in quarter one) capital and maintenance

programmes (in quarter two)

Published flood maps (in quarter one) capital and

maintenance programmes (in quarter two)

Good for People Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve learning in and about the natural

environment plus linking to the curriculum and wider learning opportunitiesAmber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

[P] We work with others to improve local environmental quality including for

disadvantaged communitiesGreen Amber - Amber

Develop and launch programme working with others linking

with priorities of other stakeholders

[P] We develop and deliver our Access and Recreation Strategy along with our Marketing

FrameworkGreen Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan published

Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan

published

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government (Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights

of Way Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste data systems)Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implemented

Four green one amber (amber waste data systems

programme)

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership Funding Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk management assets prioritising our

efforts on those which counter the highest risksAmber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk and what actions they need to take Green Green - Green10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood

risk

18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk Management Capital Programme Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per sector using a prioritised risk based

approachAmber Green - Green

Reduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector

year on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Good for Business Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to streamline the service we provide for

customersGreen Green - Green Review charging schemes

201516 Charging Scheme published on our website

(2nd April)

We fulfil our role as statutory consultee in responding to planning consultations

(ie Indicator Bd Our role as statutory consultee)Red Red uarr Amber Respond to 90 consultations within agreed timescale

We determine permits licences and consents meeting the statutory determination or

service level agreement period timescaleAmber Amber uarr Green

90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or

service level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or voluntary

determination period)

We develop a single permitting licensing and consenting service based on common

standards and processesGreen Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities including renewable energy

generation as well as recreation and tourism opportunitiesGreen Green - Green

Report new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place on

our managed estate

[P] We support the wind energy programme and deliver our hydropower programme

on land that we manageGreen Green - Green

Wind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

We market timber from the Welsh Government woodland estate in accordance with

our marketing strategyGreen Green - Green

Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3

larch)

Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing (including

267000m3 larch)

We generate income from our enterprise activities

(ie Indicator Be Generating income)Green Green - Green pound16m pound177m

Good Organisaton Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support and customer care to both staff and

customersGreen Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

We plan and allocate resources to business priorities and achieve performance

reporting that drives continuous improvementsAmber Amber - Amber pound145M (91 complete)

We deliver our transition projects to help establish our standalone capability Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

We deliver procurement that achieves value for money sustainability and facilitates

opportunities for Welsh SMEsGreen Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targets Procurement strategy and quick wins delivered

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the workforce Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

We deliver our accommodation strategy Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our environmental management and work towards

being an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and waterAmber Green - Green

ISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report) indicates

5 reduction is on track

We all have confidence in our collective success

(ie Indicator Ob Staff engagement index)Indicator Indicator - RAG - NA 7 (out of 10)

Staff survey completed in early 2015 giving a

baseline engagement index of 48 which will

provide scope for improvement in 201516

trend columns uarr An up arrow indicates an improvement since the last assessment

- A flat line indicates no significant change since with the last assessment

darr A down arrow indicates a decline since with the last assessment

status columns Red This indicates we are not where we planned we should be

Amber This indicates we are nearly on target (within 10)

Green This indicates we are on target

font styles

Italic Related to an area of Corporate Risk

tags Reputation related measures

Partnership working related measures

Innovation related measures[I]

Achieve business case benefits relating to the creation of

Natural Resources Wales

Ministerial priority

[R]

Bold

underline

Report learning from three integrated natural resource

management trials (Dyfi Rhondda Tawe) to Welsh

Government by March 2015

This dashboard reflects progress against measures and indicators from our wider performance framework It is used to provide a single page at a glance summary of performance in key areas

We track performance for the items on this dashboard and also review performance three times a year with at open public sessions with our Board (in October February and May)

Key

This dashboard is one part of our Performance Framework 40 items (35 measures and 5 indicators) are included on this dashboard

[Formatted as A3 portrait If printed does not need to be printed in colour]

[P]

Approaches being supported including Greener

Grangetown

We have drafted an action plan for the development

of the Permitting Service for delivery in 201516

onwards

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities amp

Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Responded to 81 consultations (annual average)

within agreed timescale

We continue to manage NNRs for a range of wild

pollinating species improve the habitat value of the

Public Forest Estate

Page 7: Performance Summary Report - Natural Resources Wales · The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions NRW (and other key stakeholders) could take to improve the situation.

Progress towards Good for People

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good for People mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good for People Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Amber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Amber - AmberDevelop and launch programme working with others linking with

priorities of other stakeholders

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities

amp Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Green Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan publishedRecreation and Access Strategy and Action

Plan published

+ Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implementedFour green one amber (amber waste data

systems programme)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

+ Amber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green 10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood risk18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenReduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector year

on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Tim Jones Programme Budget pound50m (including 428FTEs) for 2014

We have increased the level of protection for 467 properties as well as providing over 150 properties with property level protection

Schemes have been completed at Swansea Vale Penclawdd Rhymney Tidal Embankment and Mwldan Weir

Next year we will be delivering schemes at Risca Dolgellau Isca Road Newton and Ffordd Isa with over 600 properties benefitting from a

reduced risk of flooding We will also be continuing with the development of future schemes at Roath Crindau Portland Grounds and

Tabbs Gout

Total substantiated (following attendance) Category12 incidents for year 201314 was 115

Total substantiated (following attendance) Category 12 incidents for year 201415 was 96 a reduction of 165

Work to establish the baseline patterns for premises type pollutant and cause for all significant and major incidents across Wales has

been completed for the year 201314 Incident data for the year 201415 is now being analysed against this baseline data

The baseline data and that for incidents to November in 201415 has been shared with Strategic and Operations Incident Management

Groups This data for the year 201415 is now being compared to the baseline data and again will be used to highlight any trends and

inform risk registers policies campaigns and where necessary to identify if further effort needs to be targeted at specific sectors

There was steady improvement through the year when compared with the baseline figure at the start of the reporting year A combination

of reviewing the asset data and asset repairs brought a fall in the number of failing assets from 105 at the start of the year to 44 at the end

of March 2015 a reduction of 58 South East Area followed South West in reaching the target of 99 passing while North Area made

good progress towards the 99 target in recent months When combining all three areas together the overall the target of 99 was

achieved

Teams will continue to get regular updates in the coming months on failing assets that require repair The systems and policies that we

have in place will be evaluated in the coming year This will include addressing the legacy strategies policies and procedures we currently

use in managing our assets This will ensure that they are suitable and appropriate in Wales and will help us to focus our efforts on those

assets that are of highest flood risk importance

Engagement within identified high risk areas continues and two community flood plans have been completed and three communities have

been signed off

We led an article in the British Horse Society magazine to give practical advice tailored to horse livery and stable (business) owners on

how to protect their horses and livelihoodsrsquo in the event of a flood

We have discussed producing materials for Older People around flooding with Older People Co-ordinators

Wales Young Farmers have also shared our webpages and messages within their monthly newsletter encouraging members to check

their flood risk We continue to work with Dangerpoint safety centre and support the work they do to educate children and transient

populations

We formally launched our Flood Awareness Wales Lead Facebook page

We will work within 24 high risk communities across Wales to increase awareness and preparedness for flooding and will continue to work

with 14 communities until they can be signed off as completed

We plan to strengthen our Flood Plan Lead (FPL) Volunteer network across Wales

We will look into emotional and psychological health support available in Wales for those who have experienced flooding

- Contributed to the development of the Cyfoeth scheme which will include our volunteering programme

- Volunteering Programme drafted Developed our Communities and Regeneration Enabling Plan ndash approved by the Board in March 2015

- Undertaken a baseline survey of numbers and roles of volunteers directly managed by our staff

- Secured resources for and completed the development of the Good for People GIS Toolkit - a spatial targeting methodology to inform the

focus and delivery of NRWrsquos social programmes

- Launched our worldrsquos first Tree Cover in Walesrsquo Towns and Cities study at the Climate Change Commission for Wales meeting in

September and started the production of county specific reports

- Secured resources for established a partnership and undertaken an i-Tree survey of the urban forest in the Tawe catchment to assess

the ecosystem services of urban trees in the NRM Trial Area The findings will contribute to the overall NRM trial catchment datasets and

inform future decision making and will demonstrate the significant ecosystem services that trees provide

- Established a similar network and carried out an i-Tree Eco study in Bridgend County Boroughrsquos urban areas

- Disseminate and support delivery of the Communities and Regeneration Enabling Plan

- Support development of the Cyfoeth scheme and NRWrsquos volunteering policy and programme within it

- Support development and delivery of the NRW-wide extension of the Woodlands and You scheme - Mynediad

- Deliver training and briefing sessions on the Good for People GIS Toolkit and support its use by the business

- Work with the partnerships and Forest research to produce and disseminate i-Tree Eco reports for both the Tawe Catchment and

Bridgend County Borough ensuring that the results inform the NRM pilots and developing Area Plans

- Develop county specific canopy cover reports using data from the all-Wales survey

- Continue to explore options for completing the all-Wales Access to Natural Green space data set

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per

sector using a prioritised risk based approach

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk

Management Capital Programme

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk

management assets prioritising our efforts on

those which counter the highest risks

[P] We develop and deliver our Recreation and Access

Strategy

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government

(Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights of Way

Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste

data systems)

We have published the findings of the Health Economic Assessment Tool for the Wales Coast Path

Rights of Way Improvement Plan Funding Programme offer letters for 201415 were issued to local authorities output reports data from

201314 collated and reports finalised and shared with stakeholders

Local Authorities within the Flymapper trial have recorded over five thousand fly tipping incidents during 201415 giving a spatial

representation of the hotspots

Twncarmel Merthyr multi-agency approach to clear persistent Fly Tipping problem has resulted in clearance preventative measures

installed and the land has been donated to the community to be developed as a community resource

We have developed ITdata systems to ensure waste data and quality meets Welsh Government requirements

In developing waste flow evidence for problematic waste a significant amount of crosschecking of data has been undertaken to assess

where issues lie The waste flow tool was developed and trialled and the tool finalised

Judges training has been undertaken for the Green Flag Awards and judges have been allocated to sites which have applied for Awards

We have established a new contract for face to face surveys and economic assessment of the Wales Coast Path Transition

arrangements for the management for the path will start in April with longer term developments implemented during 201516

We have agreed with Welsh Government to continue delivery of the waste data project in 201516

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership

Funding

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk

and what actions they need to take

What Good looks like people are safe and enjoy and benefit from our natural resources and understand their relevance in our day to day lives

In Summary

- Recreation and Access Communities and Regeneration plus Education Strategies have been approved and are ready for implementation in 201516

- Launched our Tree Cover in Walesrsquo Towns and Cities study at the Climate Change Commission for Wales and started the production of county specific reports

- We have developed our new approach to partnership funding

- Flood and Coastal Risk Management Asset condition continues to improve and we met our target of 99

- We have increased the level of protection against flooding for 467 properties

- We achieved a 165 reduction in serious incidents over the previous year

- We have exceeded our target to raise peoples awareness of their flood risk (18884 at March 2015 against a 10000 target)

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve

learning in and about the natural environment plus

linking to the curriculum and wider learning

opportunities

The draft Strategy Paper Results Based Accounting document and Action Plan table were approved at the February Board meeting

There were delays to their final production as a result of gathering additional information that it was felt would enhance the full suite of

papers and be able to evidence and monitor this work going forward

The target is amber due to the delay in bringing the strategy to the Board whilst additional information was gathered We will commence

implementation in 201516

[P] We work with others to improve local

environmental quality including for disadvantaged

communities

Progress towards Good for Business

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Be - Generating Income

Programme Director Trefor Owen Programme Budget pound34m (including 388FTEs) for 2014

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like a location of choice for business and enterpriseand a place where best practice environmentalmanagement is adpoted and

encouraged

Good for Business - In summary

- We have improved our position in responding to planning applications during the year achieving the required 90 within time during the final four months of the reporting year Our overall performance for the year was 81

- We met our target to issue 90 of permit applications within the determination period

- We are aware of 59 illegal waste sites in Wales We have introduced a focused Waste and Industry Team and the lsquoonce in Wales Enforcement department from April 2015

- We met our gross income target of pound16m for the year achieving pound177m

Whatrsquos the picture

Target has been met

What has been done so far to improve

Continue to submit cases for staff replacements Identify where teams are under resourced and need additional staff

Identify where internal consultation is not responding within set timescales Introduced new way of working for

hydropower applications to streamline the determination process

What will be done next to improve

Use process evaluation to streamline permitting regimes with specific focus on internal consultation

(This shows the status of the Good for Business indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

Whatrsquos the picture

There has been an increase in the number of waste sites Waste sites are put in compliance bands A-F with F being

the poorest performing Wales has 46 permitted waste sites in compliance bands D E or F (poor performers) for 2013

The bulk of the poor performing sites (36) are within the waste treatment sector with 21 of these in the non-hazardous

waste sub-sector

What has been done so far to improve

An improving compliance group has been set up as a sub-group of Regulatory Business Board The group has

delivered two detailed reports on Permitted Waste Site Compliance and review of waste fires to look at the reasons

behind the poor performing D E and F sites and root causes of waste fires at permitted sites

Training has been delivered to regulatory officers to improve knowledge and confidence of assessing compliance at

permitted waste sitesA joint workshop with Welsh Government has been help to agree challenges and identify

solutions (Policy legislative operational)

What will be done next to improve

Actions have been identified and will be implemented

Whatrsquos the picture

At the end of 14-15 NRW was aware of 59 illegal waste sites in Wales

What has been done so far to improve

The introduction of the focused Waste and Industry reg teams in Operations across Wales

What will be done next to improve

The lsquoonce in Wales Enforcement department from April 2015

Whatrsquos the picture

We achieved the target in the final reporting period largely by giving particular attention to response times The

improvements to our approach guidance and processes that we implement during 2015 will help us turn this into a

sustainable improvement and start to focus on the effectiveness of our advice in 201516 Please note that casework

data for Mid Wales are included in the data for South Operations Region and that the difference between consultations

received and responses submitted reflects in part (i) those applications which have been sent by the LPAs but do not

meet our agreed criteria for comment and (ii) work in progress

What will be done next to improve

Now the new finance system is in place we will review the breakdown of the overall figure to ensure all commercial

income is included in 201516

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What has been done so far to improve

Timeliness The lsquobuildrsquo phase in developing the new ICT system is underway and due to complete in the Summer We

published our Service Statement on our website and shared it with key customers The Statement clarifies what our

customers can expect from us and what we expect from them to enable us provide a timely and evidence-based

response We revised our instruction to staff on what to comment on when we are consulted This fine tunes our risk

based approach and will help us to target our advice in a consistent way We have shared this with Planning Officers

Society Wales (POSW) Welsh Government and Local Planning Authorities We have improved our timeliness by

improving focus on response times and will be able to make this a sustainable improvement as we complete the full

suite of improvements to our processes and approaches The transition to medium longer term sustainable ways of

working We brought all the staff working in the NRW planning service across Wales together for a 2 day event to set

the context for the new NRW service communicate our strategic objectives for our planning advice embed culture

change hear from external customers and raise awareness of new internal instruction and guidance that is being rolled-

out to support the delivery of this service We held trainings sessions for 60 staff on the Development Consent Order

process for Nationally Significant Infrastructure Projects (NSIP) and our role within this Nationally Significant

Infrastructure regime We have rolled-out new internal guidance to support the planning service eg NSIP Quick Guide

Call-in guidance and a guide on NRWrsquos approach on how climate change implications should be considered for

development proposals within areas of high flood risk

What will be done next to improve

We will Work with WG to inform the implementation of the provisions of the Planning (Wales) Bill which relate to the

role of statutory consultees Progress operational guidance for identified priority subject-areas including standard

advice for developments of lower risk to bats and landscape considerations for small and single wind turbines and

Implement the new ICT system and test Develop a training programme to further embed culture change in our

planning service Continue to meet with national and local stakeholders to seek feedback on our planning service and

inform our future measures for further improvement Develop options for charging for non-statutory advice to support

the resources required to provide this service Put in place a mid-Wales planning advice team

Whatrsquos the picture

The income figure is pound177m

What has been done so far to improve

NA

What partners share accountability for achieving Good for Businessrdquo

Each of us in Wales including None identified for this grouping

Third Sector including None identified for this grouping

Private Sector including Companies Operators Permit Applicants

Public Sector including Local Authorities PINS MMO (Marine Management

What other data do we need to see if Good for Businessrdquo is being delivered

Nothing currently identified

Progress towards Good for Business

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good for Business measures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good for Business Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green - Green Review charging schemes201516 Charging Scheme published on our

website (2nd April)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or service

level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or

voluntary determination period)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

We have drafted an action plan for the

development of the Permitting Service for

delivery in 201516 onwards

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenReport new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place

on our managed estate

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenWind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3 larch)Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing

(including 267000m3 larch)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Trefor Owen Programme Budget pound34m (including 388FTEs) for 2014

We have held all our open market sales and offered the volumes of timber that we advertised to our customers in Feb 2014 The balance

of our volume has been offered through our suite of long term contracts

Our commitment has been fully met although we have not as yet signed the last long term contract for larch and have fallen short by

65000 on this measure However the larch volume has been brought forward in other species and the overall sales plan commitment has

been met Continue to market at the same sort of levels to achieve our 201516 budgeted targets

We will continue to try to conclude the final long term contract if we are unsuccessful in the next 23 months then the volume will be

reoffered to the market

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to

streamline the service we provide for customers

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like a location of choice for business and enterpriseand a place where best practice environmentalmanagement is adpoted and

encouraged

In Summary

- We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April following a public consulation and obtaining Board and Ministerial approvals

- We have determined 90 of permits licences and consent to timescale (statutory or voluntary determination period)

- We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards

- We are facilitating commercial opportunities for renewables mobile infrastructure holidays gas and timber

- We are supporting six wind and five hydropower energy developments

- We have put to market 869166m3 over bark standing of timber (including 267000m3 larch)

We market timber from the Welsh Government

woodland estate in accordance with our marketing

strategy

We develop a single permitting licensing and

consenting service based on common standards and

processes

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities

including renewable energy generation as well as

recreation and tourism opportunities

We submitted a paper to Februaryrsquos NRWrsquos Board meeting detailing the consultation responses we received and gained their approval of

our final Charging Scheme proposals

We gained Ministerial approval for our 201516 Charging Scheme in March

We published our Charging Scheme Consultation Response on our website at the end of March

We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April

bull Overall the Wind Energy Programme is progressing in line with Developers plans with three of the six Projects in the Development Phase

and actual Option Fee income for FY1415 was pound57m We met with the Crown Estates and toured Pen y Cymoedd looking at potential

energy project synergies between the two organisations We are also pursuing the Energy Park Concept at Pen y Cymoedd We continue

to deal with Developer requests for access which cover wind solar and unconventional gas energy developments

bull Discussions are taking place to assess the possibilities of establishing a small scale wind turbine programme with the potential to expand

into other renewables where possible

bull The Small Scale Hydro Programme has met its target of five schemes enabled

bull We have identified potential biomass supply from mid Wales and will now work to market this

bull We have provided Welsh Government with a submission setting out the opportunities that the Green Growth Fund might be able to help

realise

bull Negotiation are continuing surrounding the development of Forest Holidays and Camping in the Forest at Beddgelert Garwnant and Coed

y Brenin

bull We are currently in discussion over the potential to repeat the woodland creation and carbon capture project on a second site

bull We continue to work closely with Welsh Government and DCMS to roll out the Mobile Infrastructure Project to provide coverage to lsquonot-

spotrsquo rural areas

bull It has been an extremely buoyant year for Timber sales and this has enabled the published Timber sale open market volumes to be fully

met We have increased our customer base this year and our sales of ldquonicherdquo products including the potential supply of cedar for shed and

garden product manufacture

bull The filming unit promotion has commenced with the establishment of a bespoke email address

bull We have met with Sport Wales and have agreed a plan to work in tandem over the Tryweren Centre

bull The first five Field Sports parcels are being prepared for tender and investigations into the remaining potential for NRW managed land are

ongoing

bull We will review our visitor centres to ensure they realise enterprise and income generating opportunities that are appropriate to site

bull Our Enterprise and Business Transformation Programme has been established and will be tasked with building an enterprise culture

prioritising opportunities and freeing up resources to deliver enterprising projects

[P] We support the wind energy programme and

deliver our hydropower programme on land that

we manage

We determine permits licences and consents

meeting the statutory determination or service

level agreement period timescale

We are now beginning the work programme to deliver our 201618 Charging Scheme

We have continued with monthly reporting and analysis of performance across a range of individual regimes to identify under performance

Where this is identified then measures have been taken to attempt to correct the issue We have agreed a workforce plan for the service as

a way of addressing the current level of turnover replacing vacated posts quickly with people with the right skills This has meant that we

are having to put forward recruitment requirements regularly and on occasion to recruit externally

We continue to work with Operations colleagues to ensure that they understand the impact on this target so that the internal consultations

for permit applications are returned within required timescales

We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards In addition we have

commenced work on a number of areas including -

We have begun developing a single identity as the NRW Permitting Service

We have developed a single set of Priorities Principle and Values

We have commissioned work to examine opportunities for efficiencies streamlining of permitting processes This will form part of the

Transformation Programme - Improving efficiency and service delivery

We have made some organisation changes with the Spp SSSI and Woodland Regulation administration teams reporting to a single Team

Leader

Work to examine opportunities for efficiencies streamlining of permitting processes will form part of the Transformation Programme -

Improving efficiency and service delivery

Wind Wind Energy Programme is progressing in line with Developers plans with three of the six Projects in the Development Phase

Hydro We have enabled five schemes to be constructed by March 15 One is constructed and operational two are under construction and

two are awaiting commencement of construction

Programme continues in 201516

Progress towards Good Organisation

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Oa- Customer and

stakeholder satisfaction

Ob - Staff Engagement Index

Od - Achievement of

revised business case

Oe - Reduced

organisational carbon

footprint

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What has been done so far to improve

Progress to deliver the Change Programme has created savings and includes Exit from Environment Agency head

office non-ICT services on vesting da Exit since vesting day from 19 transitional services provided by the

Environment Agency and Forestry Commission worth pound26M per annum Business process improvements include

significant planned savings from sample collection planning advice and permitting functions Short term rationalisation

of offices and depots Removing almost all staff off the Forestry Commission and Environment Agency ICT

infrastructure

What will be done next to improve

Further progress with the Change Programme that will set up savings including Further rationalisation of offices and

depots to conclude the short term programme Continue work to exit transitional services worth another approx pound5M

in 201516 Complete the second Voluntary Exit Schemewith the aim of realising further annual savings Fully

establish the continuous improvement programme to deliver efficiencies over the next 2 years

Whatrsquos the picture

- Our baseline carbon footprint amounts to 7699 tCO2e

- The main elements of our carbon footprint last year related to the use of vehicles we own electricity use and the

(contracted out) use of construction aggregate Over 5000 tonnes of CO2e related to these three areas

- The nine month figures shown (including estimates for some elements) suggest we have used ~64 of our carbon

budget for the year

- We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

What has been done so far to improve

We have been working to

- Engage our staff through training and delivering workshops to our leaders

- Reduce emissions from travel and transport by minimising UK internal flights increasing our use of biodiesel

reducing our fleet emissions reducing the need for travel through increased audioweb conferencing

- Rationalise our building estate in line with our accommodation strategy

- Roll out of new IT (improving our audioweb conferencing capabilities)

- Regional EMS committees being established For 201415 we targeted a reduction in our travel and building energy

related carbon footprint of 5

What will be done next to improve

- Applying sustainability risk assessments to new contracts (over pound25k)

- Engaging stakeholders and publishing our core EMS documentation

- We will continue to report on our carbon footprint internally on a quarterly basis (using estimates if necessary to do

so)

Whatrsquos the picture

We are on target for the cash-realisable benefit The accumulation of savings over the 10 years remains very

sensitive to relatively small changes in the annual savings in these early years The scenario planning shows that

although we are on target there should be emphasis on the need to maintain a strong focus on making efficiencies

releasing money by exiting transitional services controlling costs and making sure implement plans to deliver the

benefits The analysis that underpins this indicator is based on information available at the end of March 2015 The

lsquoyear endrsquo figures available in June will improve the forecast

What will be done next to improve

The Board has considered the scope of a NRW Customer Care Strategy and provided its feedback on the

development of the strategy NRW needs to finalise its discussions concerning the development and implementation

of the NRW Customer Care Strategy

Whatrsquos the picture

We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate which for our first survey

was really encouraging and showed our staff engagement index to be 48

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

In summary

-Customer and Stakeholder satisfaction will be developed as part of our Customer Focus Programme in 201516

-We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate and a staff engagement indexof 48 We are looking at how we can improve and set a target for next year

-We have reviewed our position against benchmarks and will now be setting targets for future years

-We remain on target to achieve the 10 year cash realisable savings through NRWs creation Further progress will be made with the Change Programme

-We have used ~64 of our annual carbon budget in the first nine months of the year We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

Whatrsquos the picture

The indicator is yet been developed (the baseline will be established by the first customer satisfaction survey for

regulated business that will seek views on the change in service since before NRW)

What has been done so far to improve

We have committed to continuing to work to Customer Care and Service Standards

(This shows the status of the Good Organisation indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

What has been done so far to improve

We should all be focused on how we build on the good work and take action to make improvements There are some

clear messages from the survey which are understandable given that NRW is only two years old and the scale of

change has been huge The results identified a number of positives Staff are interested in their roles and enjoy

challenges the skill levels are very good and most enjoy having the support of their Line Managers and camaraderie

of their colleagues But there were a number of challenges to address the pace and amount of change cross-

organisational working leadership clarity of our organisational objectives and purpose and the learning and

development opportunities on offer

What will be done next to improve

We are looking at how we can increase the staff engagement index to 58 an increase of 10 (target is to be

confirmed)

Whatrsquos the picture

We have presented ourselves against benchmarks for a number of support services including Finance Procurement

Human Resources Information Technology Communications Legal Services and Accommodation using the latest

available (2009) Cabinet Office data and guidance With only one exception we are positioned within the benchmark

range or slightly below it The exception is the area of office space we occupy in relation to the number of staff we

employ

What has been done so far to improve

We have centrally compiled the benchmarks to ensure consistency and have included additional sectors of our

business for a broader picture

What will be done next to improve

We will set targets for each area and programme an annual update of the benchmarks to coincide with our annual

budgeting and planning cycle We will seek to find more recent data to benchmark against and will additionally

consider our performance ambition We will explore why we appear to have more office space than expected

considering how this will be addressed by the plan contained in our Accommodation Strategy or if there is any issue

with how we are compiling our data

What partners share accountability for achieving a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo_

Each of us in Wales including Customers of NRW

Third Sector including Customers of NRW

Private Sector including Customers of NRW

Public Sector including Environment Agency Forestry Commission

What other data do we need to see if a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo is being delivered

We need to construct and run a customer and stakeholder survey

Outcomescore of next staff engagement index

Progress towards Good Organisation

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Organisation mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good OrganisationPeriod 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber - AmberAchieve business case benefits relating to the creation of Natural

Resources Walespound145M (91 complete)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targetsProcurement strategy and quick wins

delivered

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

+ Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report)

indicates 5 reduction is on track

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Sublet Ynysybwl tractor shed Progress to the implementation phase of the Llanelli Laboratory project

Complete the options appraisal for Mid-Wales by August 2015

Complete options appraisals for four regional lsquohubsrsquo (South West South East North West and North East) by September 2015 There a

number of rationalisation projects that had been identified as lsquoquick winsrsquo but are on hold because of local concerns about the degree to

which the project would require changes to legacy ways of working

We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits in September 2014 amp March 2015

In 201415 - 33 nonconformities of legal and other compliance obligations were raised these have now been corrected and actions taken

to prevent reoccurrence

30 of NRW staff have received specific targeted EMS awareness pollution incident and waste training

7 of 8 directorate leadership teams have received EMS training

9 month emissions report indicates we are on track to meet our 5 carbon reduction target

We are going to integrate forestry operations within the scope of the EMS in 201516 Site visits at WSO civils and WHaM sites are

already scheduled

We will ensure all staff receive EMS awareness training

Handover of Transition projects - All Transition areas identified continuing work requirements ICT application transitiontransformation ndash

further 63 projects Service exits ndash further 9 this year business as usual work continued by a Transformation Portfolio

We have sold Three Cocks Depot (Brecon) Frobisher Road Depot (Newport) and Merlinrsquos Bridge Depot (Haverfordwest))

We have vacated and disposed of Beechwood House (Llandeilo) Unit 3 Cantref Court (Abergavenny) Glan Y Nant (Mold) Drake Walk

(Cardiff) Chirk Depot and Granada Park (Llangattock) We have vacated and mothballed Llanion House (Haverfordwest) Plas Penrhos

(Bangor) Mawddach Hatchery (Dolgellau) Maerdy Hatchery (Corwen) and the Ceinws site (Corris) We are working closely with the

Estates Team to secure the disposal of these sites As a result of these actions we have generated capital receipts of pound236K and we are

making annual savings of pound360K on our building running costs

The Business Case for the Llanelli Laboratory project has been completed and will be presented to ET for their approval in mid-April 2015

Significant progress has been made on the Mid-Wales options appraisal The preliminary feasibility study has been completed and the

Project Board is now in place

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our

environmental management and work towards being

an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and

- Developed NRW Procurement Strategy to 2017 (input provided by Executive Team in February 2015)

- We have undertaken a considerable amount of work on the Civil Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) which will be in place later

this year As part of this we are instigating a pilot on the use of community benefits A series of supplier engagement events for this

Framework have already been undertaken in conjunction with Business Wales

- Quick wins continue to be developed within our Welsh Government Procurement Maturity Model Improvement Plan

- We have secured early adopter status with WG for use of the E-procurement maturity model and benefits tracker following us arranging

for WG to present to FCS Leadership Team (who subsequently agreed to proceed) We have in place a technology action plan that will

evolve over FY1516

- Undertaken and completed the Procurement Team Change Programme

- Baselined ldquoNRW procurementrdquo by applying the WG Procurement Maturity Model and are continuing to implement the subsequent

improvement plan as well as developing a number of procurement KPIrsquos Value Wales have agreed to undertake an independent progress

review in 201516 Details of the improvement plan to which we refer are outlined in Section 43 of the Procurement Strategy

- We regularly attend Directorate Leadership Team Meetings to consult on our improvement plan and to better understand Directorate

requirements (for the short medium and long term We have developed a Procurement Pipeline (Contract Forward Plans) to help

Directorates to secure best value for money and to provide greater visibility of opportunities for the supply base (including Welsh SMErsquos)

- We are the Welsh Government Sponsored Bodiesrsquo Sector representative on the National Procurement Service Delivery Group and we

continue to explore potential options with NPS across the range of their categories

- We have established a Governance Plan for procurement detailing the project milestones for the rewrite and implementation of new

thresholds templates rules and procedures for procurement across the whole of NRW

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the

workforce

We deliver our accommodation strategy

We deliver procurement that achieves value for

money sustainability and facilitates opportunities

for Welsh SMEs

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

A second voluntary exit scheme

Completed the short term programme of opportunities to vacate and dispose of offices and depots

Exited 29 of the 40 transitional services as of the end of 201415

Made good progress with continuous improvement programmes that free up staff time including halving the effort required to process

each application for hydropower permits and reaching the development planning advice service targets for responding within agreed

deadlines

We are on target to deliver our ICT services for pound6M in place of the pound8M baseline cost

Exit the remaining transitional services and aim to reduce some of the enduring services as well

Implement the full accommodation strategy to complete the reduction from 80 sites to 40 sites

The portfolio of transformation programmes including a much larger range of LEAN process improvement projects as part of the

continuous improvement programme

Development

- Focusing on the delivery of community benefits through contracting and reporting on the outcomes delivered to include the Civil

Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) pilot

- Develop an e-procurement strategy and technology plan which will scope a project to encompass the Investigation of available options to

maximise the use of e-Procurement capability and to satisfy upcoming legislative requirements (by engaging with the WG e-Procurement

Infrastructure Programme)

Engagement

- Develop plans to increase opportunities for Welsh SMEs to compete for NRW contracts ensuring our procurement practices are

appropriate for SMErsquos and larger scale enterprises and establish and measure contract opportunities made available to SMErsquos

EfficiencyValue for Money

- Identify opportunities for benefits and efficiencies taking a lead role in identifying and measuring opportunities for benefits and

efficiencies

Procurement Governance

- Review the impact of the changes to the procurement process via the 2015 Amendment to EU Procurement Directives implement the

new directives and accommodate any applicable changes or obligations

- Measure and report on the percentage of influenceable spend channelled through a compliant route (target 100)

- Develop a first stage Procurement Assurance Model

In Summary

- We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single system

- Our forecast for Business Case benefits is pound145m which is 9 below target however we are still developing further efficiencies

- There were two lost time incidents to our employees ithis year We have developed a 3 year Wellbeing Health amp Safety (WHS) programme to improve our performance from 2015 onwards

- We have reduced the number of properties we use with nine disposed of and five mothballed We now have 65 operational sites

- We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits Based on our 9 month carbon footprint position we expect to meet our 5 reduction target for this year

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support

and customer care to both staff and customers

What we have done so far As of 1 March the first two phases of MyNRW are live which sees NRW able to raise requisitions and approve

purchase orders through workflow We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single

system We are also producing financial and management reports for internal and external reporting

What we are going to do next Developments include scoping out the Project Costing amp Billing module revisions to Product Codes

increased use of workflow and enhancing our reporting capability

We plan and allocate resources to business

priorities and achieve performance reporting that

drives continuous improvements

24 Workstreams ndash in excess of 104 projects

- All of our key objectives within the projects and programmes to create our standalone capability have been delivered m any of these

represent an outstanding achievement

- Some slippage in more complex areas

- Service exits - 43 EA services down to 17 at end of 201516 year 17 FCGB services down to 5 at end of 201516 year

- 1600 ICT applicationssystems down to 400 at end of March 2015

- Benefits

- Achievedforecast - pound145m [pound129m cash releasing pound16m non cash] so far compared to pound158m business case target

We deliver our transition projects to help establish

our standalone capability

Business Plan Dashboard

201415 report 1st April 2014 - 31st March 2015

Good Knowledge Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] [I] We develop Walesrsquo approach to integrated natural resource management Amber Amber uarr GreenWe will now report learning from the trials to support

scrutiny of the Environment Bill

[P] [I] We work with Welsh Government to develop funding mechanisms to support

integrated natural resource managementGreen Green - Green

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

[P] We work with Welsh Government to develop natural resources policy including delivery

of a State of Natural Resources reportAmber Amber uarr Green

Develop interim report by November 2014

(first full report September 2016) Interim report has now been developed

We review our monitoring strategy and apply recommendations to our operational work Amber Green - GreenReview and implement our monitoring analysis and reporting

programmeProject governance has been finalised

We assess our abilities so that we are able to effectively engage with the public and share

our technical advice and expertise with others or seek support where requiredGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off October 2014 Operate

rolling customer insight programme

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

We develop our ability to better explain and communicate complex issues to a wide range

of stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off and Rolling customer

insight programme providing reports

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

A Good Environment Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

We ensure the sustainable management of land and water we manage Amber Amber uarr GreenActions resolved arising from NNR and WGWE audit

Maintain UKWAS accreditation

Actions resolved and UKWAS accreditation

maintained

[P] We work with others to improve connectivity and restoration of priority habitats

and their linkages as part of integrated natural resource management plansGreen Green - Green Complete Level 2 Connectivity mapping by December 2014 Level 2 mapping first draft completed for all habitats

We ensure climate change adaptation is embedded in all areas of our work Green Green - GreenApply parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance to our organisation by March 2015

Parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance applied

[P] We will play our part and work with others to halt biodiversity loss in order to help ensure

that by 2020 ecosystems are more resilientGreen Green darr Red 80 of our actions underway or complete 63 actions underwaycomplete from July work plan

We will develop our approach to pollinators NA Green darr AmberImplement a programme of measures on NRW sites by 31

March 2015

[P] The condition of features on sites improves

(ie Indicator Ee Marine terrestrial and freshwater environment)Red Red - Red

Condition of features of marine terrestrial and freshwater

Natura 2000 sites

33 of marine 24 of terrestrial and 26 of

freshwater features are in favourable condition

[P] The water environment improves (ie Indicator Ea Water environment) Indicator Indicator - RAG - NAComplance with good status under the Water Framework

Directive

Compliance with good status under the Water

Framework Directive = 37

We manage outbreaks of plant health pests and diseases Green Green - GreenImplement control plans on the Welsh Government Woodland

Estate

Helicopter surveillance for P ramorum completed 60

sites found to be positive and notices have been

served on 417ha

[I] We consider streamlined innovative approaches Amber Green - GreenDevelop and support approaches that demonstrate innovation

collaboration and best practice

We ensure accurate information on flood risk is available to the public and

stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Publish flood maps (in quarter one) capital and maintenance

programmes (in quarter two)

Published flood maps (in quarter one) capital and

maintenance programmes (in quarter two)

Good for People Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve learning in and about the natural

environment plus linking to the curriculum and wider learning opportunitiesAmber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

[P] We work with others to improve local environmental quality including for

disadvantaged communitiesGreen Amber - Amber

Develop and launch programme working with others linking

with priorities of other stakeholders

[P] We develop and deliver our Access and Recreation Strategy along with our Marketing

FrameworkGreen Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan published

Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan

published

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government (Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights

of Way Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste data systems)Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implemented

Four green one amber (amber waste data systems

programme)

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership Funding Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk management assets prioritising our

efforts on those which counter the highest risksAmber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk and what actions they need to take Green Green - Green10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood

risk

18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk Management Capital Programme Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per sector using a prioritised risk based

approachAmber Green - Green

Reduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector

year on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Good for Business Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to streamline the service we provide for

customersGreen Green - Green Review charging schemes

201516 Charging Scheme published on our website

(2nd April)

We fulfil our role as statutory consultee in responding to planning consultations

(ie Indicator Bd Our role as statutory consultee)Red Red uarr Amber Respond to 90 consultations within agreed timescale

We determine permits licences and consents meeting the statutory determination or

service level agreement period timescaleAmber Amber uarr Green

90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or

service level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or voluntary

determination period)

We develop a single permitting licensing and consenting service based on common

standards and processesGreen Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities including renewable energy

generation as well as recreation and tourism opportunitiesGreen Green - Green

Report new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place on

our managed estate

[P] We support the wind energy programme and deliver our hydropower programme

on land that we manageGreen Green - Green

Wind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

We market timber from the Welsh Government woodland estate in accordance with

our marketing strategyGreen Green - Green

Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3

larch)

Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing (including

267000m3 larch)

We generate income from our enterprise activities

(ie Indicator Be Generating income)Green Green - Green pound16m pound177m

Good Organisaton Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support and customer care to both staff and

customersGreen Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

We plan and allocate resources to business priorities and achieve performance

reporting that drives continuous improvementsAmber Amber - Amber pound145M (91 complete)

We deliver our transition projects to help establish our standalone capability Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

We deliver procurement that achieves value for money sustainability and facilitates

opportunities for Welsh SMEsGreen Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targets Procurement strategy and quick wins delivered

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the workforce Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

We deliver our accommodation strategy Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our environmental management and work towards

being an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and waterAmber Green - Green

ISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report) indicates

5 reduction is on track

We all have confidence in our collective success

(ie Indicator Ob Staff engagement index)Indicator Indicator - RAG - NA 7 (out of 10)

Staff survey completed in early 2015 giving a

baseline engagement index of 48 which will

provide scope for improvement in 201516

trend columns uarr An up arrow indicates an improvement since the last assessment

- A flat line indicates no significant change since with the last assessment

darr A down arrow indicates a decline since with the last assessment

status columns Red This indicates we are not where we planned we should be

Amber This indicates we are nearly on target (within 10)

Green This indicates we are on target

font styles

Italic Related to an area of Corporate Risk

tags Reputation related measures

Partnership working related measures

Innovation related measures[I]

Achieve business case benefits relating to the creation of

Natural Resources Wales

Ministerial priority

[R]

Bold

underline

Report learning from three integrated natural resource

management trials (Dyfi Rhondda Tawe) to Welsh

Government by March 2015

This dashboard reflects progress against measures and indicators from our wider performance framework It is used to provide a single page at a glance summary of performance in key areas

We track performance for the items on this dashboard and also review performance three times a year with at open public sessions with our Board (in October February and May)

Key

This dashboard is one part of our Performance Framework 40 items (35 measures and 5 indicators) are included on this dashboard

[Formatted as A3 portrait If printed does not need to be printed in colour]

[P]

Approaches being supported including Greener

Grangetown

We have drafted an action plan for the development

of the Permitting Service for delivery in 201516

onwards

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities amp

Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Responded to 81 consultations (annual average)

within agreed timescale

We continue to manage NNRs for a range of wild

pollinating species improve the habitat value of the

Public Forest Estate

Page 8: Performance Summary Report - Natural Resources Wales · The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions NRW (and other key stakeholders) could take to improve the situation.

Progress towards Good for Business

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Be - Generating Income

Programme Director Trefor Owen Programme Budget pound34m (including 388FTEs) for 2014

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like a location of choice for business and enterpriseand a place where best practice environmentalmanagement is adpoted and

encouraged

Good for Business - In summary

- We have improved our position in responding to planning applications during the year achieving the required 90 within time during the final four months of the reporting year Our overall performance for the year was 81

- We met our target to issue 90 of permit applications within the determination period

- We are aware of 59 illegal waste sites in Wales We have introduced a focused Waste and Industry Team and the lsquoonce in Wales Enforcement department from April 2015

- We met our gross income target of pound16m for the year achieving pound177m

Whatrsquos the picture

Target has been met

What has been done so far to improve

Continue to submit cases for staff replacements Identify where teams are under resourced and need additional staff

Identify where internal consultation is not responding within set timescales Introduced new way of working for

hydropower applications to streamline the determination process

What will be done next to improve

Use process evaluation to streamline permitting regimes with specific focus on internal consultation

(This shows the status of the Good for Business indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

Whatrsquos the picture

There has been an increase in the number of waste sites Waste sites are put in compliance bands A-F with F being

the poorest performing Wales has 46 permitted waste sites in compliance bands D E or F (poor performers) for 2013

The bulk of the poor performing sites (36) are within the waste treatment sector with 21 of these in the non-hazardous

waste sub-sector

What has been done so far to improve

An improving compliance group has been set up as a sub-group of Regulatory Business Board The group has

delivered two detailed reports on Permitted Waste Site Compliance and review of waste fires to look at the reasons

behind the poor performing D E and F sites and root causes of waste fires at permitted sites

Training has been delivered to regulatory officers to improve knowledge and confidence of assessing compliance at

permitted waste sitesA joint workshop with Welsh Government has been help to agree challenges and identify

solutions (Policy legislative operational)

What will be done next to improve

Actions have been identified and will be implemented

Whatrsquos the picture

At the end of 14-15 NRW was aware of 59 illegal waste sites in Wales

What has been done so far to improve

The introduction of the focused Waste and Industry reg teams in Operations across Wales

What will be done next to improve

The lsquoonce in Wales Enforcement department from April 2015

Whatrsquos the picture

We achieved the target in the final reporting period largely by giving particular attention to response times The

improvements to our approach guidance and processes that we implement during 2015 will help us turn this into a

sustainable improvement and start to focus on the effectiveness of our advice in 201516 Please note that casework

data for Mid Wales are included in the data for South Operations Region and that the difference between consultations

received and responses submitted reflects in part (i) those applications which have been sent by the LPAs but do not

meet our agreed criteria for comment and (ii) work in progress

What will be done next to improve

Now the new finance system is in place we will review the breakdown of the overall figure to ensure all commercial

income is included in 201516

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What has been done so far to improve

Timeliness The lsquobuildrsquo phase in developing the new ICT system is underway and due to complete in the Summer We

published our Service Statement on our website and shared it with key customers The Statement clarifies what our

customers can expect from us and what we expect from them to enable us provide a timely and evidence-based

response We revised our instruction to staff on what to comment on when we are consulted This fine tunes our risk

based approach and will help us to target our advice in a consistent way We have shared this with Planning Officers

Society Wales (POSW) Welsh Government and Local Planning Authorities We have improved our timeliness by

improving focus on response times and will be able to make this a sustainable improvement as we complete the full

suite of improvements to our processes and approaches The transition to medium longer term sustainable ways of

working We brought all the staff working in the NRW planning service across Wales together for a 2 day event to set

the context for the new NRW service communicate our strategic objectives for our planning advice embed culture

change hear from external customers and raise awareness of new internal instruction and guidance that is being rolled-

out to support the delivery of this service We held trainings sessions for 60 staff on the Development Consent Order

process for Nationally Significant Infrastructure Projects (NSIP) and our role within this Nationally Significant

Infrastructure regime We have rolled-out new internal guidance to support the planning service eg NSIP Quick Guide

Call-in guidance and a guide on NRWrsquos approach on how climate change implications should be considered for

development proposals within areas of high flood risk

What will be done next to improve

We will Work with WG to inform the implementation of the provisions of the Planning (Wales) Bill which relate to the

role of statutory consultees Progress operational guidance for identified priority subject-areas including standard

advice for developments of lower risk to bats and landscape considerations for small and single wind turbines and

Implement the new ICT system and test Develop a training programme to further embed culture change in our

planning service Continue to meet with national and local stakeholders to seek feedback on our planning service and

inform our future measures for further improvement Develop options for charging for non-statutory advice to support

the resources required to provide this service Put in place a mid-Wales planning advice team

Whatrsquos the picture

The income figure is pound177m

What has been done so far to improve

NA

What partners share accountability for achieving Good for Businessrdquo

Each of us in Wales including None identified for this grouping

Third Sector including None identified for this grouping

Private Sector including Companies Operators Permit Applicants

Public Sector including Local Authorities PINS MMO (Marine Management

What other data do we need to see if Good for Businessrdquo is being delivered

Nothing currently identified

Progress towards Good for Business

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good for Business measures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good for Business Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green - Green Review charging schemes201516 Charging Scheme published on our

website (2nd April)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or service

level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or

voluntary determination period)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

We have drafted an action plan for the

development of the Permitting Service for

delivery in 201516 onwards

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenReport new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place

on our managed estate

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenWind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3 larch)Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing

(including 267000m3 larch)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Trefor Owen Programme Budget pound34m (including 388FTEs) for 2014

We have held all our open market sales and offered the volumes of timber that we advertised to our customers in Feb 2014 The balance

of our volume has been offered through our suite of long term contracts

Our commitment has been fully met although we have not as yet signed the last long term contract for larch and have fallen short by

65000 on this measure However the larch volume has been brought forward in other species and the overall sales plan commitment has

been met Continue to market at the same sort of levels to achieve our 201516 budgeted targets

We will continue to try to conclude the final long term contract if we are unsuccessful in the next 23 months then the volume will be

reoffered to the market

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to

streamline the service we provide for customers

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like a location of choice for business and enterpriseand a place where best practice environmentalmanagement is adpoted and

encouraged

In Summary

- We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April following a public consulation and obtaining Board and Ministerial approvals

- We have determined 90 of permits licences and consent to timescale (statutory or voluntary determination period)

- We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards

- We are facilitating commercial opportunities for renewables mobile infrastructure holidays gas and timber

- We are supporting six wind and five hydropower energy developments

- We have put to market 869166m3 over bark standing of timber (including 267000m3 larch)

We market timber from the Welsh Government

woodland estate in accordance with our marketing

strategy

We develop a single permitting licensing and

consenting service based on common standards and

processes

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities

including renewable energy generation as well as

recreation and tourism opportunities

We submitted a paper to Februaryrsquos NRWrsquos Board meeting detailing the consultation responses we received and gained their approval of

our final Charging Scheme proposals

We gained Ministerial approval for our 201516 Charging Scheme in March

We published our Charging Scheme Consultation Response on our website at the end of March

We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April

bull Overall the Wind Energy Programme is progressing in line with Developers plans with three of the six Projects in the Development Phase

and actual Option Fee income for FY1415 was pound57m We met with the Crown Estates and toured Pen y Cymoedd looking at potential

energy project synergies between the two organisations We are also pursuing the Energy Park Concept at Pen y Cymoedd We continue

to deal with Developer requests for access which cover wind solar and unconventional gas energy developments

bull Discussions are taking place to assess the possibilities of establishing a small scale wind turbine programme with the potential to expand

into other renewables where possible

bull The Small Scale Hydro Programme has met its target of five schemes enabled

bull We have identified potential biomass supply from mid Wales and will now work to market this

bull We have provided Welsh Government with a submission setting out the opportunities that the Green Growth Fund might be able to help

realise

bull Negotiation are continuing surrounding the development of Forest Holidays and Camping in the Forest at Beddgelert Garwnant and Coed

y Brenin

bull We are currently in discussion over the potential to repeat the woodland creation and carbon capture project on a second site

bull We continue to work closely with Welsh Government and DCMS to roll out the Mobile Infrastructure Project to provide coverage to lsquonot-

spotrsquo rural areas

bull It has been an extremely buoyant year for Timber sales and this has enabled the published Timber sale open market volumes to be fully

met We have increased our customer base this year and our sales of ldquonicherdquo products including the potential supply of cedar for shed and

garden product manufacture

bull The filming unit promotion has commenced with the establishment of a bespoke email address

bull We have met with Sport Wales and have agreed a plan to work in tandem over the Tryweren Centre

bull The first five Field Sports parcels are being prepared for tender and investigations into the remaining potential for NRW managed land are

ongoing

bull We will review our visitor centres to ensure they realise enterprise and income generating opportunities that are appropriate to site

bull Our Enterprise and Business Transformation Programme has been established and will be tasked with building an enterprise culture

prioritising opportunities and freeing up resources to deliver enterprising projects

[P] We support the wind energy programme and

deliver our hydropower programme on land that

we manage

We determine permits licences and consents

meeting the statutory determination or service

level agreement period timescale

We are now beginning the work programme to deliver our 201618 Charging Scheme

We have continued with monthly reporting and analysis of performance across a range of individual regimes to identify under performance

Where this is identified then measures have been taken to attempt to correct the issue We have agreed a workforce plan for the service as

a way of addressing the current level of turnover replacing vacated posts quickly with people with the right skills This has meant that we

are having to put forward recruitment requirements regularly and on occasion to recruit externally

We continue to work with Operations colleagues to ensure that they understand the impact on this target so that the internal consultations

for permit applications are returned within required timescales

We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards In addition we have

commenced work on a number of areas including -

We have begun developing a single identity as the NRW Permitting Service

We have developed a single set of Priorities Principle and Values

We have commissioned work to examine opportunities for efficiencies streamlining of permitting processes This will form part of the

Transformation Programme - Improving efficiency and service delivery

We have made some organisation changes with the Spp SSSI and Woodland Regulation administration teams reporting to a single Team

Leader

Work to examine opportunities for efficiencies streamlining of permitting processes will form part of the Transformation Programme -

Improving efficiency and service delivery

Wind Wind Energy Programme is progressing in line with Developers plans with three of the six Projects in the Development Phase

Hydro We have enabled five schemes to be constructed by March 15 One is constructed and operational two are under construction and

two are awaiting commencement of construction

Programme continues in 201516

Progress towards Good Organisation

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Oa- Customer and

stakeholder satisfaction

Ob - Staff Engagement Index

Od - Achievement of

revised business case

Oe - Reduced

organisational carbon

footprint

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What has been done so far to improve

Progress to deliver the Change Programme has created savings and includes Exit from Environment Agency head

office non-ICT services on vesting da Exit since vesting day from 19 transitional services provided by the

Environment Agency and Forestry Commission worth pound26M per annum Business process improvements include

significant planned savings from sample collection planning advice and permitting functions Short term rationalisation

of offices and depots Removing almost all staff off the Forestry Commission and Environment Agency ICT

infrastructure

What will be done next to improve

Further progress with the Change Programme that will set up savings including Further rationalisation of offices and

depots to conclude the short term programme Continue work to exit transitional services worth another approx pound5M

in 201516 Complete the second Voluntary Exit Schemewith the aim of realising further annual savings Fully

establish the continuous improvement programme to deliver efficiencies over the next 2 years

Whatrsquos the picture

- Our baseline carbon footprint amounts to 7699 tCO2e

- The main elements of our carbon footprint last year related to the use of vehicles we own electricity use and the

(contracted out) use of construction aggregate Over 5000 tonnes of CO2e related to these three areas

- The nine month figures shown (including estimates for some elements) suggest we have used ~64 of our carbon

budget for the year

- We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

What has been done so far to improve

We have been working to

- Engage our staff through training and delivering workshops to our leaders

- Reduce emissions from travel and transport by minimising UK internal flights increasing our use of biodiesel

reducing our fleet emissions reducing the need for travel through increased audioweb conferencing

- Rationalise our building estate in line with our accommodation strategy

- Roll out of new IT (improving our audioweb conferencing capabilities)

- Regional EMS committees being established For 201415 we targeted a reduction in our travel and building energy

related carbon footprint of 5

What will be done next to improve

- Applying sustainability risk assessments to new contracts (over pound25k)

- Engaging stakeholders and publishing our core EMS documentation

- We will continue to report on our carbon footprint internally on a quarterly basis (using estimates if necessary to do

so)

Whatrsquos the picture

We are on target for the cash-realisable benefit The accumulation of savings over the 10 years remains very

sensitive to relatively small changes in the annual savings in these early years The scenario planning shows that

although we are on target there should be emphasis on the need to maintain a strong focus on making efficiencies

releasing money by exiting transitional services controlling costs and making sure implement plans to deliver the

benefits The analysis that underpins this indicator is based on information available at the end of March 2015 The

lsquoyear endrsquo figures available in June will improve the forecast

What will be done next to improve

The Board has considered the scope of a NRW Customer Care Strategy and provided its feedback on the

development of the strategy NRW needs to finalise its discussions concerning the development and implementation

of the NRW Customer Care Strategy

Whatrsquos the picture

We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate which for our first survey

was really encouraging and showed our staff engagement index to be 48

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

In summary

-Customer and Stakeholder satisfaction will be developed as part of our Customer Focus Programme in 201516

-We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate and a staff engagement indexof 48 We are looking at how we can improve and set a target for next year

-We have reviewed our position against benchmarks and will now be setting targets for future years

-We remain on target to achieve the 10 year cash realisable savings through NRWs creation Further progress will be made with the Change Programme

-We have used ~64 of our annual carbon budget in the first nine months of the year We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

Whatrsquos the picture

The indicator is yet been developed (the baseline will be established by the first customer satisfaction survey for

regulated business that will seek views on the change in service since before NRW)

What has been done so far to improve

We have committed to continuing to work to Customer Care and Service Standards

(This shows the status of the Good Organisation indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

What has been done so far to improve

We should all be focused on how we build on the good work and take action to make improvements There are some

clear messages from the survey which are understandable given that NRW is only two years old and the scale of

change has been huge The results identified a number of positives Staff are interested in their roles and enjoy

challenges the skill levels are very good and most enjoy having the support of their Line Managers and camaraderie

of their colleagues But there were a number of challenges to address the pace and amount of change cross-

organisational working leadership clarity of our organisational objectives and purpose and the learning and

development opportunities on offer

What will be done next to improve

We are looking at how we can increase the staff engagement index to 58 an increase of 10 (target is to be

confirmed)

Whatrsquos the picture

We have presented ourselves against benchmarks for a number of support services including Finance Procurement

Human Resources Information Technology Communications Legal Services and Accommodation using the latest

available (2009) Cabinet Office data and guidance With only one exception we are positioned within the benchmark

range or slightly below it The exception is the area of office space we occupy in relation to the number of staff we

employ

What has been done so far to improve

We have centrally compiled the benchmarks to ensure consistency and have included additional sectors of our

business for a broader picture

What will be done next to improve

We will set targets for each area and programme an annual update of the benchmarks to coincide with our annual

budgeting and planning cycle We will seek to find more recent data to benchmark against and will additionally

consider our performance ambition We will explore why we appear to have more office space than expected

considering how this will be addressed by the plan contained in our Accommodation Strategy or if there is any issue

with how we are compiling our data

What partners share accountability for achieving a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo_

Each of us in Wales including Customers of NRW

Third Sector including Customers of NRW

Private Sector including Customers of NRW

Public Sector including Environment Agency Forestry Commission

What other data do we need to see if a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo is being delivered

We need to construct and run a customer and stakeholder survey

Outcomescore of next staff engagement index

Progress towards Good Organisation

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Organisation mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good OrganisationPeriod 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber - AmberAchieve business case benefits relating to the creation of Natural

Resources Walespound145M (91 complete)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targetsProcurement strategy and quick wins

delivered

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

+ Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report)

indicates 5 reduction is on track

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Sublet Ynysybwl tractor shed Progress to the implementation phase of the Llanelli Laboratory project

Complete the options appraisal for Mid-Wales by August 2015

Complete options appraisals for four regional lsquohubsrsquo (South West South East North West and North East) by September 2015 There a

number of rationalisation projects that had been identified as lsquoquick winsrsquo but are on hold because of local concerns about the degree to

which the project would require changes to legacy ways of working

We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits in September 2014 amp March 2015

In 201415 - 33 nonconformities of legal and other compliance obligations were raised these have now been corrected and actions taken

to prevent reoccurrence

30 of NRW staff have received specific targeted EMS awareness pollution incident and waste training

7 of 8 directorate leadership teams have received EMS training

9 month emissions report indicates we are on track to meet our 5 carbon reduction target

We are going to integrate forestry operations within the scope of the EMS in 201516 Site visits at WSO civils and WHaM sites are

already scheduled

We will ensure all staff receive EMS awareness training

Handover of Transition projects - All Transition areas identified continuing work requirements ICT application transitiontransformation ndash

further 63 projects Service exits ndash further 9 this year business as usual work continued by a Transformation Portfolio

We have sold Three Cocks Depot (Brecon) Frobisher Road Depot (Newport) and Merlinrsquos Bridge Depot (Haverfordwest))

We have vacated and disposed of Beechwood House (Llandeilo) Unit 3 Cantref Court (Abergavenny) Glan Y Nant (Mold) Drake Walk

(Cardiff) Chirk Depot and Granada Park (Llangattock) We have vacated and mothballed Llanion House (Haverfordwest) Plas Penrhos

(Bangor) Mawddach Hatchery (Dolgellau) Maerdy Hatchery (Corwen) and the Ceinws site (Corris) We are working closely with the

Estates Team to secure the disposal of these sites As a result of these actions we have generated capital receipts of pound236K and we are

making annual savings of pound360K on our building running costs

The Business Case for the Llanelli Laboratory project has been completed and will be presented to ET for their approval in mid-April 2015

Significant progress has been made on the Mid-Wales options appraisal The preliminary feasibility study has been completed and the

Project Board is now in place

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our

environmental management and work towards being

an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and

- Developed NRW Procurement Strategy to 2017 (input provided by Executive Team in February 2015)

- We have undertaken a considerable amount of work on the Civil Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) which will be in place later

this year As part of this we are instigating a pilot on the use of community benefits A series of supplier engagement events for this

Framework have already been undertaken in conjunction with Business Wales

- Quick wins continue to be developed within our Welsh Government Procurement Maturity Model Improvement Plan

- We have secured early adopter status with WG for use of the E-procurement maturity model and benefits tracker following us arranging

for WG to present to FCS Leadership Team (who subsequently agreed to proceed) We have in place a technology action plan that will

evolve over FY1516

- Undertaken and completed the Procurement Team Change Programme

- Baselined ldquoNRW procurementrdquo by applying the WG Procurement Maturity Model and are continuing to implement the subsequent

improvement plan as well as developing a number of procurement KPIrsquos Value Wales have agreed to undertake an independent progress

review in 201516 Details of the improvement plan to which we refer are outlined in Section 43 of the Procurement Strategy

- We regularly attend Directorate Leadership Team Meetings to consult on our improvement plan and to better understand Directorate

requirements (for the short medium and long term We have developed a Procurement Pipeline (Contract Forward Plans) to help

Directorates to secure best value for money and to provide greater visibility of opportunities for the supply base (including Welsh SMErsquos)

- We are the Welsh Government Sponsored Bodiesrsquo Sector representative on the National Procurement Service Delivery Group and we

continue to explore potential options with NPS across the range of their categories

- We have established a Governance Plan for procurement detailing the project milestones for the rewrite and implementation of new

thresholds templates rules and procedures for procurement across the whole of NRW

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the

workforce

We deliver our accommodation strategy

We deliver procurement that achieves value for

money sustainability and facilitates opportunities

for Welsh SMEs

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

A second voluntary exit scheme

Completed the short term programme of opportunities to vacate and dispose of offices and depots

Exited 29 of the 40 transitional services as of the end of 201415

Made good progress with continuous improvement programmes that free up staff time including halving the effort required to process

each application for hydropower permits and reaching the development planning advice service targets for responding within agreed

deadlines

We are on target to deliver our ICT services for pound6M in place of the pound8M baseline cost

Exit the remaining transitional services and aim to reduce some of the enduring services as well

Implement the full accommodation strategy to complete the reduction from 80 sites to 40 sites

The portfolio of transformation programmes including a much larger range of LEAN process improvement projects as part of the

continuous improvement programme

Development

- Focusing on the delivery of community benefits through contracting and reporting on the outcomes delivered to include the Civil

Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) pilot

- Develop an e-procurement strategy and technology plan which will scope a project to encompass the Investigation of available options to

maximise the use of e-Procurement capability and to satisfy upcoming legislative requirements (by engaging with the WG e-Procurement

Infrastructure Programme)

Engagement

- Develop plans to increase opportunities for Welsh SMEs to compete for NRW contracts ensuring our procurement practices are

appropriate for SMErsquos and larger scale enterprises and establish and measure contract opportunities made available to SMErsquos

EfficiencyValue for Money

- Identify opportunities for benefits and efficiencies taking a lead role in identifying and measuring opportunities for benefits and

efficiencies

Procurement Governance

- Review the impact of the changes to the procurement process via the 2015 Amendment to EU Procurement Directives implement the

new directives and accommodate any applicable changes or obligations

- Measure and report on the percentage of influenceable spend channelled through a compliant route (target 100)

- Develop a first stage Procurement Assurance Model

In Summary

- We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single system

- Our forecast for Business Case benefits is pound145m which is 9 below target however we are still developing further efficiencies

- There were two lost time incidents to our employees ithis year We have developed a 3 year Wellbeing Health amp Safety (WHS) programme to improve our performance from 2015 onwards

- We have reduced the number of properties we use with nine disposed of and five mothballed We now have 65 operational sites

- We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits Based on our 9 month carbon footprint position we expect to meet our 5 reduction target for this year

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support

and customer care to both staff and customers

What we have done so far As of 1 March the first two phases of MyNRW are live which sees NRW able to raise requisitions and approve

purchase orders through workflow We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single

system We are also producing financial and management reports for internal and external reporting

What we are going to do next Developments include scoping out the Project Costing amp Billing module revisions to Product Codes

increased use of workflow and enhancing our reporting capability

We plan and allocate resources to business

priorities and achieve performance reporting that

drives continuous improvements

24 Workstreams ndash in excess of 104 projects

- All of our key objectives within the projects and programmes to create our standalone capability have been delivered m any of these

represent an outstanding achievement

- Some slippage in more complex areas

- Service exits - 43 EA services down to 17 at end of 201516 year 17 FCGB services down to 5 at end of 201516 year

- 1600 ICT applicationssystems down to 400 at end of March 2015

- Benefits

- Achievedforecast - pound145m [pound129m cash releasing pound16m non cash] so far compared to pound158m business case target

We deliver our transition projects to help establish

our standalone capability

Business Plan Dashboard

201415 report 1st April 2014 - 31st March 2015

Good Knowledge Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] [I] We develop Walesrsquo approach to integrated natural resource management Amber Amber uarr GreenWe will now report learning from the trials to support

scrutiny of the Environment Bill

[P] [I] We work with Welsh Government to develop funding mechanisms to support

integrated natural resource managementGreen Green - Green

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

[P] We work with Welsh Government to develop natural resources policy including delivery

of a State of Natural Resources reportAmber Amber uarr Green

Develop interim report by November 2014

(first full report September 2016) Interim report has now been developed

We review our monitoring strategy and apply recommendations to our operational work Amber Green - GreenReview and implement our monitoring analysis and reporting

programmeProject governance has been finalised

We assess our abilities so that we are able to effectively engage with the public and share

our technical advice and expertise with others or seek support where requiredGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off October 2014 Operate

rolling customer insight programme

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

We develop our ability to better explain and communicate complex issues to a wide range

of stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off and Rolling customer

insight programme providing reports

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

A Good Environment Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

We ensure the sustainable management of land and water we manage Amber Amber uarr GreenActions resolved arising from NNR and WGWE audit

Maintain UKWAS accreditation

Actions resolved and UKWAS accreditation

maintained

[P] We work with others to improve connectivity and restoration of priority habitats

and their linkages as part of integrated natural resource management plansGreen Green - Green Complete Level 2 Connectivity mapping by December 2014 Level 2 mapping first draft completed for all habitats

We ensure climate change adaptation is embedded in all areas of our work Green Green - GreenApply parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance to our organisation by March 2015

Parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance applied

[P] We will play our part and work with others to halt biodiversity loss in order to help ensure

that by 2020 ecosystems are more resilientGreen Green darr Red 80 of our actions underway or complete 63 actions underwaycomplete from July work plan

We will develop our approach to pollinators NA Green darr AmberImplement a programme of measures on NRW sites by 31

March 2015

[P] The condition of features on sites improves

(ie Indicator Ee Marine terrestrial and freshwater environment)Red Red - Red

Condition of features of marine terrestrial and freshwater

Natura 2000 sites

33 of marine 24 of terrestrial and 26 of

freshwater features are in favourable condition

[P] The water environment improves (ie Indicator Ea Water environment) Indicator Indicator - RAG - NAComplance with good status under the Water Framework

Directive

Compliance with good status under the Water

Framework Directive = 37

We manage outbreaks of plant health pests and diseases Green Green - GreenImplement control plans on the Welsh Government Woodland

Estate

Helicopter surveillance for P ramorum completed 60

sites found to be positive and notices have been

served on 417ha

[I] We consider streamlined innovative approaches Amber Green - GreenDevelop and support approaches that demonstrate innovation

collaboration and best practice

We ensure accurate information on flood risk is available to the public and

stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Publish flood maps (in quarter one) capital and maintenance

programmes (in quarter two)

Published flood maps (in quarter one) capital and

maintenance programmes (in quarter two)

Good for People Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve learning in and about the natural

environment plus linking to the curriculum and wider learning opportunitiesAmber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

[P] We work with others to improve local environmental quality including for

disadvantaged communitiesGreen Amber - Amber

Develop and launch programme working with others linking

with priorities of other stakeholders

[P] We develop and deliver our Access and Recreation Strategy along with our Marketing

FrameworkGreen Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan published

Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan

published

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government (Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights

of Way Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste data systems)Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implemented

Four green one amber (amber waste data systems

programme)

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership Funding Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk management assets prioritising our

efforts on those which counter the highest risksAmber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk and what actions they need to take Green Green - Green10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood

risk

18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk Management Capital Programme Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per sector using a prioritised risk based

approachAmber Green - Green

Reduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector

year on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Good for Business Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to streamline the service we provide for

customersGreen Green - Green Review charging schemes

201516 Charging Scheme published on our website

(2nd April)

We fulfil our role as statutory consultee in responding to planning consultations

(ie Indicator Bd Our role as statutory consultee)Red Red uarr Amber Respond to 90 consultations within agreed timescale

We determine permits licences and consents meeting the statutory determination or

service level agreement period timescaleAmber Amber uarr Green

90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or

service level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or voluntary

determination period)

We develop a single permitting licensing and consenting service based on common

standards and processesGreen Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities including renewable energy

generation as well as recreation and tourism opportunitiesGreen Green - Green

Report new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place on

our managed estate

[P] We support the wind energy programme and deliver our hydropower programme

on land that we manageGreen Green - Green

Wind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

We market timber from the Welsh Government woodland estate in accordance with

our marketing strategyGreen Green - Green

Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3

larch)

Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing (including

267000m3 larch)

We generate income from our enterprise activities

(ie Indicator Be Generating income)Green Green - Green pound16m pound177m

Good Organisaton Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support and customer care to both staff and

customersGreen Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

We plan and allocate resources to business priorities and achieve performance

reporting that drives continuous improvementsAmber Amber - Amber pound145M (91 complete)

We deliver our transition projects to help establish our standalone capability Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

We deliver procurement that achieves value for money sustainability and facilitates

opportunities for Welsh SMEsGreen Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targets Procurement strategy and quick wins delivered

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the workforce Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

We deliver our accommodation strategy Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our environmental management and work towards

being an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and waterAmber Green - Green

ISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report) indicates

5 reduction is on track

We all have confidence in our collective success

(ie Indicator Ob Staff engagement index)Indicator Indicator - RAG - NA 7 (out of 10)

Staff survey completed in early 2015 giving a

baseline engagement index of 48 which will

provide scope for improvement in 201516

trend columns uarr An up arrow indicates an improvement since the last assessment

- A flat line indicates no significant change since with the last assessment

darr A down arrow indicates a decline since with the last assessment

status columns Red This indicates we are not where we planned we should be

Amber This indicates we are nearly on target (within 10)

Green This indicates we are on target

font styles

Italic Related to an area of Corporate Risk

tags Reputation related measures

Partnership working related measures

Innovation related measures[I]

Achieve business case benefits relating to the creation of

Natural Resources Wales

Ministerial priority

[R]

Bold

underline

Report learning from three integrated natural resource

management trials (Dyfi Rhondda Tawe) to Welsh

Government by March 2015

This dashboard reflects progress against measures and indicators from our wider performance framework It is used to provide a single page at a glance summary of performance in key areas

We track performance for the items on this dashboard and also review performance three times a year with at open public sessions with our Board (in October February and May)

Key

This dashboard is one part of our Performance Framework 40 items (35 measures and 5 indicators) are included on this dashboard

[Formatted as A3 portrait If printed does not need to be printed in colour]

[P]

Approaches being supported including Greener

Grangetown

We have drafted an action plan for the development

of the Permitting Service for delivery in 201516

onwards

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities amp

Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Responded to 81 consultations (annual average)

within agreed timescale

We continue to manage NNRs for a range of wild

pollinating species improve the habitat value of the

Public Forest Estate

Page 9: Performance Summary Report - Natural Resources Wales · The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions NRW (and other key stakeholders) could take to improve the situation.

Progress towards Good for Business

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good for Business measures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good for Business Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green - Green Review charging schemes201516 Charging Scheme published on our

website (2nd April)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or service

level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or

voluntary determination period)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

We have drafted an action plan for the

development of the Permitting Service for

delivery in 201516 onwards

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenReport new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place

on our managed estate

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - GreenWind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3 larch)Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing

(including 267000m3 larch)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Trefor Owen Programme Budget pound34m (including 388FTEs) for 2014

We have held all our open market sales and offered the volumes of timber that we advertised to our customers in Feb 2014 The balance

of our volume has been offered through our suite of long term contracts

Our commitment has been fully met although we have not as yet signed the last long term contract for larch and have fallen short by

65000 on this measure However the larch volume has been brought forward in other species and the overall sales plan commitment has

been met Continue to market at the same sort of levels to achieve our 201516 budgeted targets

We will continue to try to conclude the final long term contract if we are unsuccessful in the next 23 months then the volume will be

reoffered to the market

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to

streamline the service we provide for customers

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like a location of choice for business and enterpriseand a place where best practice environmentalmanagement is adpoted and

encouraged

In Summary

- We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April following a public consulation and obtaining Board and Ministerial approvals

- We have determined 90 of permits licences and consent to timescale (statutory or voluntary determination period)

- We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards

- We are facilitating commercial opportunities for renewables mobile infrastructure holidays gas and timber

- We are supporting six wind and five hydropower energy developments

- We have put to market 869166m3 over bark standing of timber (including 267000m3 larch)

We market timber from the Welsh Government

woodland estate in accordance with our marketing

strategy

We develop a single permitting licensing and

consenting service based on common standards and

processes

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities

including renewable energy generation as well as

recreation and tourism opportunities

We submitted a paper to Februaryrsquos NRWrsquos Board meeting detailing the consultation responses we received and gained their approval of

our final Charging Scheme proposals

We gained Ministerial approval for our 201516 Charging Scheme in March

We published our Charging Scheme Consultation Response on our website at the end of March

We published our 201516 Charging Scheme on our website on the 2nd April

bull Overall the Wind Energy Programme is progressing in line with Developers plans with three of the six Projects in the Development Phase

and actual Option Fee income for FY1415 was pound57m We met with the Crown Estates and toured Pen y Cymoedd looking at potential

energy project synergies between the two organisations We are also pursuing the Energy Park Concept at Pen y Cymoedd We continue

to deal with Developer requests for access which cover wind solar and unconventional gas energy developments

bull Discussions are taking place to assess the possibilities of establishing a small scale wind turbine programme with the potential to expand

into other renewables where possible

bull The Small Scale Hydro Programme has met its target of five schemes enabled

bull We have identified potential biomass supply from mid Wales and will now work to market this

bull We have provided Welsh Government with a submission setting out the opportunities that the Green Growth Fund might be able to help

realise

bull Negotiation are continuing surrounding the development of Forest Holidays and Camping in the Forest at Beddgelert Garwnant and Coed

y Brenin

bull We are currently in discussion over the potential to repeat the woodland creation and carbon capture project on a second site

bull We continue to work closely with Welsh Government and DCMS to roll out the Mobile Infrastructure Project to provide coverage to lsquonot-

spotrsquo rural areas

bull It has been an extremely buoyant year for Timber sales and this has enabled the published Timber sale open market volumes to be fully

met We have increased our customer base this year and our sales of ldquonicherdquo products including the potential supply of cedar for shed and

garden product manufacture

bull The filming unit promotion has commenced with the establishment of a bespoke email address

bull We have met with Sport Wales and have agreed a plan to work in tandem over the Tryweren Centre

bull The first five Field Sports parcels are being prepared for tender and investigations into the remaining potential for NRW managed land are

ongoing

bull We will review our visitor centres to ensure they realise enterprise and income generating opportunities that are appropriate to site

bull Our Enterprise and Business Transformation Programme has been established and will be tasked with building an enterprise culture

prioritising opportunities and freeing up resources to deliver enterprising projects

[P] We support the wind energy programme and

deliver our hydropower programme on land that

we manage

We determine permits licences and consents

meeting the statutory determination or service

level agreement period timescale

We are now beginning the work programme to deliver our 201618 Charging Scheme

We have continued with monthly reporting and analysis of performance across a range of individual regimes to identify under performance

Where this is identified then measures have been taken to attempt to correct the issue We have agreed a workforce plan for the service as

a way of addressing the current level of turnover replacing vacated posts quickly with people with the right skills This has meant that we

are having to put forward recruitment requirements regularly and on occasion to recruit externally

We continue to work with Operations colleagues to ensure that they understand the impact on this target so that the internal consultations

for permit applications are returned within required timescales

We have drafted an action plan for the development of the NRW Permitting Service for delivery in 201516 onwards In addition we have

commenced work on a number of areas including -

We have begun developing a single identity as the NRW Permitting Service

We have developed a single set of Priorities Principle and Values

We have commissioned work to examine opportunities for efficiencies streamlining of permitting processes This will form part of the

Transformation Programme - Improving efficiency and service delivery

We have made some organisation changes with the Spp SSSI and Woodland Regulation administration teams reporting to a single Team

Leader

Work to examine opportunities for efficiencies streamlining of permitting processes will form part of the Transformation Programme -

Improving efficiency and service delivery

Wind Wind Energy Programme is progressing in line with Developers plans with three of the six Projects in the Development Phase

Hydro We have enabled five schemes to be constructed by March 15 One is constructed and operational two are under construction and

two are awaiting commencement of construction

Programme continues in 201516

Progress towards Good Organisation

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Oa- Customer and

stakeholder satisfaction

Ob - Staff Engagement Index

Od - Achievement of

revised business case

Oe - Reduced

organisational carbon

footprint

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What has been done so far to improve

Progress to deliver the Change Programme has created savings and includes Exit from Environment Agency head

office non-ICT services on vesting da Exit since vesting day from 19 transitional services provided by the

Environment Agency and Forestry Commission worth pound26M per annum Business process improvements include

significant planned savings from sample collection planning advice and permitting functions Short term rationalisation

of offices and depots Removing almost all staff off the Forestry Commission and Environment Agency ICT

infrastructure

What will be done next to improve

Further progress with the Change Programme that will set up savings including Further rationalisation of offices and

depots to conclude the short term programme Continue work to exit transitional services worth another approx pound5M

in 201516 Complete the second Voluntary Exit Schemewith the aim of realising further annual savings Fully

establish the continuous improvement programme to deliver efficiencies over the next 2 years

Whatrsquos the picture

- Our baseline carbon footprint amounts to 7699 tCO2e

- The main elements of our carbon footprint last year related to the use of vehicles we own electricity use and the

(contracted out) use of construction aggregate Over 5000 tonnes of CO2e related to these three areas

- The nine month figures shown (including estimates for some elements) suggest we have used ~64 of our carbon

budget for the year

- We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

What has been done so far to improve

We have been working to

- Engage our staff through training and delivering workshops to our leaders

- Reduce emissions from travel and transport by minimising UK internal flights increasing our use of biodiesel

reducing our fleet emissions reducing the need for travel through increased audioweb conferencing

- Rationalise our building estate in line with our accommodation strategy

- Roll out of new IT (improving our audioweb conferencing capabilities)

- Regional EMS committees being established For 201415 we targeted a reduction in our travel and building energy

related carbon footprint of 5

What will be done next to improve

- Applying sustainability risk assessments to new contracts (over pound25k)

- Engaging stakeholders and publishing our core EMS documentation

- We will continue to report on our carbon footprint internally on a quarterly basis (using estimates if necessary to do

so)

Whatrsquos the picture

We are on target for the cash-realisable benefit The accumulation of savings over the 10 years remains very

sensitive to relatively small changes in the annual savings in these early years The scenario planning shows that

although we are on target there should be emphasis on the need to maintain a strong focus on making efficiencies

releasing money by exiting transitional services controlling costs and making sure implement plans to deliver the

benefits The analysis that underpins this indicator is based on information available at the end of March 2015 The

lsquoyear endrsquo figures available in June will improve the forecast

What will be done next to improve

The Board has considered the scope of a NRW Customer Care Strategy and provided its feedback on the

development of the strategy NRW needs to finalise its discussions concerning the development and implementation

of the NRW Customer Care Strategy

Whatrsquos the picture

We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate which for our first survey

was really encouraging and showed our staff engagement index to be 48

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

In summary

-Customer and Stakeholder satisfaction will be developed as part of our Customer Focus Programme in 201516

-We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate and a staff engagement indexof 48 We are looking at how we can improve and set a target for next year

-We have reviewed our position against benchmarks and will now be setting targets for future years

-We remain on target to achieve the 10 year cash realisable savings through NRWs creation Further progress will be made with the Change Programme

-We have used ~64 of our annual carbon budget in the first nine months of the year We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

Whatrsquos the picture

The indicator is yet been developed (the baseline will be established by the first customer satisfaction survey for

regulated business that will seek views on the change in service since before NRW)

What has been done so far to improve

We have committed to continuing to work to Customer Care and Service Standards

(This shows the status of the Good Organisation indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

What has been done so far to improve

We should all be focused on how we build on the good work and take action to make improvements There are some

clear messages from the survey which are understandable given that NRW is only two years old and the scale of

change has been huge The results identified a number of positives Staff are interested in their roles and enjoy

challenges the skill levels are very good and most enjoy having the support of their Line Managers and camaraderie

of their colleagues But there were a number of challenges to address the pace and amount of change cross-

organisational working leadership clarity of our organisational objectives and purpose and the learning and

development opportunities on offer

What will be done next to improve

We are looking at how we can increase the staff engagement index to 58 an increase of 10 (target is to be

confirmed)

Whatrsquos the picture

We have presented ourselves against benchmarks for a number of support services including Finance Procurement

Human Resources Information Technology Communications Legal Services and Accommodation using the latest

available (2009) Cabinet Office data and guidance With only one exception we are positioned within the benchmark

range or slightly below it The exception is the area of office space we occupy in relation to the number of staff we

employ

What has been done so far to improve

We have centrally compiled the benchmarks to ensure consistency and have included additional sectors of our

business for a broader picture

What will be done next to improve

We will set targets for each area and programme an annual update of the benchmarks to coincide with our annual

budgeting and planning cycle We will seek to find more recent data to benchmark against and will additionally

consider our performance ambition We will explore why we appear to have more office space than expected

considering how this will be addressed by the plan contained in our Accommodation Strategy or if there is any issue

with how we are compiling our data

What partners share accountability for achieving a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo_

Each of us in Wales including Customers of NRW

Third Sector including Customers of NRW

Private Sector including Customers of NRW

Public Sector including Environment Agency Forestry Commission

What other data do we need to see if a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo is being delivered

We need to construct and run a customer and stakeholder survey

Outcomescore of next staff engagement index

Progress towards Good Organisation

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Organisation mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good OrganisationPeriod 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber - AmberAchieve business case benefits relating to the creation of Natural

Resources Walespound145M (91 complete)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targetsProcurement strategy and quick wins

delivered

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

+ Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report)

indicates 5 reduction is on track

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Sublet Ynysybwl tractor shed Progress to the implementation phase of the Llanelli Laboratory project

Complete the options appraisal for Mid-Wales by August 2015

Complete options appraisals for four regional lsquohubsrsquo (South West South East North West and North East) by September 2015 There a

number of rationalisation projects that had been identified as lsquoquick winsrsquo but are on hold because of local concerns about the degree to

which the project would require changes to legacy ways of working

We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits in September 2014 amp March 2015

In 201415 - 33 nonconformities of legal and other compliance obligations were raised these have now been corrected and actions taken

to prevent reoccurrence

30 of NRW staff have received specific targeted EMS awareness pollution incident and waste training

7 of 8 directorate leadership teams have received EMS training

9 month emissions report indicates we are on track to meet our 5 carbon reduction target

We are going to integrate forestry operations within the scope of the EMS in 201516 Site visits at WSO civils and WHaM sites are

already scheduled

We will ensure all staff receive EMS awareness training

Handover of Transition projects - All Transition areas identified continuing work requirements ICT application transitiontransformation ndash

further 63 projects Service exits ndash further 9 this year business as usual work continued by a Transformation Portfolio

We have sold Three Cocks Depot (Brecon) Frobisher Road Depot (Newport) and Merlinrsquos Bridge Depot (Haverfordwest))

We have vacated and disposed of Beechwood House (Llandeilo) Unit 3 Cantref Court (Abergavenny) Glan Y Nant (Mold) Drake Walk

(Cardiff) Chirk Depot and Granada Park (Llangattock) We have vacated and mothballed Llanion House (Haverfordwest) Plas Penrhos

(Bangor) Mawddach Hatchery (Dolgellau) Maerdy Hatchery (Corwen) and the Ceinws site (Corris) We are working closely with the

Estates Team to secure the disposal of these sites As a result of these actions we have generated capital receipts of pound236K and we are

making annual savings of pound360K on our building running costs

The Business Case for the Llanelli Laboratory project has been completed and will be presented to ET for their approval in mid-April 2015

Significant progress has been made on the Mid-Wales options appraisal The preliminary feasibility study has been completed and the

Project Board is now in place

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our

environmental management and work towards being

an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and

- Developed NRW Procurement Strategy to 2017 (input provided by Executive Team in February 2015)

- We have undertaken a considerable amount of work on the Civil Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) which will be in place later

this year As part of this we are instigating a pilot on the use of community benefits A series of supplier engagement events for this

Framework have already been undertaken in conjunction with Business Wales

- Quick wins continue to be developed within our Welsh Government Procurement Maturity Model Improvement Plan

- We have secured early adopter status with WG for use of the E-procurement maturity model and benefits tracker following us arranging

for WG to present to FCS Leadership Team (who subsequently agreed to proceed) We have in place a technology action plan that will

evolve over FY1516

- Undertaken and completed the Procurement Team Change Programme

- Baselined ldquoNRW procurementrdquo by applying the WG Procurement Maturity Model and are continuing to implement the subsequent

improvement plan as well as developing a number of procurement KPIrsquos Value Wales have agreed to undertake an independent progress

review in 201516 Details of the improvement plan to which we refer are outlined in Section 43 of the Procurement Strategy

- We regularly attend Directorate Leadership Team Meetings to consult on our improvement plan and to better understand Directorate

requirements (for the short medium and long term We have developed a Procurement Pipeline (Contract Forward Plans) to help

Directorates to secure best value for money and to provide greater visibility of opportunities for the supply base (including Welsh SMErsquos)

- We are the Welsh Government Sponsored Bodiesrsquo Sector representative on the National Procurement Service Delivery Group and we

continue to explore potential options with NPS across the range of their categories

- We have established a Governance Plan for procurement detailing the project milestones for the rewrite and implementation of new

thresholds templates rules and procedures for procurement across the whole of NRW

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the

workforce

We deliver our accommodation strategy

We deliver procurement that achieves value for

money sustainability and facilitates opportunities

for Welsh SMEs

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

A second voluntary exit scheme

Completed the short term programme of opportunities to vacate and dispose of offices and depots

Exited 29 of the 40 transitional services as of the end of 201415

Made good progress with continuous improvement programmes that free up staff time including halving the effort required to process

each application for hydropower permits and reaching the development planning advice service targets for responding within agreed

deadlines

We are on target to deliver our ICT services for pound6M in place of the pound8M baseline cost

Exit the remaining transitional services and aim to reduce some of the enduring services as well

Implement the full accommodation strategy to complete the reduction from 80 sites to 40 sites

The portfolio of transformation programmes including a much larger range of LEAN process improvement projects as part of the

continuous improvement programme

Development

- Focusing on the delivery of community benefits through contracting and reporting on the outcomes delivered to include the Civil

Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) pilot

- Develop an e-procurement strategy and technology plan which will scope a project to encompass the Investigation of available options to

maximise the use of e-Procurement capability and to satisfy upcoming legislative requirements (by engaging with the WG e-Procurement

Infrastructure Programme)

Engagement

- Develop plans to increase opportunities for Welsh SMEs to compete for NRW contracts ensuring our procurement practices are

appropriate for SMErsquos and larger scale enterprises and establish and measure contract opportunities made available to SMErsquos

EfficiencyValue for Money

- Identify opportunities for benefits and efficiencies taking a lead role in identifying and measuring opportunities for benefits and

efficiencies

Procurement Governance

- Review the impact of the changes to the procurement process via the 2015 Amendment to EU Procurement Directives implement the

new directives and accommodate any applicable changes or obligations

- Measure and report on the percentage of influenceable spend channelled through a compliant route (target 100)

- Develop a first stage Procurement Assurance Model

In Summary

- We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single system

- Our forecast for Business Case benefits is pound145m which is 9 below target however we are still developing further efficiencies

- There were two lost time incidents to our employees ithis year We have developed a 3 year Wellbeing Health amp Safety (WHS) programme to improve our performance from 2015 onwards

- We have reduced the number of properties we use with nine disposed of and five mothballed We now have 65 operational sites

- We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits Based on our 9 month carbon footprint position we expect to meet our 5 reduction target for this year

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support

and customer care to both staff and customers

What we have done so far As of 1 March the first two phases of MyNRW are live which sees NRW able to raise requisitions and approve

purchase orders through workflow We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single

system We are also producing financial and management reports for internal and external reporting

What we are going to do next Developments include scoping out the Project Costing amp Billing module revisions to Product Codes

increased use of workflow and enhancing our reporting capability

We plan and allocate resources to business

priorities and achieve performance reporting that

drives continuous improvements

24 Workstreams ndash in excess of 104 projects

- All of our key objectives within the projects and programmes to create our standalone capability have been delivered m any of these

represent an outstanding achievement

- Some slippage in more complex areas

- Service exits - 43 EA services down to 17 at end of 201516 year 17 FCGB services down to 5 at end of 201516 year

- 1600 ICT applicationssystems down to 400 at end of March 2015

- Benefits

- Achievedforecast - pound145m [pound129m cash releasing pound16m non cash] so far compared to pound158m business case target

We deliver our transition projects to help establish

our standalone capability

Business Plan Dashboard

201415 report 1st April 2014 - 31st March 2015

Good Knowledge Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] [I] We develop Walesrsquo approach to integrated natural resource management Amber Amber uarr GreenWe will now report learning from the trials to support

scrutiny of the Environment Bill

[P] [I] We work with Welsh Government to develop funding mechanisms to support

integrated natural resource managementGreen Green - Green

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

[P] We work with Welsh Government to develop natural resources policy including delivery

of a State of Natural Resources reportAmber Amber uarr Green

Develop interim report by November 2014

(first full report September 2016) Interim report has now been developed

We review our monitoring strategy and apply recommendations to our operational work Amber Green - GreenReview and implement our monitoring analysis and reporting

programmeProject governance has been finalised

We assess our abilities so that we are able to effectively engage with the public and share

our technical advice and expertise with others or seek support where requiredGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off October 2014 Operate

rolling customer insight programme

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

We develop our ability to better explain and communicate complex issues to a wide range

of stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off and Rolling customer

insight programme providing reports

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

A Good Environment Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

We ensure the sustainable management of land and water we manage Amber Amber uarr GreenActions resolved arising from NNR and WGWE audit

Maintain UKWAS accreditation

Actions resolved and UKWAS accreditation

maintained

[P] We work with others to improve connectivity and restoration of priority habitats

and their linkages as part of integrated natural resource management plansGreen Green - Green Complete Level 2 Connectivity mapping by December 2014 Level 2 mapping first draft completed for all habitats

We ensure climate change adaptation is embedded in all areas of our work Green Green - GreenApply parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance to our organisation by March 2015

Parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance applied

[P] We will play our part and work with others to halt biodiversity loss in order to help ensure

that by 2020 ecosystems are more resilientGreen Green darr Red 80 of our actions underway or complete 63 actions underwaycomplete from July work plan

We will develop our approach to pollinators NA Green darr AmberImplement a programme of measures on NRW sites by 31

March 2015

[P] The condition of features on sites improves

(ie Indicator Ee Marine terrestrial and freshwater environment)Red Red - Red

Condition of features of marine terrestrial and freshwater

Natura 2000 sites

33 of marine 24 of terrestrial and 26 of

freshwater features are in favourable condition

[P] The water environment improves (ie Indicator Ea Water environment) Indicator Indicator - RAG - NAComplance with good status under the Water Framework

Directive

Compliance with good status under the Water

Framework Directive = 37

We manage outbreaks of plant health pests and diseases Green Green - GreenImplement control plans on the Welsh Government Woodland

Estate

Helicopter surveillance for P ramorum completed 60

sites found to be positive and notices have been

served on 417ha

[I] We consider streamlined innovative approaches Amber Green - GreenDevelop and support approaches that demonstrate innovation

collaboration and best practice

We ensure accurate information on flood risk is available to the public and

stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Publish flood maps (in quarter one) capital and maintenance

programmes (in quarter two)

Published flood maps (in quarter one) capital and

maintenance programmes (in quarter two)

Good for People Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve learning in and about the natural

environment plus linking to the curriculum and wider learning opportunitiesAmber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

[P] We work with others to improve local environmental quality including for

disadvantaged communitiesGreen Amber - Amber

Develop and launch programme working with others linking

with priorities of other stakeholders

[P] We develop and deliver our Access and Recreation Strategy along with our Marketing

FrameworkGreen Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan published

Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan

published

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government (Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights

of Way Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste data systems)Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implemented

Four green one amber (amber waste data systems

programme)

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership Funding Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk management assets prioritising our

efforts on those which counter the highest risksAmber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk and what actions they need to take Green Green - Green10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood

risk

18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk Management Capital Programme Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per sector using a prioritised risk based

approachAmber Green - Green

Reduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector

year on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Good for Business Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to streamline the service we provide for

customersGreen Green - Green Review charging schemes

201516 Charging Scheme published on our website

(2nd April)

We fulfil our role as statutory consultee in responding to planning consultations

(ie Indicator Bd Our role as statutory consultee)Red Red uarr Amber Respond to 90 consultations within agreed timescale

We determine permits licences and consents meeting the statutory determination or

service level agreement period timescaleAmber Amber uarr Green

90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or

service level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or voluntary

determination period)

We develop a single permitting licensing and consenting service based on common

standards and processesGreen Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities including renewable energy

generation as well as recreation and tourism opportunitiesGreen Green - Green

Report new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place on

our managed estate

[P] We support the wind energy programme and deliver our hydropower programme

on land that we manageGreen Green - Green

Wind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

We market timber from the Welsh Government woodland estate in accordance with

our marketing strategyGreen Green - Green

Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3

larch)

Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing (including

267000m3 larch)

We generate income from our enterprise activities

(ie Indicator Be Generating income)Green Green - Green pound16m pound177m

Good Organisaton Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support and customer care to both staff and

customersGreen Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

We plan and allocate resources to business priorities and achieve performance

reporting that drives continuous improvementsAmber Amber - Amber pound145M (91 complete)

We deliver our transition projects to help establish our standalone capability Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

We deliver procurement that achieves value for money sustainability and facilitates

opportunities for Welsh SMEsGreen Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targets Procurement strategy and quick wins delivered

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the workforce Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

We deliver our accommodation strategy Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our environmental management and work towards

being an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and waterAmber Green - Green

ISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report) indicates

5 reduction is on track

We all have confidence in our collective success

(ie Indicator Ob Staff engagement index)Indicator Indicator - RAG - NA 7 (out of 10)

Staff survey completed in early 2015 giving a

baseline engagement index of 48 which will

provide scope for improvement in 201516

trend columns uarr An up arrow indicates an improvement since the last assessment

- A flat line indicates no significant change since with the last assessment

darr A down arrow indicates a decline since with the last assessment

status columns Red This indicates we are not where we planned we should be

Amber This indicates we are nearly on target (within 10)

Green This indicates we are on target

font styles

Italic Related to an area of Corporate Risk

tags Reputation related measures

Partnership working related measures

Innovation related measures[I]

Achieve business case benefits relating to the creation of

Natural Resources Wales

Ministerial priority

[R]

Bold

underline

Report learning from three integrated natural resource

management trials (Dyfi Rhondda Tawe) to Welsh

Government by March 2015

This dashboard reflects progress against measures and indicators from our wider performance framework It is used to provide a single page at a glance summary of performance in key areas

We track performance for the items on this dashboard and also review performance three times a year with at open public sessions with our Board (in October February and May)

Key

This dashboard is one part of our Performance Framework 40 items (35 measures and 5 indicators) are included on this dashboard

[Formatted as A3 portrait If printed does not need to be printed in colour]

[P]

Approaches being supported including Greener

Grangetown

We have drafted an action plan for the development

of the Permitting Service for delivery in 201516

onwards

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities amp

Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Responded to 81 consultations (annual average)

within agreed timescale

We continue to manage NNRs for a range of wild

pollinating species improve the habitat value of the

Public Forest Estate

Page 10: Performance Summary Report - Natural Resources Wales · The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions NRW (and other key stakeholders) could take to improve the situation.

Progress towards Good Organisation

Corporate indicators Report dated 7th May 2015

Oa- Customer and

stakeholder satisfaction

Ob - Staff Engagement Index

Od - Achievement of

revised business case

Oe - Reduced

organisational carbon

footprint

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Whatrsquos the picture (ie what does the current state of this indicator tell us)

What has been done so far to improve

Progress to deliver the Change Programme has created savings and includes Exit from Environment Agency head

office non-ICT services on vesting da Exit since vesting day from 19 transitional services provided by the

Environment Agency and Forestry Commission worth pound26M per annum Business process improvements include

significant planned savings from sample collection planning advice and permitting functions Short term rationalisation

of offices and depots Removing almost all staff off the Forestry Commission and Environment Agency ICT

infrastructure

What will be done next to improve

Further progress with the Change Programme that will set up savings including Further rationalisation of offices and

depots to conclude the short term programme Continue work to exit transitional services worth another approx pound5M

in 201516 Complete the second Voluntary Exit Schemewith the aim of realising further annual savings Fully

establish the continuous improvement programme to deliver efficiencies over the next 2 years

Whatrsquos the picture

- Our baseline carbon footprint amounts to 7699 tCO2e

- The main elements of our carbon footprint last year related to the use of vehicles we own electricity use and the

(contracted out) use of construction aggregate Over 5000 tonnes of CO2e related to these three areas

- The nine month figures shown (including estimates for some elements) suggest we have used ~64 of our carbon

budget for the year

- We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

What has been done so far to improve

We have been working to

- Engage our staff through training and delivering workshops to our leaders

- Reduce emissions from travel and transport by minimising UK internal flights increasing our use of biodiesel

reducing our fleet emissions reducing the need for travel through increased audioweb conferencing

- Rationalise our building estate in line with our accommodation strategy

- Roll out of new IT (improving our audioweb conferencing capabilities)

- Regional EMS committees being established For 201415 we targeted a reduction in our travel and building energy

related carbon footprint of 5

What will be done next to improve

- Applying sustainability risk assessments to new contracts (over pound25k)

- Engaging stakeholders and publishing our core EMS documentation

- We will continue to report on our carbon footprint internally on a quarterly basis (using estimates if necessary to do

so)

Whatrsquos the picture

We are on target for the cash-realisable benefit The accumulation of savings over the 10 years remains very

sensitive to relatively small changes in the annual savings in these early years The scenario planning shows that

although we are on target there should be emphasis on the need to maintain a strong focus on making efficiencies

releasing money by exiting transitional services controlling costs and making sure implement plans to deliver the

benefits The analysis that underpins this indicator is based on information available at the end of March 2015 The

lsquoyear endrsquo figures available in June will improve the forecast

What will be done next to improve

The Board has considered the scope of a NRW Customer Care Strategy and provided its feedback on the

development of the strategy NRW needs to finalise its discussions concerning the development and implementation

of the NRW Customer Care Strategy

Whatrsquos the picture

We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate which for our first survey

was really encouraging and showed our staff engagement index to be 48

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

In summary

-Customer and Stakeholder satisfaction will be developed as part of our Customer Focus Programme in 201516

-We conducted our first People Survey in February 2015 achieving a 58 response rate and a staff engagement indexof 48 We are looking at how we can improve and set a target for next year

-We have reviewed our position against benchmarks and will now be setting targets for future years

-We remain on target to achieve the 10 year cash realisable savings through NRWs creation Further progress will be made with the Change Programme

-We have used ~64 of our annual carbon budget in the first nine months of the year We are currently bringing together our final 201415 position

Whatrsquos the picture

The indicator is yet been developed (the baseline will be established by the first customer satisfaction survey for

regulated business that will seek views on the change in service since before NRW)

What has been done so far to improve

We have committed to continuing to work to Customer Care and Service Standards

(This shows the status of the Good Organisation indicators from our Corporate Plan 2014-2017)

What has been done so far to improve

We should all be focused on how we build on the good work and take action to make improvements There are some

clear messages from the survey which are understandable given that NRW is only two years old and the scale of

change has been huge The results identified a number of positives Staff are interested in their roles and enjoy

challenges the skill levels are very good and most enjoy having the support of their Line Managers and camaraderie

of their colleagues But there were a number of challenges to address the pace and amount of change cross-

organisational working leadership clarity of our organisational objectives and purpose and the learning and

development opportunities on offer

What will be done next to improve

We are looking at how we can increase the staff engagement index to 58 an increase of 10 (target is to be

confirmed)

Whatrsquos the picture

We have presented ourselves against benchmarks for a number of support services including Finance Procurement

Human Resources Information Technology Communications Legal Services and Accommodation using the latest

available (2009) Cabinet Office data and guidance With only one exception we are positioned within the benchmark

range or slightly below it The exception is the area of office space we occupy in relation to the number of staff we

employ

What has been done so far to improve

We have centrally compiled the benchmarks to ensure consistency and have included additional sectors of our

business for a broader picture

What will be done next to improve

We will set targets for each area and programme an annual update of the benchmarks to coincide with our annual

budgeting and planning cycle We will seek to find more recent data to benchmark against and will additionally

consider our performance ambition We will explore why we appear to have more office space than expected

considering how this will be addressed by the plan contained in our Accommodation Strategy or if there is any issue

with how we are compiling our data

What partners share accountability for achieving a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo_

Each of us in Wales including Customers of NRW

Third Sector including Customers of NRW

Private Sector including Customers of NRW

Public Sector including Environment Agency Forestry Commission

What other data do we need to see if a ldquoGood Organisationrdquo is being delivered

We need to construct and run a customer and stakeholder survey

Outcomescore of next staff engagement index

Progress towards Good Organisation

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Organisation mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good OrganisationPeriod 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber - AmberAchieve business case benefits relating to the creation of Natural

Resources Walespound145M (91 complete)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targetsProcurement strategy and quick wins

delivered

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

+ Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report)

indicates 5 reduction is on track

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Sublet Ynysybwl tractor shed Progress to the implementation phase of the Llanelli Laboratory project

Complete the options appraisal for Mid-Wales by August 2015

Complete options appraisals for four regional lsquohubsrsquo (South West South East North West and North East) by September 2015 There a

number of rationalisation projects that had been identified as lsquoquick winsrsquo but are on hold because of local concerns about the degree to

which the project would require changes to legacy ways of working

We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits in September 2014 amp March 2015

In 201415 - 33 nonconformities of legal and other compliance obligations were raised these have now been corrected and actions taken

to prevent reoccurrence

30 of NRW staff have received specific targeted EMS awareness pollution incident and waste training

7 of 8 directorate leadership teams have received EMS training

9 month emissions report indicates we are on track to meet our 5 carbon reduction target

We are going to integrate forestry operations within the scope of the EMS in 201516 Site visits at WSO civils and WHaM sites are

already scheduled

We will ensure all staff receive EMS awareness training

Handover of Transition projects - All Transition areas identified continuing work requirements ICT application transitiontransformation ndash

further 63 projects Service exits ndash further 9 this year business as usual work continued by a Transformation Portfolio

We have sold Three Cocks Depot (Brecon) Frobisher Road Depot (Newport) and Merlinrsquos Bridge Depot (Haverfordwest))

We have vacated and disposed of Beechwood House (Llandeilo) Unit 3 Cantref Court (Abergavenny) Glan Y Nant (Mold) Drake Walk

(Cardiff) Chirk Depot and Granada Park (Llangattock) We have vacated and mothballed Llanion House (Haverfordwest) Plas Penrhos

(Bangor) Mawddach Hatchery (Dolgellau) Maerdy Hatchery (Corwen) and the Ceinws site (Corris) We are working closely with the

Estates Team to secure the disposal of these sites As a result of these actions we have generated capital receipts of pound236K and we are

making annual savings of pound360K on our building running costs

The Business Case for the Llanelli Laboratory project has been completed and will be presented to ET for their approval in mid-April 2015

Significant progress has been made on the Mid-Wales options appraisal The preliminary feasibility study has been completed and the

Project Board is now in place

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our

environmental management and work towards being

an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and

- Developed NRW Procurement Strategy to 2017 (input provided by Executive Team in February 2015)

- We have undertaken a considerable amount of work on the Civil Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) which will be in place later

this year As part of this we are instigating a pilot on the use of community benefits A series of supplier engagement events for this

Framework have already been undertaken in conjunction with Business Wales

- Quick wins continue to be developed within our Welsh Government Procurement Maturity Model Improvement Plan

- We have secured early adopter status with WG for use of the E-procurement maturity model and benefits tracker following us arranging

for WG to present to FCS Leadership Team (who subsequently agreed to proceed) We have in place a technology action plan that will

evolve over FY1516

- Undertaken and completed the Procurement Team Change Programme

- Baselined ldquoNRW procurementrdquo by applying the WG Procurement Maturity Model and are continuing to implement the subsequent

improvement plan as well as developing a number of procurement KPIrsquos Value Wales have agreed to undertake an independent progress

review in 201516 Details of the improvement plan to which we refer are outlined in Section 43 of the Procurement Strategy

- We regularly attend Directorate Leadership Team Meetings to consult on our improvement plan and to better understand Directorate

requirements (for the short medium and long term We have developed a Procurement Pipeline (Contract Forward Plans) to help

Directorates to secure best value for money and to provide greater visibility of opportunities for the supply base (including Welsh SMErsquos)

- We are the Welsh Government Sponsored Bodiesrsquo Sector representative on the National Procurement Service Delivery Group and we

continue to explore potential options with NPS across the range of their categories

- We have established a Governance Plan for procurement detailing the project milestones for the rewrite and implementation of new

thresholds templates rules and procedures for procurement across the whole of NRW

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the

workforce

We deliver our accommodation strategy

We deliver procurement that achieves value for

money sustainability and facilitates opportunities

for Welsh SMEs

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

A second voluntary exit scheme

Completed the short term programme of opportunities to vacate and dispose of offices and depots

Exited 29 of the 40 transitional services as of the end of 201415

Made good progress with continuous improvement programmes that free up staff time including halving the effort required to process

each application for hydropower permits and reaching the development planning advice service targets for responding within agreed

deadlines

We are on target to deliver our ICT services for pound6M in place of the pound8M baseline cost

Exit the remaining transitional services and aim to reduce some of the enduring services as well

Implement the full accommodation strategy to complete the reduction from 80 sites to 40 sites

The portfolio of transformation programmes including a much larger range of LEAN process improvement projects as part of the

continuous improvement programme

Development

- Focusing on the delivery of community benefits through contracting and reporting on the outcomes delivered to include the Civil

Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) pilot

- Develop an e-procurement strategy and technology plan which will scope a project to encompass the Investigation of available options to

maximise the use of e-Procurement capability and to satisfy upcoming legislative requirements (by engaging with the WG e-Procurement

Infrastructure Programme)

Engagement

- Develop plans to increase opportunities for Welsh SMEs to compete for NRW contracts ensuring our procurement practices are

appropriate for SMErsquos and larger scale enterprises and establish and measure contract opportunities made available to SMErsquos

EfficiencyValue for Money

- Identify opportunities for benefits and efficiencies taking a lead role in identifying and measuring opportunities for benefits and

efficiencies

Procurement Governance

- Review the impact of the changes to the procurement process via the 2015 Amendment to EU Procurement Directives implement the

new directives and accommodate any applicable changes or obligations

- Measure and report on the percentage of influenceable spend channelled through a compliant route (target 100)

- Develop a first stage Procurement Assurance Model

In Summary

- We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single system

- Our forecast for Business Case benefits is pound145m which is 9 below target however we are still developing further efficiencies

- There were two lost time incidents to our employees ithis year We have developed a 3 year Wellbeing Health amp Safety (WHS) programme to improve our performance from 2015 onwards

- We have reduced the number of properties we use with nine disposed of and five mothballed We now have 65 operational sites

- We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits Based on our 9 month carbon footprint position we expect to meet our 5 reduction target for this year

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support

and customer care to both staff and customers

What we have done so far As of 1 March the first two phases of MyNRW are live which sees NRW able to raise requisitions and approve

purchase orders through workflow We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single

system We are also producing financial and management reports for internal and external reporting

What we are going to do next Developments include scoping out the Project Costing amp Billing module revisions to Product Codes

increased use of workflow and enhancing our reporting capability

We plan and allocate resources to business

priorities and achieve performance reporting that

drives continuous improvements

24 Workstreams ndash in excess of 104 projects

- All of our key objectives within the projects and programmes to create our standalone capability have been delivered m any of these

represent an outstanding achievement

- Some slippage in more complex areas

- Service exits - 43 EA services down to 17 at end of 201516 year 17 FCGB services down to 5 at end of 201516 year

- 1600 ICT applicationssystems down to 400 at end of March 2015

- Benefits

- Achievedforecast - pound145m [pound129m cash releasing pound16m non cash] so far compared to pound158m business case target

We deliver our transition projects to help establish

our standalone capability

Business Plan Dashboard

201415 report 1st April 2014 - 31st March 2015

Good Knowledge Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] [I] We develop Walesrsquo approach to integrated natural resource management Amber Amber uarr GreenWe will now report learning from the trials to support

scrutiny of the Environment Bill

[P] [I] We work with Welsh Government to develop funding mechanisms to support

integrated natural resource managementGreen Green - Green

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

[P] We work with Welsh Government to develop natural resources policy including delivery

of a State of Natural Resources reportAmber Amber uarr Green

Develop interim report by November 2014

(first full report September 2016) Interim report has now been developed

We review our monitoring strategy and apply recommendations to our operational work Amber Green - GreenReview and implement our monitoring analysis and reporting

programmeProject governance has been finalised

We assess our abilities so that we are able to effectively engage with the public and share

our technical advice and expertise with others or seek support where requiredGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off October 2014 Operate

rolling customer insight programme

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

We develop our ability to better explain and communicate complex issues to a wide range

of stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off and Rolling customer

insight programme providing reports

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

A Good Environment Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

We ensure the sustainable management of land and water we manage Amber Amber uarr GreenActions resolved arising from NNR and WGWE audit

Maintain UKWAS accreditation

Actions resolved and UKWAS accreditation

maintained

[P] We work with others to improve connectivity and restoration of priority habitats

and their linkages as part of integrated natural resource management plansGreen Green - Green Complete Level 2 Connectivity mapping by December 2014 Level 2 mapping first draft completed for all habitats

We ensure climate change adaptation is embedded in all areas of our work Green Green - GreenApply parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance to our organisation by March 2015

Parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance applied

[P] We will play our part and work with others to halt biodiversity loss in order to help ensure

that by 2020 ecosystems are more resilientGreen Green darr Red 80 of our actions underway or complete 63 actions underwaycomplete from July work plan

We will develop our approach to pollinators NA Green darr AmberImplement a programme of measures on NRW sites by 31

March 2015

[P] The condition of features on sites improves

(ie Indicator Ee Marine terrestrial and freshwater environment)Red Red - Red

Condition of features of marine terrestrial and freshwater

Natura 2000 sites

33 of marine 24 of terrestrial and 26 of

freshwater features are in favourable condition

[P] The water environment improves (ie Indicator Ea Water environment) Indicator Indicator - RAG - NAComplance with good status under the Water Framework

Directive

Compliance with good status under the Water

Framework Directive = 37

We manage outbreaks of plant health pests and diseases Green Green - GreenImplement control plans on the Welsh Government Woodland

Estate

Helicopter surveillance for P ramorum completed 60

sites found to be positive and notices have been

served on 417ha

[I] We consider streamlined innovative approaches Amber Green - GreenDevelop and support approaches that demonstrate innovation

collaboration and best practice

We ensure accurate information on flood risk is available to the public and

stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Publish flood maps (in quarter one) capital and maintenance

programmes (in quarter two)

Published flood maps (in quarter one) capital and

maintenance programmes (in quarter two)

Good for People Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve learning in and about the natural

environment plus linking to the curriculum and wider learning opportunitiesAmber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

[P] We work with others to improve local environmental quality including for

disadvantaged communitiesGreen Amber - Amber

Develop and launch programme working with others linking

with priorities of other stakeholders

[P] We develop and deliver our Access and Recreation Strategy along with our Marketing

FrameworkGreen Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan published

Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan

published

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government (Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights

of Way Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste data systems)Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implemented

Four green one amber (amber waste data systems

programme)

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership Funding Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk management assets prioritising our

efforts on those which counter the highest risksAmber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk and what actions they need to take Green Green - Green10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood

risk

18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk Management Capital Programme Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per sector using a prioritised risk based

approachAmber Green - Green

Reduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector

year on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Good for Business Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to streamline the service we provide for

customersGreen Green - Green Review charging schemes

201516 Charging Scheme published on our website

(2nd April)

We fulfil our role as statutory consultee in responding to planning consultations

(ie Indicator Bd Our role as statutory consultee)Red Red uarr Amber Respond to 90 consultations within agreed timescale

We determine permits licences and consents meeting the statutory determination or

service level agreement period timescaleAmber Amber uarr Green

90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or

service level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or voluntary

determination period)

We develop a single permitting licensing and consenting service based on common

standards and processesGreen Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities including renewable energy

generation as well as recreation and tourism opportunitiesGreen Green - Green

Report new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place on

our managed estate

[P] We support the wind energy programme and deliver our hydropower programme

on land that we manageGreen Green - Green

Wind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

We market timber from the Welsh Government woodland estate in accordance with

our marketing strategyGreen Green - Green

Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3

larch)

Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing (including

267000m3 larch)

We generate income from our enterprise activities

(ie Indicator Be Generating income)Green Green - Green pound16m pound177m

Good Organisaton Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support and customer care to both staff and

customersGreen Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

We plan and allocate resources to business priorities and achieve performance

reporting that drives continuous improvementsAmber Amber - Amber pound145M (91 complete)

We deliver our transition projects to help establish our standalone capability Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

We deliver procurement that achieves value for money sustainability and facilitates

opportunities for Welsh SMEsGreen Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targets Procurement strategy and quick wins delivered

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the workforce Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

We deliver our accommodation strategy Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our environmental management and work towards

being an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and waterAmber Green - Green

ISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report) indicates

5 reduction is on track

We all have confidence in our collective success

(ie Indicator Ob Staff engagement index)Indicator Indicator - RAG - NA 7 (out of 10)

Staff survey completed in early 2015 giving a

baseline engagement index of 48 which will

provide scope for improvement in 201516

trend columns uarr An up arrow indicates an improvement since the last assessment

- A flat line indicates no significant change since with the last assessment

darr A down arrow indicates a decline since with the last assessment

status columns Red This indicates we are not where we planned we should be

Amber This indicates we are nearly on target (within 10)

Green This indicates we are on target

font styles

Italic Related to an area of Corporate Risk

tags Reputation related measures

Partnership working related measures

Innovation related measures[I]

Achieve business case benefits relating to the creation of

Natural Resources Wales

Ministerial priority

[R]

Bold

underline

Report learning from three integrated natural resource

management trials (Dyfi Rhondda Tawe) to Welsh

Government by March 2015

This dashboard reflects progress against measures and indicators from our wider performance framework It is used to provide a single page at a glance summary of performance in key areas

We track performance for the items on this dashboard and also review performance three times a year with at open public sessions with our Board (in October February and May)

Key

This dashboard is one part of our Performance Framework 40 items (35 measures and 5 indicators) are included on this dashboard

[Formatted as A3 portrait If printed does not need to be printed in colour]

[P]

Approaches being supported including Greener

Grangetown

We have drafted an action plan for the development

of the Permitting Service for delivery in 201516

onwards

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities amp

Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Responded to 81 consultations (annual average)

within agreed timescale

We continue to manage NNRs for a range of wild

pollinating species improve the habitat value of the

Public Forest Estate

Page 11: Performance Summary Report - Natural Resources Wales · The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions NRW (and other key stakeholders) could take to improve the situation.

Progress towards Good Organisation

Business measures (This shows progress towards selected Good Organisation mesures from our Business Plan 2014-2015) Report dated 7th May 2015

Detail is provided below for measures where an important target has been achieved during this reporting period

there is an issue that we believe to be worthwhile discussing (eg if our position against a target is not where we expected it to be or the trend or likely future performance gives us cause for concern)

a detailed measure update has been requested by the Board for this reporting period

Good OrganisationPeriod 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Current achievement

+ Green Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber - AmberAchieve business case benefits relating to the creation of Natural

Resources Walespound145M (91 complete)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Green Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targetsProcurement strategy and quick wins

delivered

Current achievement

What are we doing next

- Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

+ Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

Current achievement

What are we doing next

+ Amber Green - GreenISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report)

indicates 5 reduction is on track

Current achievement

What are we doing next

Programme Director Kevin Ingram Programme Budget pound37M (including 301 FTEs) for 2014

Sublet Ynysybwl tractor shed Progress to the implementation phase of the Llanelli Laboratory project

Complete the options appraisal for Mid-Wales by August 2015

Complete options appraisals for four regional lsquohubsrsquo (South West South East North West and North East) by September 2015 There a

number of rationalisation projects that had been identified as lsquoquick winsrsquo but are on hold because of local concerns about the degree to

which the project would require changes to legacy ways of working

We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits in September 2014 amp March 2015

In 201415 - 33 nonconformities of legal and other compliance obligations were raised these have now been corrected and actions taken

to prevent reoccurrence

30 of NRW staff have received specific targeted EMS awareness pollution incident and waste training

7 of 8 directorate leadership teams have received EMS training

9 month emissions report indicates we are on track to meet our 5 carbon reduction target

We are going to integrate forestry operations within the scope of the EMS in 201516 Site visits at WSO civils and WHaM sites are

already scheduled

We will ensure all staff receive EMS awareness training

Handover of Transition projects - All Transition areas identified continuing work requirements ICT application transitiontransformation ndash

further 63 projects Service exits ndash further 9 this year business as usual work continued by a Transformation Portfolio

We have sold Three Cocks Depot (Brecon) Frobisher Road Depot (Newport) and Merlinrsquos Bridge Depot (Haverfordwest))

We have vacated and disposed of Beechwood House (Llandeilo) Unit 3 Cantref Court (Abergavenny) Glan Y Nant (Mold) Drake Walk

(Cardiff) Chirk Depot and Granada Park (Llangattock) We have vacated and mothballed Llanion House (Haverfordwest) Plas Penrhos

(Bangor) Mawddach Hatchery (Dolgellau) Maerdy Hatchery (Corwen) and the Ceinws site (Corris) We are working closely with the

Estates Team to secure the disposal of these sites As a result of these actions we have generated capital receipts of pound236K and we are

making annual savings of pound360K on our building running costs

The Business Case for the Llanelli Laboratory project has been completed and will be presented to ET for their approval in mid-April 2015

Significant progress has been made on the Mid-Wales options appraisal The preliminary feasibility study has been completed and the

Project Board is now in place

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our

environmental management and work towards being

an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and

- Developed NRW Procurement Strategy to 2017 (input provided by Executive Team in February 2015)

- We have undertaken a considerable amount of work on the Civil Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) which will be in place later

this year As part of this we are instigating a pilot on the use of community benefits A series of supplier engagement events for this

Framework have already been undertaken in conjunction with Business Wales

- Quick wins continue to be developed within our Welsh Government Procurement Maturity Model Improvement Plan

- We have secured early adopter status with WG for use of the E-procurement maturity model and benefits tracker following us arranging

for WG to present to FCS Leadership Team (who subsequently agreed to proceed) We have in place a technology action plan that will

evolve over FY1516

- Undertaken and completed the Procurement Team Change Programme

- Baselined ldquoNRW procurementrdquo by applying the WG Procurement Maturity Model and are continuing to implement the subsequent

improvement plan as well as developing a number of procurement KPIrsquos Value Wales have agreed to undertake an independent progress

review in 201516 Details of the improvement plan to which we refer are outlined in Section 43 of the Procurement Strategy

- We regularly attend Directorate Leadership Team Meetings to consult on our improvement plan and to better understand Directorate

requirements (for the short medium and long term We have developed a Procurement Pipeline (Contract Forward Plans) to help

Directorates to secure best value for money and to provide greater visibility of opportunities for the supply base (including Welsh SMErsquos)

- We are the Welsh Government Sponsored Bodiesrsquo Sector representative on the National Procurement Service Delivery Group and we

continue to explore potential options with NPS across the range of their categories

- We have established a Governance Plan for procurement detailing the project milestones for the rewrite and implementation of new

thresholds templates rules and procedures for procurement across the whole of NRW

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the

workforce

We deliver our accommodation strategy

We deliver procurement that achieves value for

money sustainability and facilitates opportunities

for Welsh SMEs

What does ldquogoodrdquo look like Well led and managed With suitably skilled and experienced staff and effective underpinning systems and processes -

transparent in our decision making and continuously improving our service to customer and partners benchmarking ourselves against the very best

A second voluntary exit scheme

Completed the short term programme of opportunities to vacate and dispose of offices and depots

Exited 29 of the 40 transitional services as of the end of 201415

Made good progress with continuous improvement programmes that free up staff time including halving the effort required to process

each application for hydropower permits and reaching the development planning advice service targets for responding within agreed

deadlines

We are on target to deliver our ICT services for pound6M in place of the pound8M baseline cost

Exit the remaining transitional services and aim to reduce some of the enduring services as well

Implement the full accommodation strategy to complete the reduction from 80 sites to 40 sites

The portfolio of transformation programmes including a much larger range of LEAN process improvement projects as part of the

continuous improvement programme

Development

- Focusing on the delivery of community benefits through contracting and reporting on the outcomes delivered to include the Civil

Engineering Framework Agreement (CEFA) pilot

- Develop an e-procurement strategy and technology plan which will scope a project to encompass the Investigation of available options to

maximise the use of e-Procurement capability and to satisfy upcoming legislative requirements (by engaging with the WG e-Procurement

Infrastructure Programme)

Engagement

- Develop plans to increase opportunities for Welsh SMEs to compete for NRW contracts ensuring our procurement practices are

appropriate for SMErsquos and larger scale enterprises and establish and measure contract opportunities made available to SMErsquos

EfficiencyValue for Money

- Identify opportunities for benefits and efficiencies taking a lead role in identifying and measuring opportunities for benefits and

efficiencies

Procurement Governance

- Review the impact of the changes to the procurement process via the 2015 Amendment to EU Procurement Directives implement the

new directives and accommodate any applicable changes or obligations

- Measure and report on the percentage of influenceable spend channelled through a compliant route (target 100)

- Develop a first stage Procurement Assurance Model

In Summary

- We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single system

- Our forecast for Business Case benefits is pound145m which is 9 below target however we are still developing further efficiencies

- There were two lost time incidents to our employees ithis year We have developed a 3 year Wellbeing Health amp Safety (WHS) programme to improve our performance from 2015 onwards

- We have reduced the number of properties we use with nine disposed of and five mothballed We now have 65 operational sites

- We have maintained ISO14001 certification following external LRQA audits Based on our 9 month carbon footprint position we expect to meet our 5 reduction target for this year

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support

and customer care to both staff and customers

What we have done so far As of 1 March the first two phases of MyNRW are live which sees NRW able to raise requisitions and approve

purchase orders through workflow We are now paying suppliers and collecting both regulatory and commercial income from a single

system We are also producing financial and management reports for internal and external reporting

What we are going to do next Developments include scoping out the Project Costing amp Billing module revisions to Product Codes

increased use of workflow and enhancing our reporting capability

We plan and allocate resources to business

priorities and achieve performance reporting that

drives continuous improvements

24 Workstreams ndash in excess of 104 projects

- All of our key objectives within the projects and programmes to create our standalone capability have been delivered m any of these

represent an outstanding achievement

- Some slippage in more complex areas

- Service exits - 43 EA services down to 17 at end of 201516 year 17 FCGB services down to 5 at end of 201516 year

- 1600 ICT applicationssystems down to 400 at end of March 2015

- Benefits

- Achievedforecast - pound145m [pound129m cash releasing pound16m non cash] so far compared to pound158m business case target

We deliver our transition projects to help establish

our standalone capability

Business Plan Dashboard

201415 report 1st April 2014 - 31st March 2015

Good Knowledge Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] [I] We develop Walesrsquo approach to integrated natural resource management Amber Amber uarr GreenWe will now report learning from the trials to support

scrutiny of the Environment Bill

[P] [I] We work with Welsh Government to develop funding mechanisms to support

integrated natural resource managementGreen Green - Green

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

[P] We work with Welsh Government to develop natural resources policy including delivery

of a State of Natural Resources reportAmber Amber uarr Green

Develop interim report by November 2014

(first full report September 2016) Interim report has now been developed

We review our monitoring strategy and apply recommendations to our operational work Amber Green - GreenReview and implement our monitoring analysis and reporting

programmeProject governance has been finalised

We assess our abilities so that we are able to effectively engage with the public and share

our technical advice and expertise with others or seek support where requiredGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off October 2014 Operate

rolling customer insight programme

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

We develop our ability to better explain and communicate complex issues to a wide range

of stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off and Rolling customer

insight programme providing reports

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

A Good Environment Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

We ensure the sustainable management of land and water we manage Amber Amber uarr GreenActions resolved arising from NNR and WGWE audit

Maintain UKWAS accreditation

Actions resolved and UKWAS accreditation

maintained

[P] We work with others to improve connectivity and restoration of priority habitats

and their linkages as part of integrated natural resource management plansGreen Green - Green Complete Level 2 Connectivity mapping by December 2014 Level 2 mapping first draft completed for all habitats

We ensure climate change adaptation is embedded in all areas of our work Green Green - GreenApply parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance to our organisation by March 2015

Parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance applied

[P] We will play our part and work with others to halt biodiversity loss in order to help ensure

that by 2020 ecosystems are more resilientGreen Green darr Red 80 of our actions underway or complete 63 actions underwaycomplete from July work plan

We will develop our approach to pollinators NA Green darr AmberImplement a programme of measures on NRW sites by 31

March 2015

[P] The condition of features on sites improves

(ie Indicator Ee Marine terrestrial and freshwater environment)Red Red - Red

Condition of features of marine terrestrial and freshwater

Natura 2000 sites

33 of marine 24 of terrestrial and 26 of

freshwater features are in favourable condition

[P] The water environment improves (ie Indicator Ea Water environment) Indicator Indicator - RAG - NAComplance with good status under the Water Framework

Directive

Compliance with good status under the Water

Framework Directive = 37

We manage outbreaks of plant health pests and diseases Green Green - GreenImplement control plans on the Welsh Government Woodland

Estate

Helicopter surveillance for P ramorum completed 60

sites found to be positive and notices have been

served on 417ha

[I] We consider streamlined innovative approaches Amber Green - GreenDevelop and support approaches that demonstrate innovation

collaboration and best practice

We ensure accurate information on flood risk is available to the public and

stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Publish flood maps (in quarter one) capital and maintenance

programmes (in quarter two)

Published flood maps (in quarter one) capital and

maintenance programmes (in quarter two)

Good for People Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve learning in and about the natural

environment plus linking to the curriculum and wider learning opportunitiesAmber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

[P] We work with others to improve local environmental quality including for

disadvantaged communitiesGreen Amber - Amber

Develop and launch programme working with others linking

with priorities of other stakeholders

[P] We develop and deliver our Access and Recreation Strategy along with our Marketing

FrameworkGreen Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan published

Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan

published

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government (Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights

of Way Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste data systems)Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implemented

Four green one amber (amber waste data systems

programme)

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership Funding Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk management assets prioritising our

efforts on those which counter the highest risksAmber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk and what actions they need to take Green Green - Green10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood

risk

18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk Management Capital Programme Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per sector using a prioritised risk based

approachAmber Green - Green

Reduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector

year on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Good for Business Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to streamline the service we provide for

customersGreen Green - Green Review charging schemes

201516 Charging Scheme published on our website

(2nd April)

We fulfil our role as statutory consultee in responding to planning consultations

(ie Indicator Bd Our role as statutory consultee)Red Red uarr Amber Respond to 90 consultations within agreed timescale

We determine permits licences and consents meeting the statutory determination or

service level agreement period timescaleAmber Amber uarr Green

90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or

service level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or voluntary

determination period)

We develop a single permitting licensing and consenting service based on common

standards and processesGreen Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities including renewable energy

generation as well as recreation and tourism opportunitiesGreen Green - Green

Report new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place on

our managed estate

[P] We support the wind energy programme and deliver our hydropower programme

on land that we manageGreen Green - Green

Wind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

We market timber from the Welsh Government woodland estate in accordance with

our marketing strategyGreen Green - Green

Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3

larch)

Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing (including

267000m3 larch)

We generate income from our enterprise activities

(ie Indicator Be Generating income)Green Green - Green pound16m pound177m

Good Organisaton Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support and customer care to both staff and

customersGreen Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

We plan and allocate resources to business priorities and achieve performance

reporting that drives continuous improvementsAmber Amber - Amber pound145M (91 complete)

We deliver our transition projects to help establish our standalone capability Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

We deliver procurement that achieves value for money sustainability and facilitates

opportunities for Welsh SMEsGreen Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targets Procurement strategy and quick wins delivered

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the workforce Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

We deliver our accommodation strategy Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our environmental management and work towards

being an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and waterAmber Green - Green

ISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report) indicates

5 reduction is on track

We all have confidence in our collective success

(ie Indicator Ob Staff engagement index)Indicator Indicator - RAG - NA 7 (out of 10)

Staff survey completed in early 2015 giving a

baseline engagement index of 48 which will

provide scope for improvement in 201516

trend columns uarr An up arrow indicates an improvement since the last assessment

- A flat line indicates no significant change since with the last assessment

darr A down arrow indicates a decline since with the last assessment

status columns Red This indicates we are not where we planned we should be

Amber This indicates we are nearly on target (within 10)

Green This indicates we are on target

font styles

Italic Related to an area of Corporate Risk

tags Reputation related measures

Partnership working related measures

Innovation related measures[I]

Achieve business case benefits relating to the creation of

Natural Resources Wales

Ministerial priority

[R]

Bold

underline

Report learning from three integrated natural resource

management trials (Dyfi Rhondda Tawe) to Welsh

Government by March 2015

This dashboard reflects progress against measures and indicators from our wider performance framework It is used to provide a single page at a glance summary of performance in key areas

We track performance for the items on this dashboard and also review performance three times a year with at open public sessions with our Board (in October February and May)

Key

This dashboard is one part of our Performance Framework 40 items (35 measures and 5 indicators) are included on this dashboard

[Formatted as A3 portrait If printed does not need to be printed in colour]

[P]

Approaches being supported including Greener

Grangetown

We have drafted an action plan for the development

of the Permitting Service for delivery in 201516

onwards

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities amp

Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Responded to 81 consultations (annual average)

within agreed timescale

We continue to manage NNRs for a range of wild

pollinating species improve the habitat value of the

Public Forest Estate

Page 12: Performance Summary Report - Natural Resources Wales · The LIFE N2K After LIFE Plan will identify the actions NRW (and other key stakeholders) could take to improve the situation.

Business Plan Dashboard

201415 report 1st April 2014 - 31st March 2015

Good Knowledge Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] [I] We develop Walesrsquo approach to integrated natural resource management Amber Amber uarr GreenWe will now report learning from the trials to support

scrutiny of the Environment Bill

[P] [I] We work with Welsh Government to develop funding mechanisms to support

integrated natural resource managementGreen Green - Green

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

Funding round launched (August 2014)

Funded projects agreed (March 2015)

[P] We work with Welsh Government to develop natural resources policy including delivery

of a State of Natural Resources reportAmber Amber uarr Green

Develop interim report by November 2014

(first full report September 2016) Interim report has now been developed

We review our monitoring strategy and apply recommendations to our operational work Amber Green - GreenReview and implement our monitoring analysis and reporting

programmeProject governance has been finalised

We assess our abilities so that we are able to effectively engage with the public and share

our technical advice and expertise with others or seek support where requiredGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off October 2014 Operate

rolling customer insight programme

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

We develop our ability to better explain and communicate complex issues to a wide range

of stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Communications strategy signed off and Rolling customer

insight programme providing reports

Communications strategy signed off October 2014

Rolling reports on technical advice provided

A Good Environment Period 1 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

We ensure the sustainable management of land and water we manage Amber Amber uarr GreenActions resolved arising from NNR and WGWE audit

Maintain UKWAS accreditation

Actions resolved and UKWAS accreditation

maintained

[P] We work with others to improve connectivity and restoration of priority habitats

and their linkages as part of integrated natural resource management plansGreen Green - Green Complete Level 2 Connectivity mapping by December 2014 Level 2 mapping first draft completed for all habitats

We ensure climate change adaptation is embedded in all areas of our work Green Green - GreenApply parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance to our organisation by March 2015

Parts 1 amp 2 of Welsh Government Climate Change

Adaptation Guidance applied

[P] We will play our part and work with others to halt biodiversity loss in order to help ensure

that by 2020 ecosystems are more resilientGreen Green darr Red 80 of our actions underway or complete 63 actions underwaycomplete from July work plan

We will develop our approach to pollinators NA Green darr AmberImplement a programme of measures on NRW sites by 31

March 2015

[P] The condition of features on sites improves

(ie Indicator Ee Marine terrestrial and freshwater environment)Red Red - Red

Condition of features of marine terrestrial and freshwater

Natura 2000 sites

33 of marine 24 of terrestrial and 26 of

freshwater features are in favourable condition

[P] The water environment improves (ie Indicator Ea Water environment) Indicator Indicator - RAG - NAComplance with good status under the Water Framework

Directive

Compliance with good status under the Water

Framework Directive = 37

We manage outbreaks of plant health pests and diseases Green Green - GreenImplement control plans on the Welsh Government Woodland

Estate

Helicopter surveillance for P ramorum completed 60

sites found to be positive and notices have been

served on 417ha

[I] We consider streamlined innovative approaches Amber Green - GreenDevelop and support approaches that demonstrate innovation

collaboration and best practice

We ensure accurate information on flood risk is available to the public and

stakeholdersGreen Green - Green

Publish flood maps (in quarter one) capital and maintenance

programmes (in quarter two)

Published flood maps (in quarter one) capital and

maintenance programmes (in quarter two)

Good for People Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our Education Strategy to involve learning in and about the natural

environment plus linking to the curriculum and wider learning opportunitiesAmber Amber - Amber Deliver final draft Strategy to the Board in November 2014 Approved at February Board Meeting

[P] We work with others to improve local environmental quality including for

disadvantaged communitiesGreen Amber - Amber

Develop and launch programme working with others linking

with priorities of other stakeholders

[P] We develop and deliver our Access and Recreation Strategy along with our Marketing

FrameworkGreen Green - Green Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan published

Recreation and Access Strategy and Action Plan

published

[P] We implement initiatives for Welsh Government (Green Flag Wales Coast Path Rights

of Way Improvement Fly-tipping Action Wales and the waste data systems)Amber Amber - Amber All (five) initiatives are implemented

Four green one amber (amber waste data systems

programme)

[P] [I] We develop the new approach to Partnership Funding Green Green - Green Approach operational from April 2015 Approach operational from April 2015

We maintain high risk flood and coastal risk management assets prioritising our

efforts on those which counter the highest risksAmber Amber - Green Assets at target condition (99 for high risk) Assets at target condition (99 for high risk)

We raise peoplersquos awareness of their flood risk and what actions they need to take Green Green - Green10000 additional people have taken action to prepare for flood

risk

18884 additional people have taken action to

prepare for flood risk

[P] We deliver our Flood and Coastal Risk Management Capital Programme Green Amber - Amber500 properties

[note ~73000 properties benefit from flood defences]467 properties

[P] [R] We reduce the number of serious incidents per sector using a prioritised risk based

approachAmber Green - Green

Reduce the number of serious incidents per incident sector

year on year

165 (115 to 96) reduction in serious incidents

from 201314 to 201415

Good for Business Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[P] We develop our regulatory systems to streamline the service we provide for

customersGreen Green - Green Review charging schemes

201516 Charging Scheme published on our website

(2nd April)

We fulfil our role as statutory consultee in responding to planning consultations

(ie Indicator Bd Our role as statutory consultee)Red Red uarr Amber Respond to 90 consultations within agreed timescale

We determine permits licences and consents meeting the statutory determination or

service level agreement period timescaleAmber Amber uarr Green

90 determined to timescale (statutory determination or

service level agreement period)

90 determined to timescale (statutory or voluntary

determination period)

We develop a single permitting licensing and consenting service based on common

standards and processesGreen Green - Green Plan and test in preparation for implementation in 201617

[P] [I] We facilitate new business opportunities including renewable energy

generation as well as recreation and tourism opportunitiesGreen Green - Green

Report new commercial activities taking place on our managed

estate

Reported new commercial activities taking place on

our managed estate

[P] We support the wind energy programme and deliver our hydropower programme

on land that we manageGreen Green - Green

Wind Progressing 4 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes constructed

Wind Progressing 6 schemes

Hydropower 5 schemes enabled

We market timber from the Welsh Government woodland estate in accordance with

our marketing strategyGreen Green - Green

Market 878000m3 over bark standing (including 332000m3

larch)

Marketed 869166m3 over bark standing (including

267000m3 larch)

We generate income from our enterprise activities

(ie Indicator Be Generating income)Green Green - Green pound16m pound177m

Good Organisaton Period 2 Period 2 Trend Period 3 Target Actual achievement

[R] We provide efficient and effective business support and customer care to both staff and

customersGreen Green darr Amber All (four) underlying measures are on target 3 out of 4 underlying measures are on target

We plan and allocate resources to business priorities and achieve performance

reporting that drives continuous improvementsAmber Amber - Amber pound145M (91 complete)

We deliver our transition projects to help establish our standalone capability Amber Amber uarr Green Transition Projects to schedule All projects are on schedule

We deliver procurement that achieves value for money sustainability and facilitates

opportunities for Welsh SMEsGreen Green - Green Deliver procurement strategy and quick win targets Procurement strategy and quick wins delivered

We improve the health safety and wellbeing of the workforce Red Green - Green Number of lost time incidents suffered by employees Two lost time incidents suffered by employees

We deliver our accommodation strategy Amber Amber - Amber Reduce number of sites to 64

We have reduced to 65 operational sites (9

disposed 5 mothballed and being disposed)

We maintain ISO14001 accreditation for our environmental management and work towards

being an exemplar in areas such as carbon use waste and waterAmber Green - Green

ISO14001 accreditation maintained

Carbon footprint reduced by 5

Maintained certification following external LRQA

audits Carbon footprint (9 month report) indicates

5 reduction is on track

We all have confidence in our collective success

(ie Indicator Ob Staff engagement index)Indicator Indicator - RAG - NA 7 (out of 10)

Staff survey completed in early 2015 giving a

baseline engagement index of 48 which will

provide scope for improvement in 201516

trend columns uarr An up arrow indicates an improvement since the last assessment

- A flat line indicates no significant change since with the last assessment

darr A down arrow indicates a decline since with the last assessment

status columns Red This indicates we are not where we planned we should be

Amber This indicates we are nearly on target (within 10)

Green This indicates we are on target

font styles

Italic Related to an area of Corporate Risk

tags Reputation related measures

Partnership working related measures

Innovation related measures[I]

Achieve business case benefits relating to the creation of

Natural Resources Wales

Ministerial priority

[R]

Bold

underline

Report learning from three integrated natural resource

management trials (Dyfi Rhondda Tawe) to Welsh

Government by March 2015

This dashboard reflects progress against measures and indicators from our wider performance framework It is used to provide a single page at a glance summary of performance in key areas

We track performance for the items on this dashboard and also review performance three times a year with at open public sessions with our Board (in October February and May)

Key

This dashboard is one part of our Performance Framework 40 items (35 measures and 5 indicators) are included on this dashboard

[Formatted as A3 portrait If printed does not need to be printed in colour]

[P]

Approaches being supported including Greener

Grangetown

We have drafted an action plan for the development

of the Permitting Service for delivery in 201516

onwards

Volunteering Programme drafted Communities amp

Regeneration Enabling Plan approved

Responded to 81 consultations (annual average)

within agreed timescale

We continue to manage NNRs for a range of wild

pollinating species improve the habitat value of the

Public Forest Estate